It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it’s scary?” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:48
Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:42
Hey, hey, we made it to day five of the client attraction challenge. I told you would be a party deny. We’ve had so much fun this week. I am so proud of you for continuing on all through all five days. It means a lot to me. It means a lot to your future. It means a lot to your business. It means a heck of a lot to your future clients who will now know what you do that you can help them you will be putting yourself out there you will be showing up with confidence. Gosh, we’ve done a lot already this week and we have just one more thing to do. It is a two parter. And the first part is all about putting your self out there because people cannot buy your services. If they don’t know they exist, and it’s not enough. This is a mistake I made so much for so long. But no longer because now I know that it is not enough to just occasionally post on Instagram a little quiet post about what you do and that you have a program coming up or you’re taking new clients or stuff

5:00
sending out an occasional email letting them know you have some spots available or your program or courses open. That’s not enough. People need to very clearly know that you are open for business. They need to know what you do, why you do it, who you help, how you help them all things we’ve configured this week. So now you should be super competent in explaining this. And now it’s just a matter of doing it, it’s a matter of telling people and telling people often, we’re not doing enough as it stands right now, changing your Instagram bio to be a little more professional and switching to a business account. And putting up a website that showcases what you do and has a spot for you to do free consultations or whatever it is maybe has a fancy little space for them to put in their email address to be on your newsletter. That is not enough. That’s not enough people will not find you in that way. We have to regularly consistently and with confidence, use everything we just learned about ourselves this week and our business and our dream clients and put it out there for people to see. So with this new energetic attraction point, that is you, in your business with you getting out of your own way, like we showed up in day two, like you’ve been clear on who you help and how you help them like we did in day three. And you having this Magnetic Messaging that will guide how you talk about your business and what you do and how you help people.

6:40
This is all we need. Now the last step is to put it out into the world. And today, I just want you to practice, I just want you to let at least 10 people know about your work. And I want you to include that entire recipe, all the things we’ve done over the past four days into this spot where you’re telling people that you’re open for business and what you do and how you do it. Maybe you are taking clients or you’re going to be taking clients soon, maybe you have a new program coming up or you’re working on a program, maybe you’ve got a brand new workshop, or you have a product for sale, or it’s coming for sale, no matter what it is. Just tell at least 10 people what you’ve been working on, using everything you now know.

7:32
Now this can be by way of your social media, if you’d like it can be as long as there’s 10 people there, it can be you just texting 10 of your friends or you talking to 10 of your co workers, I have to tell you that when I first started my business, my clients were people I already knew they were acquaintances, they were friends of friends, they were friends, they were family members. And I just told them what I did, by way of my personal Facebook page and my personal email contacts, I sent them an email and told them what I was up to. And I got clients from that. A lot of clients actually. So it doesn’t have to be anything fancy. You don’t have to have a giant audience. This is where we have proof, foolproof, and I am have that proof by the story I just told you that you don’t need a massive following to start getting clients and to start making a big impact and really good income.

8:33
It’s with potentially the people you already know. But I just don’t want you to feel limited to only be able to share on social media or in an email newsletter with your subscribers. It doesn’t have to be that if you don’t yet have that. There are many other ways I know you know, 10 people I know you do.

8:53
Find those 10 people tell them what you do. And honestly, I wouldn’t be surprised if you get someone that wants to work with you or at minimum have a free consultation so that you have the opportunity to share more about what you do and turn them into paying clients. I really would not be surprised. So let’s do a little experiment. You tell 10 People see how many people you get back that want to work with you. Now there’s one last Bonus piece to all of this, we still have a missing piece, believe it or not. And it’s the thing that is standing between you and the impact you’re looking to make. Even if you’ve done all five things this week perfectly. There’s still that missing piece, which means you have just one final action step to take to really put it all together. So let’s head over to the audio version of the video I made for you now and check it out.

9:57
Congratulations on completing the

10:00
This client attraction challenge, the fact that you made it this far means you have a level of commitment that honestly, most don’t. What it shows me is that you’re committed to your business, you’re committed to making a real impact in the world, you’re committed to living a life of purpose, and possibility. And you want to do it all without adding more stress, struggle and overwhelm. So at this point, you might be wondering, well, what do I do now? How do I get myself in front of more people? How do I get these people onto my email list? How can I turn these leads into actual clients? And how do I grow and expand my business, so I can make a solid income while helping more people. These are all great questions, my friend. But let’s take a second to look back on the week. And when you do, you can see how much you’ve already learned. Even just in spending five days building your client attraction system, you will learn so much more about entrepreneurship in general, you now know the real difference between those entrepreneurs that struggle, and those that find lasting success, the difference between those that effort and grind, and those that find ease and peace in their business. And from those entrepreneurs that get in their own way. And those that stepped forward as the entrepreneur they’re meant to be. And chances are, you’re already beginning to see how quickly things will change for you. When you start implementing these practices in your own business. To grow as an entrepreneur from the inside out. We only have one thing left to cover here. And in this final audio, I’m going to share with you the last missing piece that standing between you and the impact you’re looking to make.

11:54
But first, I want to share with you how a rock bottom moment in my life led to my business skyrocketing seemingly overnight, because it may just help you do the same. Back in 2016, I was paralyzed by a fear of failure, I was spending my time working on a business that I no longer enjoyed. While dreaming of the business, I actually wanted to be a nutritionist with my own online practice.

12:24
My current business was in the red, I was racking up more and more debt and I wasn’t fulfilled or excited by my work. But it was my security blanket, my comfort zone. And I was afraid to let it go and step into the next level version of myself. That was more in alignment with my purpose and passion.

12:45
Until I came down with this mystery illness, and I literally couldn’t physically do that highly active business I had anymore. And so by way of this mystery illness, I made the decision to let go and trust that my dream business would be the success I knew it could be I let go of my old business. And I went all in on my passion. Even though it was super scary, even though I knew I could fail, even though it was really uncomfortable. And in just two months, I tripled my monthly income while working half the time, half the amount of hours. And I was able to pay off all of my debt that $20,000 in debt.

13:30
Now, because of this experience, and so many other pivotal moments I’ve had in my business over the years, I simply see fear, as a sign of expansion, as a place for learning and growth so that I can become the next level version of myself and experience my dreams.

13:48
Chances are the voice of your fears is taking over in your business right now. And you may not have even realized it until just now. So in my case, when I made that decision to face my fear and go all in, I had to ask myself, what’s really important to me here. And that’s when I realized I had a deep desire to make an impact and help others that I was no longer willing to shy away from and I knew I was capable of making this impact while also living a life of freedom and abundance. And chances are that’s exactly what’s drawing you to this type of work to being of service and helping others is important to you just the way it is to me.

14:38
And so it’s simply a matter of connecting so deeply to that purpose that nothing will get in the way including those stories, fears and roadblocks to your success.

14:51
In a moment, I’m going to share with you the process of uncovering your blocks so you can step into your power because the moment I face my blocks, get out of my

15:00
My own way, I trusted my intuition and made my purpose, the most important thing in my business, I increased my revenue by $200,000 in the first year alone, why? Because once my purpose became the most powerful thing, I was no longer allowing fear to Sideswipe my plans. And that’s the moment I became unstuck. When you step into this power for yourself, nothing will hold you back, you will no longer have to consider how many lives won’t be changed. Because you’ve been stuck in your fears and allowing yourself to play small. How long have you already delayed or hesitated on what you’re meant to be doing in your business? Up until now thinking maybe you need to get another qualification, have a prettier website, get more Instagram followers, or find more free time or more money before you can get started? Not realizing these decisions are just excuses driven by your fears, a fear of judgment, fear of criticism, fear of failure, or even success. And most importantly, fear of not being enough.

16:15
So where do you go from here? Now it’s time to find out what’s really holding you back. It’s not that you don’t know where to find clients or how to get them to pay you. There’s something more that we need to uncover here now. And that is your blocks is what I like to call digging. Let’s dig to see if you can uncover some of your own blocks and entrepreneurial fears. Here’s an exercise I have my clients just like you do in unstuck entrepreneur, to get real with themselves and gain clarity. Take all the time you need. You can pause this audio, write down these questions. Write down the answers, go back and visit them later if you need more time, and continue to work through them.

17:05
What scares you about being an entrepreneur? And why?

17:12
What experiences trigger this fear?

17:18
What thoughts trigger this fear?

17:24
How is it holding you back?

17:28
And I’m gonna give you a bonus question. Are you ready?

17:33
What do you say to yourself when your business isn’t going your way

17:41
that will surely dig up some beliefs.

17:46
And now you can see why doing the inner work to become the entrepreneur you’re meant to be is essential to create the income and impact you want to make without more stress and struggle. So if you do this exercise, chances are you’re going to get a glimpse of what’s really been holding you back. And what would be possible for you if that block weren’t there. So now here’s the secret. You can do all of this. Right now. There is no secret sauce, it doesn’t take a skill that you don’t have. It’s all available to you right now. And this is exactly what we do together in unstuck entrepreneur, I was a stock and struggling personal trainer with $20,000 in debt and living with my parents. And now I’m living out my dream, making the impact I want to make helping 1000s of women with their health, living my purpose and doing it all while I have tons of freedom and flexibility in my everyday life. So what changed, I didn’t continue to let my fears and blocks limit me. And you don’t have to either. I mean, if you really want to, you can just close this audio, go back to doing the things you were doing last week continuing to spin your wheels. But since you’re here, I know that’s not you. You’re choosing to step into your power and make the impact you want to make in this world. And you’re doing so without stress struggle, hustle, grinding overwhelm, because you now know that won’t get you where you want to go. And who wants that anyway, sounds terrible.

19:30
So now it’s time to ask yourself some important questions. Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone? Or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it’s scary? Are you going to be the person that sees problems or the person that sees opportunities?

19:50
Are you going to be the person who makes progress or the person that continues to make excuses?

19:57
Are you going to be the type of person who spent a week

20:00
In a free training that contains the keys to unlock the business of their dreams, and not do anything with it, or are you going to be the type of person who takes those keys and says, I’m ready, let’s open this door.

20:15
If that is you, I am ready for you. And I’m waiting on the other side of that door inside my business mentorship program, unstuck entrepreneur. Inside unstuck entrepreneur, I am your guide and mentor through my complete flow and grow framework that shows you how to create a successful and impactful business that aligns with the life you wish to live. So you can have both the business and life of your dreams, no stress, struggle, overwhelm or hustle required.

20:48
It’s not about the latest marketing gimmick or strategy to hack the Instagram algorithm. It’s the blueprint for the business you will create by building it from the inside out everything from stepping into your role as a successful entrepreneur, creating your energetic expression for your business, tapping into your intuition to make business decisions, attracting the right people to your work, putting your work out into the world in a way that feels exciting and authentic for you. Marketing and selling with intention, crafting that perfect irresistible offer, finding a method to share what you do authentically, and so much more. It’s taking everything I’ve learned the hard way, in a lot of cases, I must say, over the past eight years in business and giving you the tools to implement it into your business the much easier way. So you can follow your dreams now, instead of a year from now, or two, or five, or maybe even never

21:52
unstuck. Entrepreneur walks you through a proven process. So you don’t have to waste any more time and energy wondering what to do, or worrying that you’re not doing the right thing. In fact, there’s only five simple steps to take to get your business from stuck and struggling to successful and stress free. So you can fulfill your dreams while helping others at the same time. And guess what, you’ve already gotten a head start on one of them, which is the Attract pillar. Now this isn’t the only thing needed to build a successful business, we still need to look at things like defining your dream client, building rapport with your dream client, inviting your dream client to work with you, and guiding your dream client to real transformation. Those are the other pillars. So altogether, we have define, attract, build, invite, and transform.

22:47
So now it’s your time. In just a few short days, I’ll be opening the doors to enrollment for the next group of unstuck entrepreneurs, you’ll be invited to walk this journey together with a group of like minded business friends, and myself as your guide and coach. And with lifetime access your business success is actually inevitable. If you’re going to be the entrepreneur that’s ready for success, impact, alignment, joy and freedom, then this is your time to make a decision. Are you going to be the person that goes back to their old ways their old stories, their old fears? Or are you going to be that person who stepped into their power gets out of their own way and create the impact and income they desire? If that’s you, I’m excited to help you gain the confidence and clarity you need to make your business a success and your dream life a reality. In a few days, I’ll be back to let you know who’s a good fit for the program. And if it’s right for you. Until then I just want to take a moment to thank you for being a part of this challenge with me this week. It’s been such a pleasure to connect with you and get to know you better. It’s truly my passion and purpose to connect with like minded people like you. This challenge is a manifestation of all the things I love to do. And getting to this point in my business where I spend my time doing exactly what I want to do. And love to do is only possible because I made the choice to build a business that aligned and flown with me, and not what anyone else told me I had to do to be successful. And so consider how that might look for you and your life. Does it mean spending more time with your family and less time in front of your computer? Doesn’t mean being able to quit a job you don’t love so you can become the CEO of your own business? What will making this shift mean for you? No matter what I want to encourage you and inspire you to put your dreams front and center. Remind yourself of the lives you can touch and the impact you can make when you simply decide to take action. When you embrace the life of an unstuck entrepreneur, what will your life look like in three months, six months, even a year?

25:00
From now and what will it look like if you put it off

25:05
All right my friends I’ll be back soon until then take care

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Become A Client Magnet! [Client Attraction Challenge #4]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“You can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business…it all starts with you magnetic messaging, this is not something you can skip over. We gotta do it all and you are crushing it, you are doing it.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:42
as promised, day four brings your Magnetic Messaging you guys this is going to change the game for you for years to come forever, probably of your business, what you’re going to learn today, and this is something we expand on in unstuck entrepreneur to really hone in on so you never have to worry about selling or being salesy or being pushy or anything like that. Ever. Again, it’s what I call intentional selling, and it starts with your Magnetic Messaging. Do you want to know the number one way to not get any clients besides not putting yourself out there which we already talked about in day two? Besides that, do you want to know how to not get clients? It’s to share about your services without sharing why people need them or what their life would be with or without them. The benefits to working with you and the results of working with you versus the challenges they’ll continue to face by not working with you the risks of not working together That’s what a lot of people do. Gosh, that’s what so many people do. They just have this, I’m open for business, come hang out with me. And here’s your free session. And I hope we can work together soon. Bye. And that doesn’t work. That’s not going to show anybody, it’s not going to motivate anybody to click on that button to sign up for a free consultation, or let alone put any money down on any sort of transformation. But yet, we still do it. And I think we still do it. Because we really don’t want to be salesy and sleazy and weird to try to sell our services. But yet, we don’t know what else to do. So then if we just try to have this really like non confrontational dislike, airy kind of thing about what we do, and you should come get a free session, and I have a few available this week, then maybe people will sign up. Is that how we have a good sales system without being salesy? No, there’s a way better way to do it. And it is with your Magnetic Messaging. So this is where we use our point A and point B from yesterday to craft our messaging, which becomes our marketing material, forever and ever and ever, basically. And yes, this messaging will change as what you do changes as who you help changes as how you help them changes. But now you know the basics of how to create Magnetic Messaging. So you can go through this process as you evolve, and it will always work. So it’s kind of important, because it’s going to take it from, I have this thing that I am offering. So I’m just gonna have this really generic approach to talking about it to a place where you are so excited to share what you have to offer, knowing it’s going to resonate with so many people and knowing it’s going to attract clients attract paying clients. Alright, let’s get into it. I just can’t wait for you to apply this to your business, it’s going to make it so much easier, so much simpler to sell your services, your programs, your one on ones, your courses, no matter what it is, you will be able to sell without feeling salesy, or sleazy. Alright, so let’s go back to yesterday, we have our point A, which is that place where your dream clients are currently starting. So when you do a free consultation with them, it’s exactly what they’re telling you, how they feel, what they’re experiencing, what they’re missing out on in life, how it’s affecting the rest of our lives, their symptoms, their problems. And then we also need to look at point B where they want to go, what they what symptoms they want to relieve, or how they want to feel instead, what they want to experience in life or don’t want to experience anymore.

8:23
So we have those already from yesterday, now we are going to add on to them, we have five more ingredients to our Magnetic Messaging, this is going to take some brainpower, a little bit of brainstorming for you. So plan on spending about 2030 minutes on this today, I want you to consider the mistakes that your dream client is currently making, as they try to get from point A to point B on their own. So most likely, I would say in like 95% of cases, people have a problem that we can help them with. But before they come to us, they’ve tried to figure it out on their own. They’ve tried to do it without you. So what have they tried? Why hasn’t it worked? What mistakes have they made? So basically, we’re answering the question, what are they doing wrong? Or what have they done wrong? To why it hasn’t worked? The next thing after you brainstorm that, so I would say try to get at least five to 10 out of those mistakes. We might have to come back to it. That’s totally fine. But really see if you can again, put yourself in that space of your client right now. What have they done? And what have they done wrong in that process? All right, next one. What false stories do they have about their situation or the process to get to point B? This is where we get into some of those beliefs, those stories that they have about To the journey that it’s going to take to get from point A to point B. And this may seem a little strange, but you will find out that every person who has a problem they are trying to solve has a story about that problem. And so we are getting to the point where we can answer, what do they say to themselves when it’s not going well, or not happening on their own. For an example, say someone is trying to lose weight. And they’ve tried all the diets and all the stuff and everything on their own, and it just isn’t happening, are they telling themselves, my body has a hard time losing weight, I’m not good at losing weight, I just am bound to be this weight forever, what stories are coming up? When we can get in touch with the stories? Your dream clients will really feel like, oh, my gosh, this person gets me they’ve been there, they understand what I’m going through? How did they know? That’s exactly what I think are they in my head. And that is when we have a client for life, they are begging to work with us, when we can really tap into that experience in them. So then the next step is to take the mistakes and misconceptions. So everything you’ve written down in number three, and number four, and understand the consequences that will come of having these mistakes and misconceptions. So in my example of someone who is trying to lose weight, and it never works for them when they do it on their own, and now they’re telling themselves, Well, I just can’t lose weight, my body just won’t do it. It’s just broken. Like I’ve literally had people tell me their body is broken when they tried to lose weight. So then what is the consequence of that? Does that mean they automatically get into this place of self sabotage, where every time they do go into a healthy eating eating program, they already know, it’s not going to work subconsciously? So they don’t even try and they end up on the weekends binging on the ice cream? XYZ? Is that something that could potentially be happening? What are the consequences that come from those stories, they continue to tell themselves? Again, if we can hone in on this. And I know it’s really takes some brain power. But if you can really tap into this, you have gold on your hands? Gold. All right, so let’s take the time to really focus in on that. Number six is what will happen if they don’t get help. So what are the consequences of them not working with you? What are the risks that they’ll continue to face by not taking this action? So say for example, they continue to try to do it on their own, they continue to ignore their problem, they continue to not get help. What will happen? Will they continue to stay in this cycle? In my example, will they continue diet after diet after diet continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster? What would be the consequence? Really speaking to that?

13:16
And the last ingredient to your Magnetic Messaging? What will be the benefit of your guidance? So what will they get out of working with you? And so the question we’re trying to answer here is how will they bypass all of the stuff in number six, and achieve their desired effect by working with you So in my example, instead of continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster and sabotaging their goals, and diving into a pint of ice cream every weekend, they will find a balanced, intuitive approach to where they can learn how to eat best for their body. Something like that is created on the spot Look at that. So can you get to that point where you can really explain how beneficial it will be to work with you. And all of that those seven things make up your Magnetic Messaging. And any time you are talking about what you do, and the services you provide in your business, you are pulling from this now you’re not going to include necessarily all seven in one Instagram post or one email or anything like that. I’d say on your sales page, you will include all seven but can you pick and choose some pieces of this in all aspects every time you are talking about your business, every copy you are creating in your business so that your dream clients have the opportunity to resonate with you and to connect with you When to really understand what you do. And even more importantly, understand that you understand them, that you get them that you are basically in their head, that you have been there yourself perhaps, or you’ve had other clients who have been there, or you just get it, you just get it because it’s the work you do. It’s what you’re passionate about. That is what will attract your dream clients to the point where they do click that button to sign up for the free consultation because they cannot wait to finally talk to a practitioner that understands what they’re going through, and understand everything they have been through and understands everything they’ve already tried that hasn’t worked, and why it actually hasn’t worked, and how they could bypass all of that with your program. Now I’m sure you can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business, how much easier it will be for you to talk about your business and what you do and the services you provide and who it’s good for and who it’s not good for. It all starts with your Magnetic Messaging. This is not something you can skip over. None of this stuff is we got to do it all and you are crushing it. You are doing it you are here at the end of day for doing the work and that shows so much about you and what you really truly desire. So I’m so glad that you are still here with me. I’m so proud of you for committing to this. We have one more day to go. You got it and it’s a good one. So stick around. I’ll talk to you tomorrow.

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Get Clear On The Clients You Want To Attract [Client Attraction Challenge Day #3]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

We have to combine both ‘who we want to work with’ with ‘who needs our help and how can we help them.’ The goal is to find that crystal clear clarity.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge.

3:43
Here we go day three of the client attraction challenge. And let me just say, really quickly how proud I am of you already. It’s been three days. And to be honest, a lot of people stop doing this work before the third day, believe it or not. So the fact that you are still here, you’re still committed, you’re still doing this, you’re still learning these things and applying them to your business. While Hey, just you doing that right there already shows me that your success is on its way to you. Because that’s really what it takes is the desire and the commitment to show up and do it long after many people stop. Today happens to be one of my very favorite things to talk about. One aspect of the unstuck entrepreneur that we spend an entire week doing and beyond because it is so important and it actually takes a lot more work to do than you would expect and that is to really get super super super clear and specific with who you help and and how you help them. And this is something that a lot of people have a hard time doing, at least to the degree that is required to actually attract those people into your work. So it’s not enough to just say, well, I work with women, or I work with women over 40. Or I work with people who need help with anxiety, or I do gut health issues. That’s not enough. That doesn’t set you apart. Enough. And this is the mistake I see so often, in every regard in every industry, but especially in the wellness industry, because you know what it is hard to not try to help everybody because we really can help everybody. And we know being in the wellness space, there’s a lot of people that need our help, in all areas, all age ranges, all genders, with all different types of symptoms. And so when we have this ability to help a bunch of people, and there’s a bunch of people that need our help, it can be a little tricky to want to narrow it down as much as we need to. But this is really where we have to come to terms with the fact that when we try to help everybody, we end up helping nobody. Because people want to work with someone and will be attracted to the work of someone who truly understands and gets them who can use their exact words, which we’ll talk about tomorrow in tomorrow’s challenge to describe what they’re going through. That is the person that will say, Here’s my money, take my money, I just need you in my life. It’s not the people that stay super general, knowing they can help everybody wanting to help everybody, no matter how good the intention there are. Those are the entrepreneurs who continue to struggle to attract the right people into their work. Because they’re stuck trying to please everyone. And in that process, nothing lands, nothing sticks. Nothing really speaks to anyone. So if you’re someone who, for example, I see this all the time, in my specific profession, which is as a nutritional therapy practitioner. I see people who on their website, say, I help people with adrenal fatigue and gut imbalances, and hormone imbalances, and hydration issues and migraines. Just this list, so long of all the things that they can help. And so if I’m someone who comes to find out, they have adrenal issues, and I start Googling practitioners that help with adrenal issues, and maybe I do come across this website.

8:16
But then I see that they work with 15 other kinds of symptoms, am I going to really trust that they truly understand what I’m going through what I’m experiencing what I need help with how they can help me? Can they put me on a clear path? Do I really get that sense from someone who sometimes posts about adrenal fatigue on their Instagram, and other times posts about having gut imbalances? And then other times talking about menopause? Or what I trust, the person who only talks about adrenal issues, has tons of blog posts about adrenal health has specific supplements they recommended for adrenal health has their own story of adrenal issues, which one would I go with? So we have to put ourselves into the role of client for a second and think about our own experience, what would we want? How would we make the decision of who to work with so once we can understand that, then we have a lot of power here because then we get to decide who we help and how we help them. And I like to take it a step further. Some people talk about this in terms of niching down or finding your niche in your business. I like to take it one step further and call it your dream client which is the words I’ve been using in this entire challenge. Because then it combines this very specific person that you work with, with the person that you want to work with, with the person Were clients that would light you up. So what could you talk about all day, and it would just be so exciting and you just can’t get enough? Who do you love to help, what inspires you what invigorates you when you get to help someone with a certain thing? So it’s not just about the client, it’s also about you and how you want to spend your time. Because a lot of times when we decide we need to niche down, we start looking at, well, who have I helped in the past? Who seems to be coming to me most often anyway, what have I gone through that would probably help with other people. But you know what, maybe what you’ve been through isn’t something you want to talk about all day, maybe he just keeps bringing it up and bringing it up when you’ve gotten beyond it. So maybe you don’t like talking about that? Maybe that doesn’t light you up any longer. So we have to combine both who we want to work with, with who needs our help, and how can we help them. So that is the goal for today is to find that crystal clear clarity. I want you to take a moment, take some time today, probably about 15 ish minutes, maybe a little longer to figure out who specifically do you help? And how specifically, do you help them? So once we figure that out, now, I want you to take these people on a journey with you. So where are they starting? When they come to you as a client? Where are they probably starting? What’s their starting point? What are they experiencing? What are their symptoms? What are they not experiencing? Because of the symptoms? What do they want? And be sure to write all this down in their words. So again, put yourself in the role of your client and use the words that they would use when they are describing their point A with you the practitioner? What words are they using? So that’s point A, and then we want to take them on a journey to point B. So where do they want to go? How would they describe it when they got to their desired place? Their desired destination? In their words? What symptoms are relieved? How do they feel? What did they get to do now? What’s no longer an issue for them? And that is point B. And then now, how will you get them from point A to point B? Knowing that you are there a guide on this journey? What will you do for them? Knowing they’re starting at point A knowing they want to get to point B? How will you help get them there? What

12:53
tools will you use? What protocol will you give them? What advice will you have for them all the things as much as you can think of brainstorm on that. Tomorrow, we’re going to take this one step further to create your Magnetic Messaging. So it is extremely important that you do this work today. I don’t want you to spend hours on it by any means but definitely take some quiet time use your self care space to do this and to brainstorm on this and to really understand the words they’re using because it will help you a lot with tomorrow’s challenge. Okay, and with that being said, I will leave you to it and I will chat with you tomorrow.

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Is Your Ego Getting In The Way Of Your Success? [Client Attraction Challenge #2]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Your business isn’t about you. It has nothing to do with you. It’s about those people out there, just that one person that’s out there that is looking for you that needs your help… because they need you, they want that transformation, they need you as their guide.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge.

3:43
Are you ready for day two of the client attraction and party? This? Oh, this is such a big one. While Yesterday I talked about 90% of client attraction. This one, day two is probably the most common thing I see, at least in my business, at least with the clients that I work with who are trying to build their businesses. What are they doing wrong? Well, they’re not taking action. They’re telling themselves that they’re not ready, that they need more experience, that they need more certifications, that they can’t do it, that there’s something wrong with them, that they aren’t worthy of success, that they’re not valuable enough for people to pay attention to them and work with them. They’ve got a bunch of stories, and those stories are all rooted in fear. And this is what I call being stuck. If this is you if any of that makes sense. You are not taking action, or taking meaningless action, dare I say, to give the essence that you are working and building your business, when you’re really still just not putting yourself out there. Because hey, guess what it takes to have a business, making money, you got to make money. Even if it’s $1, you got to make $1, to be in business. And until then you just have a really expensive, really time consuming hobby. And that’s what I see a lot of people doing, they do a lot of busy work, they do a lot of stuff behind the scenes to make it look like maybe they have a business, but they’re never putting their work out. They’re never making money, and therefore, never really having a business. This is you, we got you covered today. And it’s going to take a little more work on your part in terms of getting honest with yourself, doing some inner digging with some of the voices that have been going on in your head. Because we’ve got to get to the point where we can see that voice that’s causing you to have fear, causing all these stories that are not true. And keeping you stuck, doesn’t have power over you anymore. It’s what I call the entrepreneurial ego. It is the voice of your limiting beliefs. And it is the one that’s just doing its job of trying to keep you safe, safe in your comfort zone where you cannot experience failure, you cannot experience judgment, you cannot experience massive success that you can’t handle. It’s just keeping you safe. But in doing so is also keeping you from taking action, from showing up in your business, from putting your work out there from being able to make the impact that you are here to make your purpose on this planet is to make an impact. And in order to do so we got to a see that ego for what it is, and then move forward anyway. I do a lot of work on this. It’s why everything I have in my business is called unstuck, because it’s about doing this work to see what that voice is really saying and where it’s coming from and realizing these stories and limiting beliefs that we have and how they’ve been showing up in our lives, and then choosing differently and moving beyond that. And while there’s so much work to do in this area, and it’s what makes a big focus of my program on stuck entrepreneur, today, we’re going to break it down to do just one thing. It’s where you figure out and realize that your business isn’t about you. It’s has nothing to do with you.

8:06
It’s about those people out there, just that one person that’s out there that is looking for you that needs your help, that wants your help, that is spending their days and nights Googling, trying to find you trying to find that work that you do, because they need you, they want you they want that transformation, they need you as their guide. But they can’t find you because you’re not out there. Because your stories and your fear have become bigger than your purpose and your passion for helping that one person. And also side note, when I say one person we all know it actually is millions of people that go into that one person, no matter how specific we get with who we help and how we help them. So I want you to have a little fun today. And go wild with the opportunity to share more about what you do, who you help, how you help them, how you got there, why you do what you do, what your passion is, what your purpose is, your values, your vision, anything that you want to share. I want you to be your own cheerleader, and really provide this experience for yourself where you get excited about what you do and why you do it, and who you’re helping in the process. So you are imagining you’re in front of a group of your dream clients, and you have a chance to tell them exactly what you do and show them how passionate you are about it. So this is where yesterday’s challenge also comes into today. Okay, so take the time, I would say spend at least 15 minutes with your journal today where you can just go for it and just unapologetically share how cool it is that you do. Do what you do, and how awesome you are at it, and how passionate you are about it, and how much you love it. And then the next time you feel that ego creeping in which it will do, as long as you are an entrepreneur, you will have that ego voice. You will come back to what you’re really doing here, which is making your business about your dream and client, not about you and your fears. So you will have that script to come back to the next time your ego takes charge. Okay, give it a try, and I will see you back here tomorrow.

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

The Biggest Secret To Client Attraction [Client Attraction Challenge # 1]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, the service provider that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:43
Are you ready to get this client attraction party started, we are going to have a blast together the next five days. Remember, join me in the Facebook group live. I’ll be doing q&a and coaching, answering your questions doing all the stuff over there for the week. So be sure to join me there. But I want to also provide these podcast episodes. They’re private, no one else is going to see them. But you because you joined this challenge. I wanted to provide this just for some extra juice to what we’re learning and doing together this week. Because if you know me, then you know, I love to talk on a mic. I’ve been talking on a mic every week at least once a week for over six years as a podcast host. And now I just want to take it one step further and apply this to this challenge. So here we are. And because you’re here today, that also shows me that you are committed. You are committed to your business. You’re committed to your growth. You’re committed to making an impact and helping other people and you are ready to stop spinning your wheels. doing the same things with no results, wondering what makes you any different than the other people who seem to have a success overnight? What sets these people apart? And what can you do in your business, to have that same level of success to be able to fill up your coaching practice to fill up your one on one clients, to have your online courses and workshops sell out like that? What do you need to do, and I’m going to tell you, in these next five days, and I need you to commit to an open mind to relearning to letting go of things, maybe you’ve already learned or thought in the past, that clearly haven’t worked for you. Because maybe it’s not about the Instagram algorithm, or having the right sales strategy, or getting another certification. So you have even more letters after your name, or using just the right verbage on your about me page. So people really understand who you are, and that you can help them. Maybe there’s something deeper going on here. And that is what we are going to figure out this week and create for you and your business. Because today, the most important piece of day one is that you understand something that most entrepreneurs don’t, especially those ones that are struggling, and will continue to struggle. And that one thing which I have determined is the 90% of client attraction is that you are the magnet for your business, not how pretty your social media is, or your website. It’s not that it’s you. And that is the reason why there are people crushing it, who don’t even have a website, barely post on Instagram, have typos all over their work. And yet, they still have a thriving business with people waiting to work with them. Because they have mastered this one thing. So today, I want you to really focus on that I want you to really get honest with yourself. This is where we have to do some digging, and we have to get really clear and maybe a little bit uncomfortable. How have you been showing up in your business? Knowing that that is how it will go for you knowing that that is exactly what you are attracting? So are you being competent? Are you being vulnerable? Are you putting yourself out there? Are you showing your commitment to your passion and purpose? Are you clearly incompetently stating what you do? Why you do it, who you help? How you help them? And truly showing up consistently as the powerful professional being that you are? Who is going after their purpose and passionately serving others? Or are you shying away a little bit?

8:31
Are you afraid to be vulnerable? Are you letting fear take over how you show up? Are you spending time probably way too much time, on the wrong things in your business, the things that are behind the scenes that things that make it seem like you’re working like you’re doing something like you’re on the move, but yet don’t actually matter. Don’t move the needle are really just opportunities for you to procrastinate and continue to play small in your business continue to not put yourself out there in the way that your clients need you to. So this is where we have to get real with ourselves. Because when we do so, we can so clearly see that it is showing up. In that same way in how many clients you get, how full your programs are, how much money you make, how many people you’re able to help, how many followers you get. It is a direct correlation because you are attracting that into your business because you are the magnet for your business and it can go either way. And this is where we get clarity and then you don’t need me to tell you this. You can see it with your own eyes. And from there, it’s just a matter of time. Changing that a matter of you becoming your client attraction point, you taking ownership of that every single day. So today, I really just want you to do that work, I want you to get uncomfortable, I want you to see how your role in this is really playing out and seeing. So so so clearly how you are the one with the power. And now you can decide to change this, right? This very minute, you can decide right now to step into that version of you to figure out what would be attractive to your dream clients, and becoming that stepping into that for them. So they feel comfortable with you and your work. And they can take eyes off of you, because you are attractive to them. And I don’t mean like physically attractive, I mean energetically attractive.

11:02
So think about it. And it may even take you going on to Instagram and doing some scrolling and really paying attention to those accounts, those people, those business owners, that you really resonate with that every time they post, you’re like, Oh, I gotta see what they’re gonna say today, I’m so glad to see them showing up in my feed. I love their work and makes me feel XYZ, do your own research, and figure out what that looks like for you. Knowing that there is a very, very good probability that that’s also what will attract clients to your work. So how do they show up I want you to think of at least five people you admire. And at least five qualities that you really appreciate in others work of these people you admire. And what keeps you hanging on keeps you excited for them to put out content, and perhaps has even gotten you to a point where you want to work with them, or you have worked with them. So you’ve actually exchanged money to have more of that energy in your life. So think about it, and really do that. And then really get honest with yourself about where you’re currently stand how you’re currently showing up. Is that and what would it take to change that for you? How would you have to do things differently? What words would you have to use? What emotions would you invoke? And people how vulnerable would you have to be? How much of your story would you have to share? How would you present yourself even as far as your posture and what you wear? What kind of content would you need to put out? And how often? And what would be in that content? How often would you talk about your services and offer up what you have to give as your service? What would it look like for you, and then from there, commit to them. Commit to showing up in this way, every day in your business, even if you don’t feel it at the start. Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, their service provider, that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part. But you can start today. And from there, commit to it every day knowing that this is what will attract your clients to you on a regular basis. No matter what happens with your website, your Instagram, your email list, no matter what you will be attracting the right people into your work that people that will respect you, and respect your work and do the work and commit to the work just the way that you will for them. And that is what makes an amazing client experience. And it’s what allows you to have the business of your dreams and where you’re making the impact you wish to make. So that is the goal for today. I hope you understand, I hope you really really understand how important this is, and can clearly see now how this could be what separates those that have success. With those that struggle. It could be this one thing. Now there’s also four more things that are really important that will also make a big impact in your client attraction abilities. And we still have all week to go over those. So I’ll be back tomorrow with your next one. Until then, take care

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

The Simple Mindset Shift That Will Make It Easier To Show Up — Ep. 167

One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to show up and put themselves out there but they’re just not doing it—at least not as often as they know they should or with the consistency they know they need. Something is getting in their way. They fear they’ll be judged, or that they’ll fail and then be judged for failing. They fear the attention, or that they’ll do something wrong. Well today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes that will shed new light on what you’re really doing when you put yourself and your work out there so it feels more purposeful and aligned.

“They have that unwavering desire to find you and you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match.” – Shawn Mynar

“If you just start seeing what you’re doing in this capacity, how much could change for you and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up for those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation.” – Shawn Mynar

“You are the vessel that is carrying what they need to know, what they need to hear, what they need to do and you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift.” – Shawn Mynar

“You are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized.” –  Shawn Mynar

“It is just with that desire, that knowing, that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for.” – Shawn Mynar

Burnout Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof 

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to put themselves out there and show up for their business, but they’re just not doing it or at least not as often as they know they should, or with the consistency that they know they need, something is getting in their way they fear they’ll be judged or that they’ll fail and then be judged for failing, they fear the attention, or that they’ll do something wrong. Well, today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes, that will shed a new light on what you’re really doing when you put yourself and your work out there. So it feels more purposeful and aligned for you. Let’s dive in. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where you work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the show. This episode, I’m going to warn you right now it’s gonna get a little Woo. So if you’re like 0% into Woo, you may think this is a terrible episode. I’m just going to warn you right now. But everyone else who’s at least 1% into the Whoo, you’re going to like this, you’re going to like this little mindset hack I have for you. This is something that I was thinking about the other day, that totally changes the game for me. And I think it might for you to the whole topic was brought on by an email I received from someone who happened upon my website, I think it was a few months ago, consumed a bunch of content, listening to the podcast, probably listening to this episode. If so, hi, Shelby. This episode was inspired by you, and is now a client of mine in my programs. In her email, she said, quote, unquote, I manifested you. Now this is not the first time I have heard this. In fact, I’ve heard it a lot over the years from clients who were looking, searching, Googling, wandering, wishing for answers to problems they were experiencing. It was keeping them up at night trying to figure this out, like what am I supposed to do? This is a problem I am having. And I can’t figure it out. They were talking about it with their spouses and their friends. They really wanted to find the answer. They were committed to getting help and figuring it out whatever problem that could be over the years, from personal training, fitness stuff, to nutrition stuff, to mindset stuff to now business stuff.

3:23
You know, as I’ve mentioned, many times the amount of pivots I’ve had over the past 10 years in business, no matter what they coincidentally which I’m putting with Asterix and air quotes, and in italics and all the things they coincidentally happened upon me and my work and my content. So sometimes it’s like they saw blog posts when they were googling or they were on Pinterest or something like that, or the algorithm I happen to show them one of my Instagram posts, even though they weren’t a follower, or they saw a Facebook ad. And because they were so deep in this problem they were trying to solve and wanted so badly to find someone who could help or find some sort of information that could help. Our energies matched our energetic frequencies were a match our desires were a match. Because I wanted to help that person. I had the information to help them I had the experience, the knowledge, whatever it was, I had what they needed and I wanted to give it I wanted to be of service I wanted to help other people with it. So our desires were a match. I truly from an energetic perspective, was a manifestation for that person. And you are also So someone’s manifestation, think about that, let that really soak in, because that is really freaking cool. That is so, so awesome. You are someone’s manifestation. And that’s the beauty about being someone who is creating a business around being of service to another human, it means that the people that you want to help are out there right now walking around in this very moment, experiencing the problem that you help solve. They are Googling it, they’re talking about it with their friends, they’re reading books about it, they’re staying up at night trying to figure this thing out. And you are sitting here right now, knowing what they can do to help themselves. And so it’s that combination, that then becomes the energetic match to where the universe will put you in front of them as someone who can help solve their problem. They have that unwavering desire to find you. And you have the knowing, very important word there, the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match, when they have the unwavering desire. And you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. Important. So then let’s take it one step further. Because already, I think this is super cool. And already, I think that if you just start seeing what you’re doing in this capacity, how much could change for you, and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up. For those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation. But let’s take it one step deeper. Because you are someone’s manifestation, that means you play a certain role in their life, you are the vehicle. This is again, like we’re getting will or getting out there, just hear me out. You are the vehicle, the conduit that passes information on to that person that needs that info in their life, you aren’t the vessel that is carrying what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. Let me repeat that for the people in the back. You are the vessel that carries what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do, the actions that they need to take. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. So your role in all of this was to take in that information which you did through education, through your life experiences.

8:23
And you know, I think many of us can agree that how you got to that point, where you now have this information was through a series of coincidences or synchronicities or manifestations however you thought about it at the time, I think we can all agree that that path that led us to where you are now has that manifestation piece to it. But anyway, you your role was to get that information through how you got certified or educated. And then the life experiences you’ve had leading up to this moment that has led you to have the expertise that you have. And then you now are the deliverer of that information to those that are seeking it. So again, can you see now how you are the vessel you are the vehicle you are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized. It’s so cool, and does it take some of the pressure off of you trying to be perfect or trying to be like the expert of all experts before you put yourself out there trying to know it all in trying to be the best and do it all because you’re just like the middleman. I really hope that when you think about it this way, it makes the idea of putting yourself out there feel a little less daunting and scary and a little more exciting and fun. Because you are about to be someone’s manifestation every single time you put yourself out there. You put your work out there you create content for your dream clients. That is what is happening. That is really awesome. Now, once again, let me remind you of the importance of aligned frequencies, you’re not putting yourself out there out of obligation, or because I’m here telling you that you have to, I’m not telling you, you have to, I’m just telling you, you have to, you’re not putting yourself out there secretly, not believing in yourself, you’re not putting yourself out there, hoping no one will see it secretly, you are putting yourself out there with a desire to be that vehicle for someone else to be someone’s manifestation, which doesn’t mean perfection, it doesn’t mean as pretty and amazing as everyone else’s. And if your Instagram post doesn’t look as good, then it’s not going to help someone. It is just with that desire, that knowing that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for. So sit with that, really think about that and really see how would you be showing up now? Or how would you show up differently? If that is what you had been really going after this entire time? Like what would change for you? If you knew that every single time you did anything to help someone else? By way of your business? It was someone’s manifestation, they would see that post or they would hear that podcast or they would see that blog and think, oh, man, I’ve been looking for this and now just popped up into my world. This is so crazy, what a coincidence. Or if you’re, you attract people who are already in the know, I think I manifested this. How cool. And I really think that would be a good journaling exercise. If you are into journaling, to go in and just write down what would it look like? Or how would you do things differently? If you knew that you were the vehicle for someone else to experience their own manifestation? If you were truly someone’s manifestation? How would you show up? And how is that different than what you’re doing now? And how can you move more into that space? That is it. That’s my secret, super simple mindset hack that I wanted to share with you. And I really hope you give it a try. I really hope it changes how you are thinking and feeling and acting in your business if

12:48
you are someone that’s having. And you know, you’re not alone. This is a lot of you when I say this, if you are someone who is struggling to really figure out how to best show up what to say, what to do, how to act, all those things that I think we can get really wrapped up in our head about, just come back to this. And it goes along with what I always say come back to those people that you want to help come back to the fact that every single time you put anything out there, it becomes someone’s manifestation. You are someone’s manifestation. And right now there is someone out there searching for you losing sleep at night because they can’t find the answers that you have. So know that and feel that and then get into alignment with that as you show up for that person and yourself and your business. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place. No matter where you’re at in your business. Today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they’re meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

 

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

What Happened During My 5-week Podcasting Break — Ep. 166

Have you ever had something really stressful or bad happen, only for you to realize it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I’m willing to be you have. We’ve all had those moments. And This is exactly what happened to me during my 5-week podcasting hiatus. Today, I’m going to share with you what’s happened in my life over the past 5 weeks and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, just maybe even turn it into a little lesson about how the universe works.

“Sometimes when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens, it is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation.” – Shawn Mynar

“What’s really going on is just part of the experience, it’s just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life that is getting you to what you desire.” – Shawn Mynar

“The universe is always working for you.” – Shawn Mynar

“The things that didn’t work, the pivots, the ‘failures’ all of these things, looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey that got me what I wanted.” – Shawn Mynar

“Having that unshakeable confidence, that unshakeable knowing that even though you can’t feel it or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is on it’s way.” – Shawn Mynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Have you ever had something really stressful or kind of bad happen only for you to realize after the fact that it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I’m willing to bet you have because we’ve all had those moments. This is exactly what happened to me during my five week podcasting hiatus that I am now coming out of. And today, I want to share with you what’s been going on in my life over the past five weeks, and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, maybe I can find some sort of lesson in this about how the universe works and how we can apply this to our businesses. So let’s dive in.

0:47
Hey, there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:31
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here grateful for your support of the show. And I’m back after five weeks that honestly went by extremely fast. As I think you all know, I took five weeks off of podcasting entirely, creating new shows for you, and instead replayed some past episodes that were best of episodes. But now I’m back, I’m refreshed, I’m ready, we have a whole new batch of podcast episodes to go, we’ve got a lot to talk about. And starting with today’s episode, which is something I don’t do a lot of here on the show, which is just basically sharing a personal story. But there is, as always a bigger lesson to it. And I think something that we should all be thinking about when it comes to our life and also more specifically our business because that’s what we talk about around here. But wanted to bring this story to the show, to be totally honest, because I just have yet to have found a place where I can just share this whole story. It’s a long one. There’s a lot of nooks and crannies to the story. And it just doesn’t make for a good Instagram story. Like no one wants to flip through 75 slides of me talking. That’s not what we do over on Instagram, is it. So bringing it to the show, because you guys are my people, you guys will understand at minimum, you’ll get a good story out of this. You’ll know what’s going on with me. And we’ll also get into that lesson that I think is really important for us all to consider. All right, what’s happened over the past five weeks in my life. I can tell you that. Five weeks ago, when I last was on this Mike did not remotely expect for what happened to have happened. And to be honest, I probably wouldn’t share this story. I mean, it’s not that big of a deal. Except that it is almost unbelievable how everything lined up perfectly in our favor. Even though it was like total disaster, terrible situation super stressful, not at all what we expected or wanted to happen. But I just have to share it because of all of the things lining up that so clearly show how the universe is always working in our favor. Even when it doesn’t seem like it even though it seems like things are going all wrong. So here’s a little backstory before we get into what’s happened over the past five weeks. If you’ve been following along on my journey for a while and specifically my health journey. I’ve been basically an open book about my health and the struggles I’ve had with my health since gosh, probably when I started my business so 2013 been a super open book. I have blog posts, I have podcast episodes going back seven almost eight years now sharing about my health stuff. So a lot of you probably already know this story, but for those that don’t I have in the past gotten very very sick from living

5:00
You’re in a home that had a toxic mold. In 2013, there was a really bad flood here in Boulder, Colorado where I live. And the house that I was living in at that time flooded along with like the vast majority of houses in Boulder like it was really bad. And it was a house I was renting, I actually was, had the basement bedroom, I was living with two other girls, I had the basement bedroom. And that’s what was flooded. So I moved out of the basement for a while they remediated. And because of just the sheer number of people that needed help, and just not having enough people to do that work. It wasn’t remediated properly, it was the left kind of unattended and wet for a while. And so naturally mold forums, even when you do think that you remediate correctly. And so in 2014, about probably three or four months after that whole process, I started getting really sick, super random symptoms, nothing made sense. I was eating really well, I was working out really well, I was doing all the things I was already very, very interested in holistic health. So I was already doing all these things. And just, I was developing autoimmune diseases, I was gaining a bunch of weight, I had brain fog, I had joint pain, just the worst fatigue ever. And so all these things were happening. And it didn’t make sense, I finally found out in 2015, that it was from living in toxic mold. And more importantly, again, this is 2015. So this is two years after that flood. And after all this started and there was a bunch of me going to doctors and doing all these things and trying all these tests and trying to figure it out. Finally, I found a doctor who figured it out. More importantly, they figured out that I have what is known as chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And that it comes from having this basically genetic trait where my body can’t properly detox from bio toxins, which are things like mold. And so instead of it being, you know, the majority of humans, they get exposed to mold, maybe they have a mold, allergy, maybe they their body just doesn’t like that situation. And they start sneezing or coughing or wheezing or having these kinds of symptoms, I didn’t have any of that, as I explained, my symptoms were very random. But the vast majority of people, they remove themselves from that situation, their bodies detox, and they go back to normal, they don’t feel sick anymore. My body and about 25% of population who have this genetic trait,

7:56
doesn’t detox doesn’t understand that and instead goes into this hyper inflammatory response that causes all of these kinds of crazy symptoms. That’s just like a few of the many, many, many symptoms that chronic inflammatory response syndrome can cause. And so figured all this out, went through this insane protocol, it took about a little over a year for me to start feeling better. I mean, it was 1000s and 1000s of dollars to heal, because this is not something that’s recognized by, you know, traditional medicine, and so not coming out of my insurance, but instead coming out of my pocket and had to actually go into debt, trying to get better from that, which was right before I created fat burning female project, my first signature program and was able to pay off that debt, which was amazing. But anyway, since finding out about this situation, I have this illness what I am prone to, I have moved four times from mold alone, it is a really big deal. Because if I’m living in mold, I obviously get really sick, like I can’t function kind of sick. And there are a lot of water damaged buildings in this world a lot way more than you think. So it’s really scary. It’s really something that you have to be on top of you have to do the right testing and inspecting. It’s really hard to find a place to live. And it’s really hard to you know, when you’re in this market, which we were in where you have to basically decide if you want to put an offer on a home before you like within 1015 minutes before you even have a chance to like think about it. That made it impossible for us to buy a home because I need to be able to have it mold inspected and I haven’t really inspected well and do all this stuff before I can make that decision and just couldn’t do it. So that was a big

10:00
reason why we were not able to purchase a home, which is actually part of this story. And also important to note, my wife Kristen has this same thing. She has the same genetic trait. And actually she is in the middle of and was doing for about six months, the mold protocol that super like intense, expensive mold protocol to try to get better because she has lived in mold. And finally, finding out that she also has this genetic situation, chronic inflammatory response syndrome. This is why she hasn’t felt like herself in years, and started going through the protocol. So that is the backstory. Now bringing us up a little closer to present day. Also, a lot of you know that we had a whole big living situation fiasco not too long ago. So in 2021, sold our condo because we needed more space, and couldn’t find a place to live. Because partially of that whole situation of needing time to be able to test things and make sure it’s not moldy before we move in. And that was just part of it. There was also like no inventory, it was around that time where like real estate was insane. So we had to move in with my mother in law, which was not great. It was in a different part of the state that we were not big fans of. And also, you’re living with your mother in law, which we had a entire floor to ourselves, it was about the best situation that it could have been for that. But it wasn’t ideal, of course. And we ended up living there for nine months until we could find a place to live back here in Boulder finally found that place had it mold tested. Although we’ll put in parentheses here we were in Costa Rica on our honeymoon, while all of this was happening, but we had tested we moved in, and we spent six months getting settled in. So when we sold the condo, we also sold most of our furniture, either the buyer of the condo, wanted it and sold it to her or sold it to other people. So we were pretty much furniture lists, because again, we were moving in with my mother in law already had all the furniture didn’t have space to store all of our furniture. So we’ve sold almost all of it. So we’re starting from scratch in this new place. And so spent six months like figuring out what furniture we wanted, waiting for it to ship and get here, organizing everything, buying all the decor, like we didn’t have anything, we’re starting from scratch, and it took a while. So when we moved in not too long after we moved in, we noticed that there were some holes that needed to be patched and painted from people that had previously lived there, the landlord didn’t take care of it. That’s no big deal, we can do it. So we asked the landlord about getting some paint, and he said he had some stored in the crawlspace. And to use that, well, we had just organized everything, we had tons of stuff that we were storing over the door to the crawlspace, it was in a storage closet. And we’d already filled that closet with stuff and there were like shelves on top of the crawlspace store because we weren’t planning on accessing it ever. And so just Let’s cover it up. Let’s use that space. And so since we didn’t want to open that door, we and you don’t have to take out all of our stuff from this closet, we asked for the colors. So we could just go get some new paint from the store. Turns out, we go to multiple stores. And this is all over the course of weeks and months to be honest. And nobody offers that color paint and anything less than a gallon. And we don’t need a big gallon. We just need like a sample to paint the patched places this point, which there were actually quite a few especially for moving into a place that that should have been taken care of. But that’s beyond the scope of this story. But not enough that we would need this big amount of paint and we don’t want to bill our landlord for it. We don’t want to pay for ourselves. So we keep putting it off and putting it off and putting it off. And so this repair that should have happened in like March or April. Still hasn’t been done come August. But now we have company coming in. This is August like last month if you’re listening to this remotely close to when it airs. Now we have company coming to stay with us and we don’t want these patches to be unpainted for our company. And also my wife had put like the little blue painters tape like little patches of that so that she could remember where all of the holes were. So we’d been living with like blue painters tape little spots over her entire place for months, and finally decided we should probably take care of that. So we decide we’re just going to have to go into this

15:00
crawlspace for the paint, we have to take everything out of the closet, get into the crawlspace get the paint and paint everything before our company comes.

15:11
Kristen heads into the crawlspace, only to find quite a bit of standing water.

15:19
Concerned, obviously, we text our neighbor, hey, is this normal? Is this ever happened to you, of course, she’s like, No, not normal, you need to get someone out ASAP. So we have the plumber come out a few days later. And he is able to find that the standing water is coming from a pipe where are actually around a pipe that their air conditioning condensation should be going into. But it has been not set up properly from the time that the air conditioner was installed, which was years ago, wasn’t set up properly for it to actually drain into the drain. Instead, it’s like the pipes a little bit short. So it drains around the drain doesn’t go actually into the other pipe goes around it. And the floorboard is soaking wet around it. And so wet that is now dripping into the crawlspace. Because this is had been happening all summer as we’ve been running our air conditioner. So upon a learning of this, you know, and just sidenote, our landlord isn’t concerned doesn’t think it’s a problem thinks it’s just gonna dry up no big deal. So that was a Thursday, I immediately make an appointment for the mold inspectors to come out Monday. So then over the weekend, before the mold inspectors come out, but after we know that there’s a serious problem, and I have like high high high suspicions that mold is growing. There, we see that there is an open house across the street. There’s a townhouse just like ours, the one that we’re renting, that is for sale. And being the nosy people that we are we go into the open house because we’re curious to see how they’ve redone it looked on Zillow could see that, from the pictures that things looked really nice and comparison to ours. And they had definitely done some remodeling recently. And so I was curious to see like how it looked in person. So we head into this open house. And it just so happens that no one else is there, it’s totally quiet. We get to talking with the realtor, we spend like probably 20 minutes, telling her basically her whole life story, and all about this mold stuff. And what we found that past week that was going on and our landlords response and how we think it’s mold, and we don’t know what we’re going to do and all this stuff. So we go into all of this, we just totally talk your ear off to the point where I apologize for talking her ear off. But she was really great and super nice and really interested in what we had to say. Anyway, Monday rolls around, mold inspector comes over, and confirms that there is definitely mold growing in that situation. Not sure what kind of mold not sure how severe but can confirm there’s definitely mold like growth, which means we need to act fast because both of us could get sick could get worse. You know, Kristen has been on this protocol and not getting better. So now that makes a ton of sense. So we basically have two options in this scenario either. It needs to be properly remediated and fast. And the word proper here is really important because with people who get as sick as we do in this situation, you have to take extreme care for it to not get into the rest of the house for it to not be made worse for to not spread all this stuff. And there are very few companies who actually do it the right way. And so that needs to happen. We need to take proper remediation protocols seriously, or we need to get out. Those are our two options in this scenario. We can’t live with it. We can’t make it work for a while. It has to happen fast before we get sick. So as soon as I find this out as soon as the mold inspector who I’m actually like friends with at this point, because I’ve used him so often. And he knows my whole situation and everything. I text Kristen, who was at work, and I tell her Yep, it’s mold. We don’t know how bad it is or what kinds or anything like that yet, but we can confirm that that is what’s going on here. An hour later. She texts me back and says that she has emailed the realtor that we met on

20:00
Saturday at the place across the street, just to see if the owners would remotely consider renting their unit to us for a few years. And I guess I should mention here that we loved that place when we went in for the open house, it was like so beautiful it had been so well maintained, it had been recently renovated, with the idea that the owners were going to live here. So not like a flip, but an actual redo in the best way possible. And then they unexpectedly had to move. And so it just was such an awesome place. And we’re like, gosh, we really could potentially buy this. But you know, it’s not 100%. It’s not like exactly what we would want if we were buying. But gosh, it would be great to rent that place. And so she tried, she just put it out, just to see what would happen, sent the email, not expecting to get anything in return. But the realtor actually emailed right back, and said she was always working in the best interest for her clients and see how this could be a really good opportunity for them, they had just bought the place. So I’m holding on to it a little longer would make a lot of sense for them financially. And she said she would talk it over with them and let us know,

21:22
then come to find out probably maybe 24 hours later, they agreed to consider it and wanted to keep it on the market for one more week. And if it didn’t sell in that week, it was ours. So while this is happening, we get the mold report back super high levels, it’s bad, it’s not a good situation. The mold inspection report has a list of every single thing that we need to do considering our chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And what needs to be properly remediated, extend it all to the landlord doesn’t agree to remediate in the way that we need it done. doesn’t think it’s a big deal. XYZ. Very, very grateful that he offered to let us out of our lease at that point, once he realized we had a bigger situation on hand than he wanted to deal with. So the next weekend rolls around, there’s another open house at the place across the street, tons of people show up, you know, we’re kind of watching because now we have a stake in the game. We’re watching to see who comes in and how interested they seem. And it was a busy day for that place. But for whatever reason, no one placed an offer.

22:42
So they called us the next day and agreed to rent it to us, they had already moved out everything was ready to go. So there could be a really quick turnaround, I believe it was probably like a week and a half from the time that they agreed to until we moved in. And also our current landlord allowed us to have a five day overlap with the old place so that we would have time to move because the biggest hardest thing when you are someone who has chronic inflammatory response syndrome, and you have been exposed to mold, and all of your belongings have been exposed to mold, that they all need to be cleaned or trashed. So not only did we have to move all of our belongings across the street, we also had to clean them all. You know, we set up our carport at the old place as our cleaning station, we had to clean them all wipe them all down, wash them in the washing machine, depending on what it was clean everything before we can move it over. And that takes time. So we needed every ounce of those five days to be able to do that. And of course, our new landlords were super nice. And let us get in early over here too. And so it all just worked out so perfectly well we didn’t end up getting a new mattress and a new couch. So those things were some kind of losses we had, they were both six months old, because like I said we’d gotten all new furniture when we came over here but just not worth it to take that chance for something that you can’t really clean in places where we spend a significant amount of time like eight to nine hours a night sleeping on a mattress, want to make sure that that’s as clean and as safe as possible. And then you know, spending an hour or two a day on the couch or whatever. Wanted to make sure that that was a safe place to so I guess we can put a bow on this story here. As you probably have guessed, we moved and we are now are in a new townhouse that is actually part of the same complex that we were in and that was really important because the two things we love the most were the location of

25:00
where we were, and the layout of the place. So it’s a very similar layout and works really well for our family. And we’re moved in, we’re almost kind of organized, not 100%, yet still waiting on that couch to be delivered. So don’t have our, you know, living area set up yet, but we’re getting there. And it’s so much better. I guess I also should mention, we did have this place, mold inspected before we agreed to move in. And actually, that was at the request of the landlord. So the new landlord wanted us to get this place inspected before we agreed to rent here, just to make sure it was going to be safe for us, which just says so much about the situation that we’re in now compared to the last situation. And so that was really meaningful to us, but came back totally 100%, clear and safe and great and wonderful. As I said, it’s been well maintained and well cared for. And that makes a really big difference for people like us. So we’re happy. This is by far, like 1000 times over a better situation. And it was meant to work out this way. And it just took a really kind of stressful situation in order to get here. And I think that’s the lesson I want to leave you with as part of this story. Because let’s think about this, let’s go back and recap all of the things that had to line up for this to work out in the best possible way. First of all, if we would have gotten the paint out of the crawlspace, when we actually needed it, which was like March and March, probably, it would have still been winter here. And we would not have run the air conditioner yet. And we would have never known there was a problem. So we would have continued living in that place for who knows how long with this mold situation going on that you can’t see visibly, it’s going on kind of underneath the surface and in the crawlspace, which we would never ever go into if we didn’t need that paint. And if we would have gone in when we actually needed it, we would still have never known. So the fact that we tried all of these other scenarios to not have to go into the crawlspace still ended up having to do it. But it being summer made all the difference it made it so that we were able to recognize this problem. If we didn’t go to the open house that weekend for no reason. We typically always want to go into open houses, but we never do because we have stuff going on. It’s the weekend we’re out doing things we’re out living our lives. So for us to be home and to just like walk into this open house across the street is all part of the alignment. If we didn’t strike up a conversation with the realtor and tell us tell her our whole life story and how we’re living in mold and how we’re sensitive to mold, and it makes us really sick and all this stuff. If anyone else would have been in at that open house. In that moment, we wouldn’t have done that. If Kristen didn’t have the guts to email the realtor once we found out our situation. And if they wouldn’t have been interested in renting if they really needed to sell this place. If they found a buyer in that time that we were kind of in this interim time where they were still we’re going to see what happened. And we weren’t sure if they would rent it to us or not, if they would have found a buyer in that time. There were so many things that had to line up exactly perfectly. In order for this really bad, stressful situation that we did not see coming we did not want in order for that to become the best possible thing that could have happened for our living situation for our lives. And in order for us to get on with our lives and feel comfortable and safe and healthy. For the long term. This all had to happen exactly as it did. And so that’s the lesson I guess I want to leave you with is sometimes and I don’t even want to say sometimes I want to say the vast majority of times if not all times, when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens.

29:38
It is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation what you do want how you do want things to play out. It’s part of the process. It’s getting you into alignment. And so for us, we label that as bad, stressful. Unwanted

30:00
frustrating,

30:02
you know, a failure, all these things that we have told ourselves over the years. But that’s just us labeling it, what’s really going on is just what’s going on. It’s just part of your experience. It’s just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life, that is getting you to what you desire, because the universe is always working for you. And obviously, this is such a crazy, huge life lesson, but let’s apply it to business. When I think about my business, and the crazy ups and downs I’ve had over the years, and there have been some really, really awesome highs and some really, really low lows, the things that didn’t work, the pivots, the quote, unquote, failures, all of these things, and looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey. That got me what I wanted. Even if it didn’t feel like that at the time, even though it’s impossible to know where that situation is going to lead you to a better situation that is coming. They all still have a purpose. And the same goes for you too. I know, it’s hard to see in the moment. I know the default for all humans, is to get wrapped up in these undesirable situations, get wrapped up in the achiness of those moments, how much it sucks how disappointing it is how it feels like, it’s never going to happen, feels like you’re doing all this work for nothing like we can really snowball into this place, especially when it comes to business and, and work and trying to build a business and build a life around your business and all these things. But what if we were, as humans having this experience, to walk around, always knowing, always understanding, always having this unshakable confidence that it’s all working out for us.

32:18
But it’s all part of the process. That is all part of the journey, that it’s all part of the plan. And you get to decide whether you see that as something that is terrible as a failure. As you know, work that’s not being seen, as things that are disappointing are never going to happen. You get to decide how you see each scenario, each situation. And what if instead, you know, that that is part of your story, that is getting you where you want to go. Having that unshakable confidence that unshakable knowing that even though you can’t feel it, or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is going to happen. It still is on its way. What if we just could know that. And if I think back, you know, the second we find out that all of this is happening. We’re like, oh my gosh, what are we going to do? How are we going to find another place to live this quickly? There’s no way that this is going to work out like you. We all do? I do. I’m fully admit that I was in that place where, you know, in that timeframe, I didn’t know what was going to happen. I was freaking out. Where are we going to live? How are we going to know it’s safe? It is really hard to find a place to live around here. And just having to go through that whole process again, oh, my gosh, we can move everything again. Oh my gosh, did ended up going down this hole. Right. And that’s just the normal human experience. It’s like what we are conditioned to do. And yet, what if from the very beginning, I and you and we all know that? Yes, this thing is happening. This is part of it. And I’m going to move along with it. And yes, I’m going to have emotions about it. And yes, I’m going to feel those emotions and just experienced the range of everything. And also, I’m going to still have that knowing that it’s all going to work out. So I guess that’s what I want to leave you with because I think you know, if you really think about this, you can come up with multiple examples of this in your own life how something really bad, really unwanted happened, but then out of it came a really amazing opportunity or experience that you just had to go through that muck in order to get to and sure there will be some things that that opportunity hasn’t come about yet. Maybe you’re currently in the muck. But what if then you can transition that and and what’s in yours

35:00
So headspace about it into knowing that from the muck, comes the magic, Hey, I just made that up. I really like that. I’m gonna coin it, I’m gonna put it on Instagram, from the muck comes the magic. And if you can stay in that place and just own it, just own that MCC and experience it and know that something really awesome on its way because of it. All right friends, I’ll leave you with that. Thank you so much for letting me vent about my story and what has been going on the past few weeks and how crazy it was I just needed a place to vent and uh, you all were the people that had to go through it. But don’t worry, we’ll be back to talking and mindset and business and energy and all that amazing stuff that we do here on unstuck entrepreneur. I’m excited to be back. I’m excited for the future episodes, we’ve got a lot to cover. So if you’re not already, make sure you subscribe to the show, so you don’t miss an episode. They come out every Wednesday, and until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: What To Do If You’re Struggling To Grow Your Email List — Ep. 165

 

So, you’ve gotten on board with this whole email list thing and are excited to start building your list and connecting with your subscribers. Except, nothing’s happening…or at least not as quickly as you’d like. Growing your email list is starting to feel daunting and you’re worried it’s never gonna happen. You can’t help but feel like you’re missing something or doing something wrong. Sound like you? If so, this episode is for you. Today, I’m going to share the 3 biggest reasons why you’re struggling to grow your email list and what you can change today to make it happen.

“You have to do the ‘niche work’ first before you build your email list.” – Shawn Mynar

“The best freebies are short, they are sweet, they are digestible, the person can go through them in 5-15 minutes and they are helpful.” – Shawn Mynar

“Don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that. And if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, keep it. Keep it and focus on building up your audience.” – Shawn Mynar

“Really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie or is it my audience? And which one really actually needs to be where you are putting your energy.” – Shawn Mynar

FREE “Signature Program In A Day” Workshop – shawnmynar.com/day.

Shawn’s Courses – shawnmynar.com/coaching

Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so happy to have you here. So glad to be back. I don’t know if you all noticed. But I did take a week off of the podcast last week, because I had COVID. And it actually worked out that when I recorded the episode for the week prior basically that day is when my wife found out that she had COVID, which meant I probably had it too. And it actually took another two days for me to get a positive test. But, you know, I still felt fine that day. And then basically the following week, was kind of a disaster in terms of how I felt. But then by Friday, which is when I normally record these episodes, I felt pretty good again, but my lungs didn’t. And my voice wasn’t quite there. And there was just still a lot of coughing. And my lungs were really struggling to keep up with air. And so it just didn’t make sense to record an episode because you guys wouldn’t have enjoyed hearing that. So I decided to take the week off and just really regain my energy and get my lungs back to where they are used to being and my voice and everything like that. So here I am. And yeah, feeling totally back to normal. I’ve been hiking this week and working out and, you know, obviously working and doing all that kind of stuff. So basically just took it easy for about a week, I still did work, I was working from bed a lot, which I like to do even when I’m feeling great. It’s just fun to work from bed sometimes. So I did that. And you know, took it easy with obviously my workouts that wasn’t really happening. And just also with the amount of work I was doing, giving myself that space to rest and recover and just kind of be present. So now I’m back. And so grateful to be and so grateful for that experience and just being what it was and not, you know, bad for us really grateful for that. So anyway, let’s talk about your email list. Yes, I

3:27
know, we talk about email lists so much. But I still, you know, there’s still just so much to talk about, there really is, you know, it seems like something that’s really basic and really simple in your business. But I think you know, if you’ve listened to unstuck entrepreneur and the episodes that we have already discussed email lists on here, then you know, there’s a lot more to it, and you know how valuable it will be for your business. And that just brings with it a lot more to think about and some nuances that we need to go through. And you know, if you really want to make it this thing that really changes your business and your life. It can be that, but we got to talk about it a little bit more than maybe you think we need to or think we should, but it’s super important stuff. Now before we get into it, I have a super duper, crazy, exciting announcement. I want you all to mark your calendars for June 14 2022. That’s in just a few weeks, because on June 14, I am hosting a free live workshop called signature program in a day. This is unlike any other workshop I’ve ever done ever, ever, because it’s not a webinar. It’s not just this thing where I’m gonna be talking at you and you can kind of be paying attention while doing 1000 Other things and like, have 1000 other tabs open and all that stuff. That’s not what this is. This is an interactive workshop that will involve brainstorming, working, feeling, sharing, learning, getting coached all of that. So come ready to get down to business, and make some big decisions and get to know and share with the other people that are there live these new like minded friends that you’re going to be making. It is an interactive coaching opportunity and is for anyone who wants to add a signature program to your business. Now, you can want this to be happening tomorrow, or maybe next year or in the next few years, you want to have a signature program. If that is at all in your future, this is for you. And when you attend live, you’re going to have the opportunity to get one on one support and guidance from me. Again, it’s a coaching opportunity, it is interactive, and we’re going to build out your signature program together. So by the end of our time together, by the end of that afternoon, you will have a solidified signature program. And you will have clear next steps on how to get it out into the world and make it part of your business, no matter what stage of business you’re in right now. And also during this event, I’m going to really walk you through and take you step by step through the process of answering really the biggest questions, the eight biggest questions that come up about signature programs that quite frankly, keep most wellness business owners away from ever taking this step in their business. It keeps them shying away, it keeps him from ever doing this. And I don’t want that. I hate seeing that. That is not us. That is not what we’re doing here. That is not what I want for you. So I am taking the afternoon to not only answer these questions for you, but to do it with you to see you through them. So that you are there. You’re beyond that, and you’re ready to go. So imagine yourself and what will happen with your business? When you have answers to these questions like, am I truly ready for my own signature program? What’s the best topic for my program? Who’s the perfect client for my program? What results will my clients get from my program? What’s the price? What am I going to include in my program? How do we build an audience of these clients that I want my program? And how do I sell my program without feeling salesy. Just imagine if you had the clarity, if you had the knowing if you had gone through and found the answers in your business specifically to those questions, it’s a big deal. And that would really take you to the next level pretty quickly. So that’s what we’re gonna do together in this live workshop. Now, here’s the deal, spots are super duper limited, because of this interactive component. Because of the coaching aspect, I really can’t exceed a certain level I want to be, you know, I want it to be a small group basically, is what I’m saying. And so when it’s fall, it’s fall, who this isn’t really something that you can procrastinate and just decide you know, at the last minute that you want to be at or not. If you know that this is something that you want to do in your business, then sign up now. And you can go to Shawnmynar.com/day Shawnmyanr.com/day. And sign up for this live interactive workshop signature program in a day.

8:55
As long as you have the ability, as long as you can go to that site and sign up, then that means there’s still room as soon as it’s full, that site is coming down. So you know, just keep that in mind super limited spots. And now if you want to get this information if you want to go through this process, but you can’t be there live, obviously the best experience is going to be you there live at the event, doing the interactive components. But if you can’t be when you still want the info, you can still sign up. But what I want you to do is and you’ll be prompted to do this once you sign up is to email my team and let us know that you can’t be there live so that we can then save that spot for someone who can. So that’s our way of kind of knowing when the amount of people that are going to be there live gets to the place where it’s the right amount and then we’ll shut it down. Okay, so you can still sign up you will get a real replay. Everyone will get a replay again if you Really, if you think there’s any way that you can carve out the time to be there live, that is how you’re going to get the absolute most out of this. But totally understand if you can’t just let us know. And we’ll keep that spot open and available for someone who can. All right. So Shawnmynar.com/day, I, as you can tell, I’m absolutely thrilled to do this, this is going to just be such a fun event, and just so transformative for you, and fun at the same time, like, it’s just going to be so cool. So can’t wait to do that June 14. All right, let’s get back on the topic of email lists. I am just so determined, I have this level of determination in me that I don’t have for a lot of things to be totally honest. But in this case, I have it. I want to help you make your email list work for you, and have it be something that you really truly love, and appreciate and value in your business, not dread. That is my goal, because it is so important. So today’s episode, we’re going to focus on the growth of your email list. Now, if you haven’t started an email list, if you’re still not sure that that’s something that you want, if you’re kind of dragging your feet on that, we have some episodes back in the past, I want to say episodes 126 through 129, I believe head back and listen to those first. And really commit to this decision and your business really understand what it’s going to do for you. And then come back and listen to this episode. And get yourself all set up for growth. This episode is really for the person that is already there already knows the power of the email list and is ready and willing to do that in their business has done some work to get it up and running. And it’s not happening in the way that you thought it would. You’re struggling to get people onto your email list to sign up for your freebie. And just the growth is a tough situation for you. So we’re going to spend some time today really troubleshooting, what may be happening, if you feel like you should be getting more people on your list. And you’re just not first are quote from Seth Godin, who is just one of my favorite marketing experts. His books are so good. So if you are someone who is really struggling to connect with the marketing aspect of your business, check out really any of his books, they’re all so good. One of my favorites is called this is marketing, by Seth Godin, obviously, really great book, so see if you can find that if you’re interested. But he says don’t find customers for your products, find products for your customers. And we’re going to tweak this just a little bit for what we’re talking about today and say, Don’t find clients for your freebie. Find a freebie for your clients. Because it’s really all going to come down to the very first thing you have to do is understand who you want on your list and then create something that is valuable to them that will entice them to put their email into that box. So don’t find customers for your products find products for your customers. Yes, that absolutely. So true. So true. But we can also extend it even into our free stuff, and how we can really attract the right audience, by way of really thinking in reverse of what do these people that I want to work with? What do they need. And we’ll get into that in just a second. Let me just say this right here at the very start so that I don’t have to keep repeating it over and over and over again, throughout this conversation, every single thing, everything. Every single thing that I am going to share with you today is covered in detail in a immense detail in my course launch list accelerator, and that is available both on its own and also for free as part of the signature program bundle, both of which are available right now on my website at Shawnmynar.com/coaching. So this if you if during any of this episode, you think, oh I need a little more guidance on that. I need help with that. I need to He coached through that, I need ideas on that I need more help here. It is available to you, I have made it very, very available for you for every single thing that we’re covering today. And that’s inside launch list accelerator. So again, you can check that out, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, you get it either on its own or in the signature program bundle. So first things first, before and I know most of you know this, and this is going to be review for a lot of you, you need an epic freebie, you need a freebie, please do not have just a generic signup form, like, hey, sign up for my newsletter, and I’ll email you with great tips every other week. That’s not enticing enough these days, that actually worked. And kind of I must say, that kind of worked back when I was starting my business 10 years ago, because there wasn’t a lot of people doing it at this point. But now 10 years later, everyone has a website, everyone has an email list, everyone has a newsletter, everyone has a signup form. And so it’s like we constantly see it on every single website we go to, or everyone’s Lincoln bio that we go to. And it’s just you don’t even notice it, you know, like, it’s just like, noise at this point. It doesn’t mean anything, except for maybe the very, very, very few super fans that you have, that don’t want anything from you, they just are more than willing to sign up for whatever you do. That’s going to be rare. I mean, it’ll happen, but it’s going to be rare. And so your, your growth is going to be very, very small. If you really try to focus on this generic situation. Instead, we create an epic freebie. Now what makes it epic, it is epic, because it’s addressing a pain point that your dream client is experiencing. And it gets them to the point where they think, Oh, my gosh, I need this, this is so helpful. I’ve been looking for something like this. And even to the point where they think I would pay money for this, I can’t believe they’re giving it away for free. That would be ideal, right. But it really is epic, because it’s specific. And it’s helpful. And it’s really dialed in to the one person that you want to work with. And connecting with them in a unique way that they understand that you really get them and you’re really doing work for them. And you have something that’s going to help them. So as you can see the specificity there is what makes it epic. which obviously means that you need to know who your dream client is and what they’re experiencing what they’re going through in a very intimate way. It is such important work. And not something I think enough of us are doing to the degree that you need to do in order to get that specificity and intimacy with the person that you want to work with. So that they are just magnetically drawn to your work that they really can’t help but put their name and email address in that box. Because they are so interested in what you do and who you help and how you help them because it’s them. And because you’re addressing something they’re going through, you have hit on a pain point that they’re experiencing that probably not a lot of other people have talked about with them yet. You know, they’re in that search mode. They’re in that place where they are looking for help. And then they find you and they see that you have a resource for them. And it’s like yes, this is so amazing. That’s what makes it epic. So you got to do that dream client work first. And what I commonly see is not that it’s like a very general freebie it almost feels like that business owner created a really random freebie because you know, some business coach told them they needed to they heard that’s what the next step is, or the first step is and they didn’t really think it through. They didn’t do that prior work first that dream client work, that Magnetic Messaging work first. So they just kind of created this general freebie so they can say they have a freebie, but it’s not actually doing anything. It’s not attracting really anybody because it’s not enticing to anyone, it wasn’t created with one particular person or problem in mind. So it doesn’t really get the attention of anybody and doesn’t grow their list. And also, in this situation, the few people that do sign up are going to be pretty random, they’re not actually going to be interested in your paid offer down the road, because your free offer wasn’t targeted enough, it wasn’t specific enough, and it wasn’t tied directly to that paid offer that you have. So there is that connection there between what you’re offering for free. And what your paid offer is, that then means the people that are getting on your list are the right people for your paid offer. And if you have just a more general, just kind of K checkbox done, I created a freebie thing going on, then you will not have the quality of email list that you want to have to really sell your services down the road. And the one thing that I think really trips people up here is that they think that when I say epic, I mean that it needs to be like super long, super detailed, that you just need to give all your stuff away for free. And that is not true. The best freebies are short, they’re sweet, they’re digestible, the person can go through them in like five to 15 minutes if it’s like a workbook or something, and helpful, but not overwhelmingly helpful not giving everything away. It’s just really focusing on one pain point perhaps, or maybe touching in on a few pain points, but not giving the whole plan or protocol away for free or anything like that. Okay, so you can easily create an epic freebie in like one or two work sessions. I mean, like the designing of it may take a little longer if you’re not a designer, like how it is for me. But really creating the content of that freebie can be done in one or two sittings. If you’re spending more time on it than that, then you may want to revisit it and see if there’s a way to simplify it even more. Remember, digestible is really important. Because if someone has to spend a really long time on it, or there’s a bunch of pages to read, these are people that don’t know you that well. And so the asking for that time commitment is probably not going to happen. We have a very short attention span for people that we don’t know. So having a short digestible thing that people can get through the entire thing, that means they’re going to connect with you even more, because they actually made it through your freebie, they actually did the work. They walked through the workbook, they read the thing, and now they feel like they actually have a connection with you, versus losing them halfway through and they never make it to the end and you’ve lost them. Okay, so short, sweet, digestible, helpful. Now, let’s say that you already have an epic freebie you are super confident and excited about the freebie that you have ready to put it out into the world. You’re sharing about it, you put it on your website, you talk about on your podcast, whatever it is, and you’re still not seeing the number of people that you expected to sign up for it. So now what do we do? There are three big reasons why you are struggling to grow your email list, even with an epic freebie. And there are more there’s some one off some nuances, of course, but those are the three biggest reasons. First of all, your freebie isn’t epic enough. And or it is not enticing to your audience. So this really could mean two things either. You need to tweak your freebie and make it more enticing for your audience. Or you need to work on building up an audience of your dream clients. And a lot of times it’s actually the latter. You do have a really great freebie, but your audience isn’t full of your dream clients yet full of the people that you created that freebie for yet. And so maybe like for example, you are using what used to be your personal Instagram or Facebook as your now business account. And so some of those People aren’t your dream clients, they don’t care about what you do. They’re like your high school friends or your cousins or, you know, something like that. So there are people in your audience. And this might actually make up a big chunk of your audience right now. That aren’t your dream clients, or maybe you pivoted, maybe you were talking about one thing, and you had an offer about one thing, and you’re really focusing in on that, and you started to grow your audience based on that. And then you realize you had something else you were passionate about, you wanted to start working on something different working with different people. And so you switch your content and your focus, and that’s totally fine. I’ve done it a million times, it’s fine. But that means that your audience now isn’t in alignment with that new freebie. And so now it’s time to evaluate, is it your freebie? Or is it your audience? And if it’s your audience, then the cool thing is that continuing to share about your freebie, like really, really dialing in and making your content very much in alignment to your freebie, and you continue to spoon speak directly to that person, then you are going to naturally attract them.

26:25
If you start getting in your head and thinking, Okay, well, I have this freebie and no one’s interested in it. So that means I must need to change up what I’m talking about, or I guess this isn’t epic enough or whatever. And then you start getting wishy washy, and you start sharing about things that aren’t directly related to that person or wouldn’t be for that person or wouldn’t be related to that topic. Been that wishing and washing this is going to stall your growth. I know it seems like the opposite would be true. And you need to just start being more general, that is not the case. If you want to build your audience full of people who want your freebie, then you’ve got to stick with that. And stick with it and know that it takes time. But know that that is what works. And wishy washy, this doesn’t work. And, you know, if you realize you don’t have an epic enough freebie, then just create another freebie. And yeah, I know, it’s like, that seems so daunting. And that’s a lot of work and whatever. Remember, it doesn’t have to be a lot. It just needs to be epic, it needs to be very, very specific for that person. And if you don’t know who you who that person is, who you want to work with who your dream client is, then I have all kinds of resources available for you. That is something we do in basically every course that I have. So really make sure you figure that out right away. But don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that and you know, if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, Keep it keep it in focus on building up your audience. Don’t use this freebie situation as just another like more busy work to keep you from doing what you actually need to be doing. Really, really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie? Or is it my audience and which one really actually needs to be where you’re putting your energy. And then also consider these next couple of things we’re going to talk about, because it may not be your audience. And it may not be your freebie. It might be your landing page. So often, basically, pretty much I’d say 90% of the landing pages that I see are not selling your freebie the way that they should be your landing page. And just for people that don’t know the landing page is that page that you send people to who want your freebie where they put in their name and email address. And your landing page is not just like a little pop up box asking for their email address or just this little thing that says this is what you get sign up here. No, that does not work anymore. And again, it may have worked 10 years ago when I started. This does not work anymore. You have got to create a landing page. That is a sales page for your freebie it needs to you need to use your Magnetic Messaging again something that happens in every single one of my courses. Use your Magnetic Message trying to connect with your dream client, and let them know that you get them. And that you created something really valuable, that will help them from where they are now with this problem with this pain point to a solution for that problem, it needs to be clear, concise, non fluffy, not clever, there’s plenty of time for cleverness that you can do inside your freebie you can say all the jokes and have all the acronyms and do all the things. But on the page when we’re trying to get people to understand if it’s for them or not, if it’s worth it to put in their email address or not. We keep it clear, concise, and non fluffy. A good test is like a fourth grader should be able to read your landing page, and know what it is know who it’s for, what it’s going to help with, and how they can get it. Seriously, if you have a fourth grader in your network of people, your friends, your own kids, your nieces and nephews, whoever do the test seriously do it. It’s so helpful.

31:17
So clear, concise, non fluffy, and also not talking about the freebie. Like oh, it’s a 15 page workbook, and you get this, this and this, and you’ll have this many things to go through. And it’s not that it’s talking about who this person is, what they’re currently experiencing, and what will happen because they download this freebie, what they’ll learn what will resolve how they’ll feel what they’ll experience, really painting the picture of the before and the after, like paint that picture, remember, does my client understand that I truly, truly get them. That is what you want on the landing page. This is not happening my friends, I love you all, I’ve seen a lot of landing pages because you know, I kind of spy on you guys, I’m not gonna lie, I just like to see what where you’re at, and what you’re doing and what I can help you with. And I go to the landing pages for freebies that are being offered, and they are not enticing. They the freebie themselves are great. But the landing page is not keeping my attention. And getting me excited to put in my email address, I already put my email address into tons of things, I don’t want it to have just another thing that I’m signed up for. And that’s not convincing me that I need this thing. Okay, so purely really spend time on your landing page, I cannot stress this enough. And then the last thing, if you have all this going on, you really feel good about all these things. And even if you don’t, you’re still probably doing this, which is that you’re not talking about it enough. So just as often as I see landing pages that aren’t selling the freebie,

33:20
I’m also not seeing you talk about it enough. Like let me just tell you right now, you’re not sharing about your freebie enough, you’re not weaving it into your content enough. It’s not displayed enough on your website, you’re not sharing about it enough on your content channels, you’re not using all of these avenues that we have available to grow our email list, you’re not using them to their full advantage, like social media, for sure. That is something like the main goal of you spending time on social media is to Yes, of course build a connection with your audience. But doing so so that they’re ready to take the next step with you which in this case of social media, the next step is to get on your email list. And they have to know that’s even an option. They’re not just gonna go looking like oh, this person, I love this person’s content I love when they post, they’re so great. I always learned so much I’m so entertained or I just liked their energy. Let me go hop around and see if I can find a way to get on their email list. No one’s doing that. They have to know that you have something available that is made specifically for them. That will help them with a specific thing. They have to know that a lot of times not once, not twice, not 457 times. They need to know about it like at least 10 times over and over again. Now that doesn’t mean you have to talk about it like every single day, but it should be something that is regularly a part of your content creation schedule, it is something you can easily weave in to, you know, the, the caption you’re writing, because you’re talking about something specific and you’re staying on topic with your content creation, which means is very easily can roll into like for more help or download my freebie or whatever. So that can easily become a part of your social media content creation, but also your website. Again, when we are getting people on to our website by you know, writing a blog post or telling them to check out a podcast episode and then sending them there, you are doing so with the intention of getting them onto your email list because you can’t control whether they go on to your website or not what they look at what they engage with, if they even read anything, but you can control whether they get your emails or not. And so to get them to take that next step with you. And get them from your website onto your email list is the goal. And there is all kinds of real estate that you can use on your website, to promote your freebies, in the header and the footer on them homepage, in every blog post on the sidebar of every blog post, they really can be all over. And there’s ways to do it, where they look really nice. They look like part of your website, you’ve created some graphics, they really flow well. And it’s just a natural part of that website experience that you’re giving people. So are really I just not seeing enough people use their website to that advantage. Also Pinterest, definitely not enough people using Pinterest. And this is something that, you know, I think I’m gonna do probably a whole episode about because there’s just so much that I can talk about here. But if you’re not currently using Pinterest for your business, you’re gonna want to it like why not, it’s free, it’s easy, it takes like, so little time, and can make a really big difference in your business. Especially if you have a blog or a podcast, or you know, several different freebies, you can really use Pinterest to help grow your email list. And then yeah, if you do have something like a podcast or a YouTube channel, a blog, using those, again, as other avenues to build your email list, that is a main goal of those other platforms that you have. And really making that a focal point of what you do there. Even your network, maybe colleagues or friends or people who went through your program together or just whatever using the network of people that you have. Here’s a really good example, inside a holistic business starter, we had, I think it was at least 10 people in that group create a freebie bundle that they all putting their own freebie together and then shared it on their separate channels, and, you know, social media and platforms and things like that. And it was a huge success for them. Using people you already know and putting your heads together and getting people promote your stuff, you helping to promote other people’s stuff, creating a bundle a little network, gosh, how like just such a good idea and so valuable. And another really good way to build your email list quickly is with a an event. It could be a live event, it could be an in person event, you know, live virtual event. And it doesn’t have to be like tied to any sort of paid offer or anything like that. But just doing an event just to do it as a way to build your email list and get some valuable information out there. That is such a great way and it is a pretty quick injection of subscribers because anyone who obviously subscribes to become a part of that event also gets on your email list. So consider something like that as well. But all in all, please, please, please, please don’t be afraid to share about your freebie. Often, it is a free resource that is going to help someone else in a pretty big way with a problem that they’re experiencing. And that is a big deal. So you want to make sure that that person knows they have something available that can help and they don’t have to pay for it. They can get some free help right now. That’s all there doing. And it takes a lot of reminding for people to get to that point where they remember to go over and grab your freebie. So it needs to be a constant continuous thing that you are doing in your content

40:16
creation. So those are the three biggest things that I want you to look at, really for, I guess, three, if you already have a freebie and four, if you don’t really look at and see what you can do, get honest with yourself and see what tweaks you need to make to get into a bigger growth strategy with your email list. Now, before I let you go, I just want to share a few reminders and words of encouragement, I guess, I would say. First of all, remember, there is no magic number of subscribers that you need to have before your business is viable, or can be successful. Or you can make a certain amount of money that doesn’t exist. If you have one person on your list, then you have an email list and you have an audience and you have a potential paying client. Don’t stress out about the number, don’t focus on the number, focus on the quality of the people on your list. That is way more important than the numbers. And that takes us all the way back to the beginning where the very first step to creating your Epic freebie is to understand who you want to attract. And the person that you want to attract is the person you want to work with. And the person that you have a paid offer for. And that is what guides your whole email list strategy in the first place. And when you have that in place, then the quality of the people on your list are going to be so much better. And that is what will really take your business to the next level, then you have an engaged audience of people that want what you have to offer both free and paid. And that is huge. So focus on getting the quality of your email list up versus us feeling like you need a certain number. Okay. Next reminder, don’t forget to continue communicating and connecting with those people that have signed up for your list, I don’t care if there’s five doesn’t matter. Give them a warm welcome with your welcome sequence that’s all going to be automated, once you do it once it’s done, and you don’t have to worry about it. And you still know that they’re going to get that experience from you. And they’re going to feel really good getting on your email list and getting to know you better. And then continue to connect with them regularly. So that is what Yes, you will have to do once a week or once every other week is to send valuable emails to them until they’re ready to take the next step with you and become a paying client. And even then they’re still getting your emails because they’re part of your community at that point. So just really don’t stop here at the point of building your email list. It continues, it’s an ever growing thing. And it’s something that continues to need your attention. And it’s worth it, it is so worth it to put your attention there and put your time and energy there. And the last thing to remember, as words of encouragement, remember that this is a process. It is something that takes time, especially when you are focusing on the quality of the people coming onto your list. And that’s okay that it takes time. The cool thing is with email lists is that it has this snowball effect, the first 100 people on your list, they’re going to be the hardest ones to get. It’s going to feel like the biggest challenge, I guess. But then, and I don’t really know exactly why this is, let’s just call it an energetic thing, because I don’t know if there’s any other more 3d explanation for this. Except maybe just time passing and you getting more comfortable. That’d be like the 3d explanation that I can think of. But anyway, it’s going to be that much easier to get to 200 and then even easier to get the next 500 And then even easier to get the next 1000 And the next 5000 The next 10,000 It just gets easier. The first 100 are the hardest and probably take the longest.

44:53
So it’s a process but in this process and the coolest thing if we go back to like what you’re doing on your website, what you do on Pinterest what you do on your other platforms, social media, not so much because it has such a short lifespan. But everything else has a long lifespan. So someone could see your PIN that you posted six months ago, and sign up for your freebie, someone could listen to a podcast episode or see a YouTube video that you posted two years ago and sign up for your freebie. So that’s another reason why the snowball effect happens. But yes, it takes time. And that is okay. But remember, you only need one person for you to have the opportunity to have a paying client. You only need like 30 people to fill up a signature program. You don’t need a big number when you have focused on getting the right people on your list. All right, my friends, I’ll leave you with that. Remember, if you need help with any of this, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, I literally walk you by the hand with every single thing we just talked about. And also don’t forget to register for June 14 signature program in a day, put it on your calendar, block it out and plan to spend the afternoon with me, we’re going to be live we’re going to do it together. And you are going to be really truly working on your business and planning out your future. This is not just time, you’re just gonna lose. This is such a time well spent, especially for your business. And it’s gonna be fun and super transformational. So hope you can be there again, Shawnmynar.com/day, that’s da y Shawn mynar.com/day. That will be linked in the show notes. And I can’t wait to hang out with you. And until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Are You Allowing Or Resisting Your Business? — Ep. 164

I’ve said it many times and this episode is no exception, many of you are getting in the way of your dream business, often without you even realizing it. You make it harder and more complicated than it needs to be and block the potential flow of ideas and inspiration.

In this episode, we’re going to chat about the big elephant in the room that’s keeping you from starting, building, and growing the business of your dreams—resistance—and how you can go from a place of resisting to allowing so that your business can flow to you.

“You wanted what you wanted for a reason and it came to be for a purpose and it is meant to be in your experience.” – Shawn Mynar

“Resistance, in all forms, comes from one place and that is in your thoughts.” – Shawn Mynar

“In order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance.” – Shawn Mynar

“The difference between resisting and allowing is expectation. What are you expecting to happen?” – Shawn Mynar

+++

UNSTUCKBIZ

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.

0:27
I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, Hey there friends, Welcome back to On stack. Thank you all so much for being here. And joining me if it’s your first episode of unstack, hey, welcome happy to have you pull up a seat, grab a drink, get comfy, or don’t or be in your car or be on a walk or be doing dishes, whatever you want to do. But happy to have you here and feel free to look around at some of the other episodes in the past and see what else appeals to you. And go from there. All right, today, we are chatting about this big elephant in the room, especially when it comes to business, something that most of us deal with. So not something I’m calling anybody out in particular about, it’s probably all of us if we’re here that have dealt with or are currently dealing with some form of resistance when it comes to a lot of things in life. But here we’re talking about business in particular. So especially when it comes to the idea of starting or building or growing or scaling your business, we got to get into this whole talk of resisting versus allowing in your business. So we can clear that up. And you can actually be doing what you want to be doing and going in the direction that you want to be going in. Before we get into it. I just want to let you know that this episode is not being recorded in my usual circumstances. So it may sound a little bit different. And you may hear some dogs barking, some saws going I mean, who knows what at this point. I’m currently in the closet sitting on the floor of my mother in law’s house. As a lot of you know, I am staying in the lower level of my mother in law’s house for the short term while we look for our forever home, she graciously offered half of her house to us, which is amazing. And it’s wonderful and great. And I have this beautiful office that looks out onto the city. We’re up in the mountains, and it’s so gorgeous. But today we have or she has some yard work being done outside of that office. And there’s dogs, and there’s people and there’s talking and barking and whining and a lot of noises. So I moved up here into the closet hoping it will be better, but it may or may not. So just putting that out there that you know, if you hear things in the background, we’re just gonna roll with it today. Because it doesn’t matter. What we really need to do is have this conversation no matter what. Okay, let’s get into it. Starting with a quote from one of my favorite entities, Abraham Hicks and I have to tell you, I have been rereading the book ask and it is given by Abraham and Esther Hicks. And I’ve read it probably four or five times now. And I just bring it out about once a year and reread it just because I love it. And it’s always so helpful and you pick up new things. Each time you read it. It’s one of those books and reading it and reading quotes like this, which is the premise of pretty much everything they teach is what guided me to want to share this episode with you today and do this episode. So if what I say resonates with you today, go pick up that book. It’s so good. Asking it is given by Abraham Hicks. But the quote from the book is when you expect something, it is on the way when you believe something, it is on the way when you fear something, it is on the way. What I love about this quote is it can really go at any end of the spectrum because that something could be something wanted or it could be something unwanted. So when you expect something wanted, it is on the way when you expect something unwanted. It is

5:00
On the way in when you believe something wanted or desired, it is on the way. And when you believe something undesirable, it is on the way. And then of course, when you fear something, it is on the way. So keep that in mind, not just for this episode, but come back to that. It’s really something for us to keep top of mind always, is this idea of where am I putting my energy? Where am I putting my thoughts and my emotions? Is it on what I desire, or on what I don’t desire. And that’s really the basis of everything we’re going to talk about today. So let’s get into this idea of resistance, the actual definition taken from Google, thank you very much, is the refusal to accept or comply with something, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument, I really love that second piece of it, because this is what I see over and over and over again, in those of you who are looking to start a business, or grow a business or change your business, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument.

6:15
We’re gonna dive deeper into that today. My definition of resistance is quite simple. You’ve heard me say it on multiple occasions, probably almost every single episode of the 110. Now, I’ve said some form of this, which is getting in your own way. So resistance is getting in your own way.

6:42
The question then, for us to answer today or get real with ourselves about today is, are you doing that to your business? Are you getting in the way of having the business of your dreams? Are you attempting to prevent the business of your dreams by action, or argument? And that might sound pretty crazy. And you might be like, definitely not, I’m not doing that. I want this business, I want to have this freedom, I want to make this impact. I want to make this money.

7:21
And yet, if you really look at it, if you get real honest with yourself,

7:27
you can see that you are actually preventing that whether you know why whether you know how it still should be or will be pretty obvious. If you take a real hard look at what you’re doing. Okay. And that’s what I kind of want to bring to light or bring to the surface today just to give you something to think about. So are you refusing to accept that your dream business is actually possible? Think about that. Are you refusing to accept it that your dream business is actually possible? Keep in mind, on the surface, me saying that right now? You’re like, no, absolutely not. But what is going on underneath the surface in your subconscious programming? Does your subconscious think that it is not actually possible for you to create your dream business? And so it’s keeping you from doing that?

8:27
Are you preventing your business’s success by way of your actions? I can tell you, because I know a lot of you, I’ve seen a lot of you. I’ve been in the business world for a long time. And I always love looking and kind of dissecting how people are building and running their businesses. A lot of people are preventing their business success by way of their actions. They are keeping their business from being successful, subconsciously, yes, they don’t realize that they’re doing it in many cases, but it’s happening. And this is where we can really start getting clear with ourselves and getting real and making some significant changes so that you actually can have a successful business, because right now you might just be putting up that wall and not even knowing it. And are you getting in the way of your dreams? It’s quite possible. My friends, please don’t take this the wrong way. Because I’m here to help you out of it. There is nothing I want more than for you all, to have your dream business to live your dream life to be making the amount of money you want to make to be having the flexibility and the freedom and the schedule that you want and to be impacting 1000s of lives. That’s what I want for you. And that is why we keep having these conversations because it is possible. You are getting in the way of it

10:00
And you might think that you’re not those questions might be like, nope, nope, nope, not me. And you might argue to me that you do really think your dream business is possible that you are, quote, unquote, trying to make it happen. Trying doesn’t get you very far. Especially once you hear the rest of this conversation, you will understand where I’m coming from with that. So I’m here with you all today to politely beg to differ, because I see most of you hanging out in a place of resistance. Even when sometimes on the outside, it can look like trying and efforting. And doing all the things and having this long to do list. And going through all these motions, which we talked about a few episodes ago, the difference between being in motion and taking action, this is what I see. And I would guess, pretty good guess that if you weren’t resisting your business, you would not be listening to this podcast right now. You’d be out living your dream life, you’d be doing what you love. Your dream business is crushing it, you have this flexibility and freedom. And you wouldn’t need me for sure. Right? So let’s talk this out a little bit. First, it starts at point A. Point A is your desired business, how it looks, how it feels, what happens, what doesn’t happen, how many people you help doing what, who it is that you help, all the things that you know about your desired business.

11:45
At some point, something inside of you came to the realization that you wanted that business that you wanted to work for yourself, you didn’t want to work for someone else anymore, you wanted to get a degree or certification that would allow you to help someone else in a certain way.

12:04
You want it to be able to do this on your own, you wanted to have a business where you could work from anywhere you wanted a business that would allow you to take time off with your kids.

12:15
There’s so many different variations of our dream businesses, we each have our own right. But whatever it was, your inner you came up with a desire, based on several different factors, your mission, your desires, your purpose here in this lifetime, your reason for being here. You wanted what you wanted, for a reason. And it came to be for a purpose. And it is meant to be in your experience. Okay, so you didn’t just come up with this out of thin air, when it really isn’t actually something that aligns with you and isn’t something you actually want for most of us. And if that’s the case, then you will know with me just saying it right away that that’s actually not what you want. And there are people who think they want this dream business, and they actually don’t, but most of us have that desire for a reason. And that came to be for a specific purpose.

13:15
And so as soon as that desire was created within you, the path to get there was also created. That is how the energy of the universe works. It is very cool to think that once you had this desire, it became a reality. And the path for you to get to that reality also came to be. And I know for some of you who aren’t quite as a Wu as I am, that may seem a little outrageous. But it doesn’t matter, I still want you to go with this theme. Consider this whole entire picture, and take from it what you will. But I also know a lot of you out there are fully into the universal laws and fully understand that your path is created, your path is there. And in a non resistant or fully allowing state, that’s the opposite of resistance is allowance. You would be fully guided to that desire, you would be able to receive the nudges, the downloads, the ideas, the pushes the intuitive guidance, and you would take aligned action from that place to make it a reality. That is how the path of allowing looks.

14:43
As I’m sure you can imagine, it feels good. It feels good to be there. And to know and to trust and to allow that guidance. There’s no forcing no struggle no quote unquote trying or efforting no copying what someone else is doing because it worked for them. So it must

15:00
to work for you, or thinking that it has to look a certain way, in order for things to work, or feeling like you have to be on social media, you have to do this, you have to do that. None of that would be there. Because you know, and trust in the process in the steps that are unfolding before you and you roll with it, you’re excited for what’s in store, you’re not questioning or overthinking any of it. Because you are fully aware and fully in expectation that what you want is on its way to you, and you are simply following the path that has already been laid out for you. pretty dang cool if you ask me. So 99.9% of people don’t operate from this place of allowing in any areas of their lives, especially not business owners. Instead, you often unknowingly resist that path that’s already been created, you don’t acknowledge that it’s there, realize that it’s there, trust the process of its unfolding.

16:17
So you end up turning your back on the nudges, questioning the intuitive guidance, you make excuses as to why those downloads wouldn’t possibly work for you, you tell yourself, you’re not ready to go along with that path that is so clearly being laid out before you.

16:39
As you can see, resistance in all forms comes from one place. And that is in your thoughts, which a lot of us know here because we’ve been doing this work. But let me remind you that your thoughts come from your beliefs, that is where they stem from. And your beliefs are what make up your subconscious programming.

17:10
And then beliefs move into being thoughts and thoughts move into being actions, we take action based on our thoughts.

17:25
And what kind of Shawn talk we’ll call it would this be without talking in terms of energy and vibration of this whole darn thing. So think about it, that energetic expression of your desire, that desired business, your dream business, what you really want to be doing with your time here is on one really high, amazing level. It’s like exciting and thrilling and joyful, and impactful and freeing and peaceful, and all these really high vibration emotions. So that’s the annex energetic expression of our dream business. But the energy you’re regularly putting out is on a totally different energetic playing field, just not even remotely close. It’s the energetic expression of fear, lack overwhelm, stress, anxiety, doubt, discouragement, frustration, I could keep going, right? Totally different level. So at that point, we have a complete energetic mismatch. And if we’re talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, which if you’re into Abraham Hicks, you are familiar with, if you’ve been listening to this podcast for any length of time, you are familiar with, and if you haven’t, and you are interested, go back, I have multiple episodes on manifestation, law of attraction, energetic vibrations, all that stuff, so you can get into it. And it does very much impact your business as well. So I highly recommend it. And so if we’re in that place of energetic mismatch, and talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, you will always receive what you put out. So you will receive more things to cause you fear, confusion and struggle in your business. And this goes back to the quote from the beginning, when you expect something, it is on the way, when you believe something, it is on the way and when you fear something, it is on the way. And in this book, and something that again, if you followed abraham hicks at all, you’ve probably heard this analogy, but I really like it. Resistance can be thought about like this. Say that you want to take a trip from Los Angeles to New York. Let’s just make it easy. If you’re in the US, we all know where LA is and we all know where New York is. And you want to take a ride

20:00
road trips from one place to the other, you have a map that tells you exactly how to get there, what roads to take, when to turn when you will need to take a pitstop, even when you might need to stay over, you’ve created this whole schedule of getting from point A to point B. And resistance would look like you going down that path. I’m on my way to you New York, I’m making good time things are looking great. Oops, now I’m going to do a u turn and go back towards La Oh, but now I’m back on the path. Actually, let me I’m feeling good. Let’s go back to New York. Oh, and now I’m going to turn around again and go back towards La. And that could go on for ever. And you will never actually get to your destination, you’ll never get to New York, you will always stay somewhere in between LA and New York going back and forth, back and forth, back and forth. Making U turns every single time you have this resisting thought towards your desire. Every time you’re like, Ah, no, actually don’t I don’t believe this map, I think it actually had me take a wrong direction, I’m gonna turn around, I’m gonna go a different direction. I’m going to veer this way instead of veering that way. Because I don’t trust this map. When like, I know, Google Maps and Waze and stuff, they’re pretty good. But they’re not 100%. I’ve had some bad experiences. But they’re pretty good maps are pretty good these days. So I think we can safely rely on them. And especially you know, the maps in the old times when it was just a piece of paper, like, can’t go wrong in there, pull out your old school map, and you will have the right path, no doubt. And so yeah, most of us don’t question a map, we don’t question if Google Maps or Waze is going to take us to the right place, we just trust and we follow the instructions. And we go, and that is what it looks like to allow your desires to unfold. Whereas instead, we spend most of our time resisting and never making our way to point B, never kind of going back and forth, and back and forth, making U turns constantly, and never getting there because we don’t actually trust it. So I love that analogy. I hope you can see yourself potentially in that analogy. And we’ll maybe do some work to become more trusting of the map the way you trust your ways. Okay. And I want you to know, too, that this is extremely common in all areas of life, not just in business, we do this all the time. Everywhere, I have resisted so many things in my life, I resisted finding a romantic partner, because I was sure that it had to look a certain way, my relationship had to be a certain way, just from my own programming growing up, and only seeing male female relationships. That’s what I thought I had to do, I never considered anything else. And so I resisted a relationship. That was actually the right one for me, and spent a lot of time being single when I didn’t want to be because I was only looking inside that box and I was doing U turns. Every time that box didn’t look a certain way or the relationship didn’t look a certain way. I resisted making good money. Because I had so many money blocks that I did not know what even there until I was like, what 3435 years old, my entire life had been built around these money stories that I had from growing up and the beliefs that I had about money. And so I just could not make money, no matter how hard I tried no matter what I did, because I was actually resisting it without me knowing it. And it took doing some hard money mindset work to change that so that I could be in allowance of making money and let it flow to me and it has ever since I resisted my success because I thought I had to work hard to be successful. I thought success had to look a certain way. And I didn’t look that way. And I resisted it for a very long time. Again, until I did more of this work. I got into Abraham Hicks. I started doing mindset work and started working on my energetic expression. And I was able to make the switch so that success was inevitable for me. And it’s been that way ever since I’ve never looked back and now this is why I’m here teaching you all of this stuff as well because I want that for you, too. And now for you especially when it comes to your business although it may be

25:00
happening and other areas of your life. Like I said, it may look like you having this idea and plan and goals for your business. And then spending the rest of the time in a place of fear where you’re fearing failure or fearing judgment, something like that, you will may spend the rest of your time in like the WHAT IF stage where all you can think about is what if something goes wrong, what if this happens, what if this doesn’t happen, or the I can’t thoughts take over, I can’t do this, I can’t do that I’m not ready for this, I’m not ready for that all of those thoughts come to be and then it turns into the I’m not cut out for this thought or kinds of thoughts. It will potentially look like excuses, it will look like not taking action, it will look like doing more busy work and less actual aligned action, it will be holding on to your safety net. And that is what drives your decisions, your actions and reactions in your business.

26:08
I wanted to not only share my stories of different areas of my life where I have been in resistance, but also show you how it may look in your own world. So that you can see why this is happening. I think you can probably start guessing what’s really going on here. And this is where we start digging in to the why hope you can see by now the real reason behind your resistance is because of your subconscious beliefs and programming. We are programmed to expect and resist possible failure. We’re programmed to think that it’s hard to make money that we don’t deserve success, that success doesn’t look like us, we don’t deserve to get paid what we’re worth, that we need to work hard to make any money at all. And that business is hard. Being an entrepreneur is hard, it takes long hours. Gosh, I mean, you all know I could go on and on and on, we have so many different programs that could be running in the background that’s making it near impossible to get into a space of allowing versus resisting. So now you can see it is the subconscious programming that’s going on in the background of your life that is causing this resistance in all areas of your life. And many of you know, this is something we talk about all the time here on unstuck. So nothing really new if you’ve been listening for a while. But then you also know that I think this is something and you probably agree that bears repeating over and over again. So now the next question to ask ourselves really is how would you think and act if you knew with every fiber of your being, that your success is inevitable? And that your vision of your dream business will be your reality? And that you will be supported in every step of the process? How would you think? How would you act? Would it be different than how you are today? And if the answer is yes, and we might need to get real with ourselves again here? If the answer is yes, that means that you are acting from this place of resistance, you are resisting your business, if you know that you are taken care of and that it will work out in your favor. What are your thoughts and subsequent actions, then? Are they different than how you are acting and thinking now?

29:13
A little something here a little something else here for you to chew on. I think we’ve already gotten a lot but let’s continue on with it. The only way things won’t work out in your favor, is because you’re putting your attention and energy on the not having of it. The beliefs that you have about it are the ones taking over.

29:38
The struggles that you think might incur are the ones that are guiding you. And the failure that may or may not happen is what you are thinking about.

29:51
So the only way that it won’t work out in your favor, is because that is where you’re putting your attention and end

30:00
Energy on,

30:02
you are in a place of resistance, you are constantly doing the U turns, which makes it impossible for you to never get to New York, because you’re going and then u u turn you go and u u turn because the the beliefs and the thoughts and thinking about the struggles and thinking about the failure and thinking about how hard it is and thinking about how your don’t deserve it. All of those things are what is keeping you in this place of resistance. And this is what I’m seeing in most potential entrepreneurs out there. And this is exactly the number one reason why I created the business program that I did, because I know firsthand. And I’ve seen it a million times how our mental and emotional resistance gets in the way of our mission, passion and purpose to help others to make a real impact and difference in this world. And to live this abundant, prosperous, Freedom filled life, it happened to me, I’ve seen it happen to lots of other people. And I don’t want that for you. So we need to start here, my friends, this is the foundational work that must be done before you start working on these tangible business concepts that are floating around everywhere these days. Those strategies, hey, you know what, they are great. They work. I love teaching business strategy, I think it is super fun. But it’s only fun. And it only works. If that person is ready to receive it in order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance. And that is when the business practice and strategy and tactics actually come into play. That is when they are powerful. That is when you are unstoppable. And as you can see, I’m getting a little bit worked up, I’m getting a little hot under the collar, because I am so passionate about this. And that is really where unstuck entrepreneur came to be. And this is exactly what we do we take the time to get unstuck, to release resistance to get into the place of allowing, and then we build our business from there, then we get into the practical business strategy from this new place where hey, guess what it can actually work, you won’t be resisting it anymore. All right, let me give you some tips on how to get started in getting your self from a place of resisting to allowing, the first tip is to know what you want so well, that you can feel it. I’ve talked about this a lot. It is one thing to have this thought of like, oh, it’d be cool to like, have this thing someday. But I want you to get as specific as you can. And it’s okay, if you don’t know every single detail, no worries, but can you get to a place, at least in this vision of your dream business where you can feel how it will feel when you are there. That is what really shapes the energetic expression of this desire is by getting to a point where you know how you will feel and you can feel it in your body now. So are you excited? Are you stress free? Do you feel freedom? Do you feel peace? Ease joy? What is it? What happens? When you are there? And how much of the specifics do you need to get there. And as you add more and can get more specific with it, then you will add on or that emotion will be that much more powerful. So I recommend, I love visualization for this. I recommend really seeing if you can quiet your mind just a bit, maybe do some deep breaths or do a light meditation to start. And then begin this visualization practice where you actually are seeing yourself with your dream business going through your day of what a typical day would be when you do have your dream business. What are you doing? Where are you at? Who are you with? Who works with you? Who do you help? How do you help them? What kind of business model do you have set up as much as you can get into all the nitty gritty details if that feels good to you? As soon as it stops feeling good or feeling right or starts getting too complicated, then that means you’ve gone a little too far in your specificity. And you can take it back a notch no big deal.

34:39
But can you visualize it? And we do visualization techniques in unstuck entrepreneur together. Tip number two, understand your blocks and see that resistance in action. So like we just talked about resistance comes from your subconscious programming those beliefs, those two

35:00
worries that you have in your subconscious mind, because of your past because of what you were taught or what you saw what you noticed growing up and even beyond that, so we have them, they’re baked in there, they’ve been there for a long time. And a lot of our subconscious programming goes by unnoticed in our lives. And this is where we can really start building that awareness. It’s always awareness, always the first step,

35:32
get to see how it is playing out in your business, and start understanding where that comes from. You’ve got to take it one step deeper and really see it in action. And then ask yourself, Is this the truth? Or am I just resisting my path, when you do have some reason for taking no action or taking the wrong action or not? Allowing your guidance to come in and not? Not going towards that nudge you’re getting? talking yourself out of things, making excuses, keeping yourself small, staying in your comfort zone? All the things that we do we do? It’s okay. But is it the truth? Or am I just resisting my path? Am I making a U turn on this path? Am I going back to LA instead of trying to get to New York, now we have kind of that metaphor, we have that ability to see it in action. If you stay aware, just keep that awareness up. That’s really what it takes to get started.

36:39
Tip number three, reprogram your belief system. Hey, guess what, that sounds quite challenging. And it is there, it takes some practice, it takes a lot of different tools and you finding the tool that works best for you. It’s a long term game plan. It’s not something that happens in like 20 minutes, it is a long term thing, I still to this day, find myself coming up against some money stories and money blocks. Even though I’ve been doing this work now, like I said, for at least six years. Still, it’s a constant thing that I work on. And I work through some of my favorite things. affirmations, you guys know, I love affirmations. They’re seen in so many spaces as being woowoo and fluffy. And they’re not they work. But it takes a specific situation, it takes a specific practice for them to work, you have to do it repeatedly. It has to be over and over. And you have to get to the point where you do actually believe that new affirmation that you’re inputting into your brain, and that’s when it can start reprogramming. And from there, hey, shift happens. I also love visualization, like I just talked about, again, something that needs to be done repeatedly at your brain does not know the difference between real and imagined. So as you repeatedly go through that process of visualizing your dream business, your brain takes that as truth and start thinking and acting in accordance to that new truth. And reprogramming happens. And then lastly, hypnosis, I love hypnosis, it is something that I think has a lot of stigma around it that is unnecessary. It’s really just a deep meditation. And it has been so powerful for me, so powerful for clients, and I just really love it. And I do provide hypnosis tracks for you to check out in unstuck entrepreneur, I have to so far, probably will be adding a third tip number four, make it a priority to feel how you want to feel in your business as often as you can. So we went through step one of visualizing how we want it to be and then getting to that place where we feel it. And then to now taking those emotions taking those feelings that you felt in your dream business and plunking them down into your life right now your current reality right now in any area that you can maybe you don’t feel that in your business, but maybe you do feel that in your current job that you have or in your relationship or in your family life or something like that, where you do feel joy and freedom and excitement and passion and all of these things. Find that in other areas of your life and start expressing that emotion now because that will get your energetic expression to a higher vibration a higher frequency now and you will start receiving more guidance, you will start being more open to that guidance, more aware of the nudges and the downloads that you’re getting and feel aligned and inspired to take action on them. And the last tip, one word, the most important word, I think of this entire episode.

39:59
Expert

40:00
dictation,

40:01
get real with yourself. Where is your expectation of your business? Lying? Is that lying on the path of it absolutely is going to happen exactly what I want is on its way, I have no resistance I am in full allowance, or is your expectation on? Well, it might not happen. What if like I can’t, this isn’t a guarantee, there’s so many things that could go wrong. I don’t I don’t actually think this is possible for me. Which really, you might not even say that but just but you saying, I have fear of this, this this this this you that’s exactly what you’re saying is that you don’t think it’s possible. If you fear judgment, if you fear failure, if you aren’t showing up fully.

40:51
If you’re making excuses as to why you’re not ready,

40:56
then your expectation is on it not happening, it not working out it not being successful.

41:05
So where does your expectation lie? get very clear on that, and building your awareness on that. So now it comes back to really all the other tips that I just went over. And every day, committing to a shift in your expectation.

41:30
It may not go from swing from one to the other in a matter of a day. But as long as you remain aware, as long as you remain open as long as you do these other tips. And as long as you even just now have the guidance, have the wording to put into place what’s actually happening, then now you have the ability to choose differently. And every single choice you make over and over again, changes and shifts your expectation to one of inevitable success. So I put that in as tip number five, the one word just so that it’s something for you to keep top of mind, always, especially if you find yourself coming up against some struggle, some overwhelm some fear, when it comes to your business. Where is your expectation? And what small shifts can you make to change that expectation towards your desire? Because that’s really 100%. All that it’s about the difference between resisting and allowing is in your expectation? What are you expecting to happen?

42:51
All right, I will end the conversation there. I think there’s so much more to be had in this conversation. To be totally honest, I love talking about this because it is something, as I mentioned that I went through is something I see most entrepreneurs, especially new entrepreneurs going through. And I really want to create a space where we have the ability to see this, to acknowledge it, to work through it, and to shift to make that lasting shift. And like I said, That’s exactly why I created unstuck entrepreneur, and if this is something that resonates with you, and might be going on behind the scenes, in your business or in your future business, why potentially you haven’t created your business yet, or why it’s not going the way you want it to, then I’d love to chat it out and to walk you through that process in unstuck entrepreneur, the doors for the fall class, don’t forget everyone, fall class. It’s coming very, very soon, in just a few weeks, August 30. To be exact. That is the day that the doors open for enrollment to unstuck entrepreneur, which is my lifetime business, mentorship and coaching program. There’s also like the most amazing community of women you will ever be a part of. So that’s a bonus that really ends up being like the best thing ever. And it’s probably obvious by now but I’ll just let you all know that it is a program for new entrepreneurs who are looking to grow and scale their business to what they want it to be. or soon to be entrepreneurs that are getting ready to create a business and want to do it right the first time and save themselves weeks and months of years of time in doing it right the first time. And these entrepreneurs they want a holistic approach to building and growing an impactful successful business on

45:00
their terms. So that is who on stock entrepreneur is good for. If that is you mark your calendars for August 30. That is when enrollment opens for the fall 2021 class, if you are on the waitlist, you will not only be the first person to know when it opens, so that you can actually get a spot. And also you get a discount code that no one else gets. So you want to get on that waitlist, you can do so at Shawnmynar.com/unstuck. Biz, and we will have that link in the show notes as well. And I would love to chat with you more over on my social media. So make sure you’re following my business account at unstuck entrepreneur and we can chat it up there. And with that being said, Until next time, take care if you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But

46:08
how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm

46:59
good news, you don’t need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?

47:44
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Make More Money In Less Time With These 4 Business Swaps — Ep. 163

I think most of us would agree that making more impact and income while working fewer hours is the ultimate business goal. That phrase “making money while you sleep” is actually a real possibility as is “making money while playing with your kids/on vacation/with another client/living your life.” Sound pretty good, right?

In this episode, I’m sharing the 4 swaps you need to make in your business so you actually can make more money in less time. We’re talking passive income, the 1-to-many business model, and so much more. 

“You can always create more income by having your own business, by having these other possibilities, and even though time is finite, you can create more time in a sense of you being able to do what you want with that time.” – Shawn Mynar

“Go from a lack mindset to an abundance mindset.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have a bigger why, you have a bigger purpose. Put the attention on who you are helping, how you want to help them, and what do you need to get there in a bigger way. Focus on that instead of it being all about the money.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

SIGNATURE PROGRAM LAB

@SHAWNMYNAR – Chat with me on Instagram

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful, profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck, so grateful to have you here. As always, and I am super jazzed for this episode.

I think I say that pretty much every episode. But this one really is taking like everything I love to talk about and teach with entrepreneurs, to entrepreneurs, and putting it all into one episode. Obviously, the reason why I love talking about it so much is because I’m all about all of you, creating financial freedom in your life. And I really am determined to help more women specifically create financial independence for themselves, regardless of their partners, their situations, their careers, their families, anything else like that just having this empowerment of financial independence is pretty freakin cool. And not only that when in terms of money, but I’m also super passionate about helping people actually find enjoyment in their lives and actually get back to the point of why we’re here and what we’re meant to be doing here. And finding that passion within their business and what they’re doing. But then also finding their passion and mission and purpose outside of their business and spending time doing things they love and building a life they love and less time trapped behind the computer trapped in an office and even more so trapped in this mentality or this mindset of always having to work and strive and go go go and do this and do that in order to actually make a decent living. Because that’s all just lies. So we’re here to debunk all that. And we’re to talk about that more today. So that’s why I’m just thrilled to be here having this conversation with you really, this podcast could be either like eight hours long, or like seven other podcast episodes, which it probably will end up being. But I wanted to at least start the conversation here today. So this idea of making more money, having more income more profit, while working less, working fewer hours, and spending more time outside and your actual life. Really being an entrepreneur, having your own business is the perfect place to do all of that. And I think that’s one of the main reasons well, I don’t think I know, that’s one of the main reasons we’ve all been drawn into this lifestyle. Yes, we have this purpose, we have this passion, we want to make an impact. We want to help others, we have all this stuff. But then also we would love to do that, while also working less and creating financial independence, creating financial freedom, creating time, freedom, all that stuff. This whole kind of hashtag Be Your Own Boss Life. Yes, I just used the hashtag in a sentence. I’m like, not normally that kind of person, but I just did and that’s fine. Anyway, when you are working for someone else, there’s very little if any room really to do this to have the opportunity to work fewer hours and make more money. You’re kind of stuck in your designated schedule, and your designated salary. You may get bonuses at certain times if you do certain things. Maybe you get commissions. And I would say that not always but usually in order for you to get a commission for something it involves working more hours or working harder or hustling a little or something like that if you’re in more of a sales role. So while there of course nuances to that I think the vast majority of the working for someone else role doesn’t allow for much of this flexibility that we find when we are in a place of having our own business being our own boss being an entrepreneur. So then here we are, as entrepreneurs with this dream with this desire. But how do we actually make it a reality. And especially, it may seem kind of far off, or kind of impossible, almost, if you are someone who’s just starting out, or you know what, maybe not even just starting out, but you still find yourself stuck, maybe you’ve been doing the same thing in your business for years, and you find yourself stuck getting paid the same amount, having the same amount of income of revenue, having the same amount of profit or lack thereof, of year in, year out. And it feels like you’re working a ton. And you really don’t have much to show for it. And this can happen at the beginning of your business. It happened to me for a couple of years in my business, where I felt like I was working a lot and I had no flexibility. In my schedule, I was really kind of bending over backwards for my clients and their schedules, which meant getting up at five in the morning, most days of the week, working Sunday through Friday, so only having one day off per week. And it felt like I was doing the opposite of what I actually wanted, which was this life of freedom, flexibility, and uncapped earning potential, I wanted all those things, I was getting none of it. So you may be in a similar place right now. Or you may not even be there, but you’re worried you’re scared, you might get there someday, if you do start your business, or if you do go all in where you’re working a ton and not making very much. And it’s the opposite of what you want. So how do we turn this ship? Around? Is the real question we have today. And the question I’m going to answer, I have four swaps, that you are going to start making in your business today. As I said, I probably could think of like 20 swaps that you could make in your business. But let’s just get you started today. As you know, if you have listened to any episode of The unstuck podcast before, we’ve got to look both internally and externally. So this is not just a question of the practical, tangible stuff that you can do in your business to start making more money, which we are going to talk about, that’s two of the four are these practical, tangible things. But we also have to talk about this other stuff, the internal stuff, that inner work, otherwise, those practical things, you’re still not going to do them, they’re still not going to make a profit, you’re not going to make any more money, you’re still going to find yourself working 10 hours, it’s going to be pointless. Okay. So that’s what we do hear on unstuck is we do that inner work, while also looking at the outer strategy. So we do a little bit of both, starting with a quote, as always, from Jim Rohn. Time is more valuable than money, you can get more money, but you cannot get more time. And this is really speaking to the idea that time is finite, whereas money is infinite. And so the conversation we’re having here today is to really prove reprioritize, I guess and showcase that ability, that you have the power to make more money, but you cannot create more time. But what we can do, through the conversation we’re going to have today is actually create more time than what I just said you can do. But what we’re going to do is reallocate your time to be where you want to be spending it, which is out with your family, with your loved ones out in nature out traveling. I know there’s so many people that wish they could travel more. And now we’re back in a place in the world where we can start traveling again, thank goodness. So is that something that you want to start adding in more of, but you just need to find the time. This is how we can do that. So I want I really wanted to use that quote. It’s a very well known quote, but I wanted to use that here in order for you to see that you can always create more income by having your own business and by having these other possibilities. And when you do so even though time is finite, you can actually create more time in the sense of you being able to Do what you want with that time. So that’s really cool and super, super loved that whole idea. Before we get into these four swaps I have for you, I just want to share a little bit about my story. Some of you may have heard this before, it’s just a little snippet of how I used everything that we’re going to talk about today. And within a matter of a year completely transformed. My business, I, as I mentioned, was at a place where I was taking clients one on one for both personal training, which is how I originally started my business. And then added on nutrition coaching, once I became a nutritionist through the NTA. So I was doing both and I was taking one on one clients and I was working a lot, I didn’t have the problem of not finding clients, which I was very fortunate and very grateful for. But I was taking a lot of clients and I was working around the clock with them, I was getting super burnt out. If you take one on one clients, then you probably know how that feels that feeling of like your energy being kind of sucked dry, because you are giving it to your clients, which is really wonderful and really great and really needed. But if you don’t have those boundaries in place, yet, it can be very draining. And I didn’t have those boundaries in place yet. Because I was fresh, I was new, I was making money, and I was excited. But I wasn’t making enough money. And that was definitely not making enough money for the time and effort and energy that I was putting into my business. I was barely making ends meet. I think that this year that I’m speaking of in my business, which was 2015 2016 I net ID like $15,000 in my business, so not enough by any means money. And then I got sick. And I started working on myself, I started doing a lot of personal growth, self development, self improvement, spiritual work, started working on my mindset started working on connecting to my intuition and trusting it started working on my relationship with my higher power, the universe, source God love whatever you want to call it started working on that whole concept, which was really totally new to me at that point, nothing I had really ever considered. But I was sick, and I needed to get better. And I had tried everything I knew how to do. And I was working with all these practitioners, and doctors and all these supplements and all these dietary changes and all this stuff to try to get better. And it wasn’t working. And so I realized the thing that was still something that I could do that I couldn’t work on was my inner self. And I don’t even know how I came to that conclusion, except that it was complete desperation, because I had never considered that before in my life. I’ve never done any like inner work when unquote, in my life. But I did. And so I started that journey. And it was so eye opening for me a lot of you know, this part of my journey already. But when it comes to my business specifically, while I was not doing this work to help my business, I just started applying it to it just almost naturally. And just like well, it’s actually working for my health, I might as well just give it a try and see what I can do for this business situation that I’m in because I’m broke. And I’m burned out. And I don’t really know where to go next. And through this, you know, long story short, there was a lot of journaling and a lot of meditation and a lot of really doing some digging on myself and reading and writing and all that stuff. But long story short, it ended up to where I was able to have this like intuitive download of something I wanted to create in my business. And I actually went for it for probably the first time ever I listened to my intuition, I was able to actually hear that side of me. And I didn’t let my fear and my stories and all this stuff about the money that I didn’t have that i How was I ever going to make that work when I couldn’t invest anything. Because also I should mention part of this whole self improvement work I was doing was on my money mindset, which was a big huge thing that I had no idea was a problem for me until this point in my life. And now I can see that it had absolutely affected everything up until then. But I was able to let go of some of that and allow my intuition to come through and allow myself to trust that and to go for it and to invest money I didn’t have into this idea. And in a matter of months, it completely transformed my business. Some of you may A know what that thing was, it was called the fat burning female project. It was an online course, for women teaching a in an intuitive approach to a keto diet, something that no one had done before. If there wasn’t something out there like that, and I had never done that before I had never, I had no clue how to create an online course or what that even meant, or what it would even look like or would it even be successful? How would it even go, I had no clue. But I kept going with it. I compiled everything that I was teaching one on one to clients and put it into this course and created a system for it that was proprietary, no one else had ever done it no one else it came from, no one, nothing else, but my own intuition and my own brain. And I put it into this course, with absolutely no clue what I was doing. Fast forward a year. So this is 2017. By the end of 2017. That course alone had made almost $100,000. And that was on top of me still seeing clients and still having a regular schedule and still working with brands on affiliate. So that was just one piece of my income that year. And to go from having the year before. Net income $15,000. To now having this in one year was really huge for me, I’ve talked about that situation before was kind of what some people might call this quantum leap in business. For me, it was just a compilation of the inner improvements, I was doing the inner work I was doing and really getting in touch with myself for the first time ever, and really getting through all the muck that I had that I didn’t even know I had, from my past and and my growing up and things like that, and doing all this work on myself, and then letting that lead the way and taking action on it. And so to kind of connect the dots between this story and what we’re going to talk about today, that was my first venture into a passive income opportunity into an opportunity to go from working one on one with clients, which meant I was trading my time for dollars to working one to many, which we’re going to talk about which opens the doors to an unlimited source of income potential, which is amazing. And it just opened my eyes to the possibilities in my business. That’s what we’re going to talk about today, I’ve never looked back, you will feel the same way. Let’s get into it. The first swap is to go from lack to abundance. So as you can see, we’re kicking it off with mindset work, going from a lack mindset, to an abundance mindset. The vast, vast, vast majority of society right now is operating from a lack mindset. And you may be one of those people. If you come from this place of lack, you can do all the external things that we’re going to talk about coming up and still struggle to make money, you can take all the courses, you can hire all the coaches, you can do all of this and you can do all of that. And you’re still not going to make the money that you want to make. Or if you do end up making that money, you will sabotage yourself to no longer make that money. That is how powerful our minds are. It can up here like you are doing everything, quote, unquote, right? To create this freedom filled financially sound business. But in the end, it will be the same thing that you’re used to will be working tons of hours, not making enough money, feeling frustrated, feeling scared, feeling worried, not investing in yourself all of these practices that are the external output of a lack mindset. Because those stories that you have about money, about hard work about how to make money about how much money you are capable of making your worth your value, what you deserve, all that stuff. They’re still running the show. They’re taking over your thoughts and emotions and ultimately, they’re directing your actions in your business. So this is where we start talking about that ego voice that little internal chatter that you have going on all the time that you can hear pretty well when you listen, it’s it’s right there. But it’s saying things like money doesn’t grow on trees. I have to work hard to make money. I have to make sure I earn every penny. I can’t afford to, you know, insert thing here and buy So in my business, quit my job and go all in, there’s all kinds of I can’t afford out there in business, my financial gain is someone else’s loss. You can see these are stories that are playing in your head, they may not sound exactly like that. But the end result is this story, you could also probably see that they didn’t necessarily come from you, you were taught that that is what you saw or heard growing up. That’s probably what your parents saw or heard when they grew up. And so it’s been passed down from generations to generations, this lack mindset. So nobody’s fault, nobody needs to have any sort of blame put on them. But this is where we’re at, as a society really, with all of us kind of snowballing into this lack mindset, and having these stories about money that simply aren’t true. And when we have these stories, this is how it may look for you and your business, not being willing to invest in yourself or your business, because you don’t believe it will come back to you. Like you don’t believe in that flow of abundance, that giving and receiving flow that we’re always in. It could look like you not charging appropriately because you don’t feel like you deserve or are worthy of making that money you feel like, again, this my financial gain is someone else’s loss. So you feel quote, unquote, bad for charging for your services, it can look like being scared to talk about your pricing to potential clients, or just talking about money in general, it could look like quote, unquote, busy work for the sake of working and this is where it gets back to this, like I have to work hard, I have to earn my money. So instead of just letting things flow, you’re like constantly busy working yourself. In order to make yourself feel like you deserve or are worthy of making money of putting out some pricing for your clients. It can look like ignoring your intuitive nudges because they don’t make logical sense. And or will cost money. This is a big one. This is one of the one I see probably the most often is ignoring what you want to be doing what you’re being guided to do, because but how will the money come? Or how will I afford it, or I don’t have the money for that, or that doesn’t make financial sense. It’s a big one. It could look like comparing your success to others and getting jealous of others success, or not doing what you want to do in your business because someone’s already doing it. Again, lack lack, lack lack, really diving into that idea that there’s not enough to go around, there’s not enough for everyone. And lastly, sabotaging it, when you do start making money, like I said a few minutes ago, you may find yourself in this new place of financial success, things may be going really well. And then you find a way to make it not go so well. You find a way to get back to where you’re used to being the struggle bus you’re used to being on this happens a lot people and it all comes back to your money blocks, those stories that you have about money and more specifically, the lack versus abundance space that you are in. This is just a sampling. If you want to hear more about lack versus abundance, I have several episodes scroll back and or go to my website and type in abundance and search for that. And you’ll get all of those episodes that you can look into further but it’s super important people, we really need to take the time to understand this and when now I’m sure you’re asking well what the heck do I do? Because clearly I’m in this lack mindset that means I’m doomed. I’m never gonna make any money. No, no, no back off a little grasshopper, it’s fine. You will be able to, I think the first thing start paying attention to the thoughts and actions and emotions that you have when it comes to money. Are they moving towards lack? Are they in this space of lack? Do they sound like a lack based thought or story? Or are they from this place of abundance knowing that money is a form of energy and it is in a constant state of flow and you can tap into that flow anytime, anywhere and receive abundance. So where are you most of the time? And all it takes is a little bit of as always we got to talk about it is the unstuck podcast awareness that first step to all of this awareness, awareness awareness. What are you saying to yourself? What actions are you taking? And what camp do they go in lack or abundance. And then from there, allow yourself to let go just a little bit, allow yourself to loosen your grip on this idea of money and finances and investing, and debt and all this stuff, just loosen your grip, I’m not saying go into all kinds of debt, I’m not saying blow your savings. I’m not saying any of that. So please know that. But just start loosening the grip a little bit, maybe take a small risk, do something different, prove yourself wrong, make a small investment in something that you know is really needed for you or your business. And just see what happens. It’s part of that proving yourself wrong where we have to, sometimes the only way that we can get out of that system that we’re in, is to just step our toe out for just a little bit. See that nothing bad happens, see that actually amazing things happen when you do something out of the ordinary when you take a little bit of a risk. And that starts the flow that starts the process of getting out of that mindset. Next kind of goes along with this is to stop thinking so much about money. Just see if you can, especially in your business, like you have a bigger why you have a bigger purpose here. So put the attention on who you’re helping how you want to help them what you want that to look like. And then what do you need to do to get there in a bigger way? Focus on that, instead of being all about the money like, can I afford this, can I do that I need to make this much money, it needs to be this much in this time, I don’t deserve to charge this much I can ask for this much money, like a lot of our talk in business in general is money talk. So what can we do if we take that away, and instead focus on our bigger why.

And then lastly, like just another reminder, money is a form of energy is in a constant flow state of flow. It is always around us as always flowing. And giving and receiving allow for that flow in your own life. Give money, invest in yourself, invest in your business, and then receive receive receive based on that. And then when you receive money into your business, because you gave, then you’re able to get back into that flow of giving again. So it’s this receive and give, receive and give, receive and give and it just gets bigger and bigger and bigger, and snowballs. As you step into this place of abundance more and more and more. That’s all I’m going to talk about today with lack and abundance. As I said, I could talk about that just all the time. And I do have several episodes if you want to go back and listen. The second swap is from forcing to flowing, forcing to flowing. I love this one so much as a lot of you probably know, by far, the thing that most entrepreneurs are not doing that is keeping them stuck is to stay in this place of force versus flow. Because we’re taught to force to strive to push to do whatever it takes to achieve a certain goal. We’re taught that in school, we’re taught that in sports, we’re taught that in trying to get to a certain college we’re taught and trying to get a certain job or into a certain career. And now we’re taking that and then putting it into our business because that’s also, you know, talking about this hustle culture hustle mentality that we do here. That’s what a lot of people show us. A lot of entrepreneurs have this story of the hustle and grind that it took to get their business off the ground. So now we’re also still applying that and applying everything we learned into our business. But what happens, especially as an entrepreneur, is that forcing mentality blocks you from being able to see and work on what will actually be the thing that makes you profitable, that makes you happy, that makes you impactful. That gives you freedom, you are blocking that as you try to force things.

And the forcing, as you can probably guess, is also going back to the last one black mindset driven. It’s like you got to make money. You got to make a certain amount of money before a certain date or you got to make a certain amount of money at a in a specific amount of time. That is what is steering a lot of businesses right now. And what it’s doing is actually keeping you from making good money. Because you’re not making good decisions, you’re not making the best decisions, or the most informed decisions because that force, that striving, that go, go go that very masculine energy is what’s making the decisions, because you’re coming from a place of lack. And as you can see, if you step into abundance, that’s a very feminine flow like energy. And when we get there, and we find this place of flow, it’s this place where you get to work on what feels good to you. What lights you up what you do, where you just get lost in the process of doing it. And where you trust your intuition, without letting that ego that inner chatter get involved. Like, how amazing does that sound. And going back to my story at the beginning, that’s exactly what happened to me, I stopped forcing, I stopped saying yes to everything, I stopped doing what I thought I should be doing. And I started working on myself, I got into this abundance mindset, because of all the money mindset work I had done. And I let go of like that need to control and be worried and be scared about money, in my business in general, and success in general. And as soon as I did that, I got this amazing idea. amazing idea. And no, I had no idea what I was doing. I didn’t know if it would work. I didn’t know what was going on. I knew nothing except that that idea came from a different place than the other things I thought I should be doing. And the other ways I was spending my time, it came from a different place, it came from my intuition. So that place and that space of flow is available to you, too. And it’s available to you right now it’s available to you 100% of the time, all it is is a matter of allowing it in allowing it to happen being okay with taking a step back being okay with not doing this busy work all the time just for the sake of working and not striving and not having these crazy goals and not feeling like you have to push yourself in order to make any of this happen. But what happens if you take a little bit of a step back, because building your business is a highly creative and intuitive process. Please always remember that highly creative and very intuitive. And blocking that will result in you being stuck exactly where you are right now. You’ll either be stuck not doing anything, not taking any action at all. Or you’ll be stuck doing something you actually don’t want to do. Like you’re stuck doing something that doesn’t make money or doing something that you don’t love or doing something that’s a total time stock requires long hours, or a combination of all the above. Right.

So how do we start tapping into the space of flow or another way I like to call it is being in alignment, which I talked about here a lot on the show to where do we start, the very first thing I want you to try is when you’re beginning to get into this block of time that you’re using for working on your business. Start with something that gets you into this place of alignment where you feel really good, where you feel more connected to your body, more calm, less ego voici, we’ll call it you know that ego voice is a little quieter, perhaps. So meditation, a few deep breaths, maybe brewing a cup of coffee, or a cup of tea, maybe putting on some music, having a candle going or putting some crystals around your workspace, something like that. Whatever your little thing is that you do that helps you get into alignment. And then I want you to ask yourself, and perhaps get out a piece of paper or your journal and write down. What do I want to create today? That’s all you’re going to ask and just see what comes up, see what would feel good for that period of time. It may not make sense. And it may be something like I want to write an email newsletter, which is great because some of that I think we get into this space where we think it has to be kind of like on this day I write this newsletter and even when I don’t feel it at all, I still have to force it out. And that’s what we want to try to stay away from. Now. This does not mean and please do not get me wrong that everything in your business building activity bank is going to be things you want Want to do all the time, but they can all feel good. They can all come from this place of flow. If you start by getting into alignment, reminding yourself of your bigger why and doing what you need to do to make it fun for you. So when I’m doing something that I don’t necessarily, it’s not like my favorite thing ever, I will either Well, back in the day, I would go to coffee shops and do their because I find that just to be super fun in general, and I get a latte or a matcha or something like that and just enjoy myself. And you know, have my headphones in some music, then COVID hit and I couldn’t do that. And then now I am living in a place where that’s not super convenient to get to. But now I have my own office and I put on music and I brew my own tea and I bring tea into my office. And then I put on my diffuser and have essential oils going. So it smells really good in here. And I’m just like completely surrounded by crystals, my entire desk is full of crystals. And I have all that and I feel really good in my office. And then I work on those things. And then the other thing that I do is I give myself was kind of like I’ll think of it as like time space. Like, I know, I will have to do something I’m not super excited to do this week sometime. But I give myself the freedom within that week to decide when I do it. So very rarely Am I ever on a time crunch, where it’s like, I have to do this by tomorrow, because I prefer to give myself a little bit of time and think ahead a little bit. So I can wait and do something I don’t super want to do when I’m in really great alignment, like just coming back from a hike or playing with my dogs or having a good meal or something like that. And then I’ll come back and I’ll be in this high vibe place. And I’ll do that thing and it still feels flowy it doesn’t feel like I’m forcing it because I have to get it done by a certain time. So just a few little quick tips there. But please, no, I am not saying that you’re going to want to do things in your business all the time. There are definitely some things that just aren’t that fun. And it’ll be different for everybody what that actually is, but you can still do so while being in alignment and while feeling like it’s flowing for you. And that makes all the difference in the world. And I hope you guys can see from this energetic perspective, how this how much this matters, to your overall profit and to your overall revenue and being able to actually tap in to what will be the game changer in your business and to not force things because someone else is doing it or someone told you you need to be doing it, or your ego is telling you you need to be doing it. But instead of giving yourself some space to figure out what you actually want to be doing what you actually want it to look like, what feels good for you, and just what comes up. Because you’ve given yourself the space, I can guarantee you with a 100% certainty because this is how energy works, that when you do that, and you have this sort of download, or this intuitive nudge or whatever you want to call it about something that would be really cool to add into your business, and you take action on it, it will be so successful beyond your wildest dreams, because you went with that, and you got into the flow with it.

That’s all I’ll say for that. Let’s move on. Now we’re getting into the actual, like, I can feel it kind of tangible stuff that you can do today, to start making more money in your business while you work less. The first thing is to go from active income to passive income. I looked up the definitions of each because I wanted it to help you really understand what each one means. Even though I think you all probably get it. But still, let’s just do this because it’s fun. Active, the definition of active is engaging in physically energetic pursuits. And then the definition of passive is accepting or allowing what others do without active response. Now in the business world, and especially the online service based business space, passive income is more so defined by like, make money while you sleep. I really like making money while you’re living your life. And I also really like make money while you’re making other money. Now this all sounds pretty great. I think we can all agree with that. We all want more of that. Yes, you actually legit can make money while you sleep. You can legit make money while you’re on vacation or out playing with your kids or on a date with your partner or whatever. You can also make money while you’re busy making You’ll have money like you’re having a session with a client, and you’re getting other income sources coming in during that hour with your client. So that’s pretty cool. Two examples of active income would be things like working one on one with clients, which I think is going to be the most common for the people listening to this podcast. Or if you are someone that still has another job having an hourly wage or a salary as an active income, getting tips or commissions would be considered active income, and then pass it an income would be things like affiliate or advertising income, online course, or product sales. So I like to call this like digital products. And making money on your investments would be another example of passive income that isn’t necessarily directly tied to your business. But if you’re having trouble figuring out what passive income looks like, That’s it, you put money into an investment. And depending on how the market does, you make money on that money, without you necessarily having to do anything with it. I personally superduper love and very much recommend having a combo of both passive and active income. Now, eventually, it could get to the point in your business where you are just doing passive income stuff. And that’s totally fine, too. I personally have found that when I include active income sources in my business, of course, not only is it another opportunity to make money, but it also usually leads to another passive income opportunity down the road. It’s I’ll explain later, when I explained some of my active and passive incomes, but just know that I recommend both, at least for a period of time in New York Business, most service based entrepreneurs that I work with, which are primarily in the wellness space, so like nutritionists, coaches, personal trainers, therapists, those kinds of people are engaging in business activities that produce active income. As I mentioned, one on one clients or patients may be doing some small group coaching. And that’s about it, which is great. And I encourage everyone who wants to help people in that way, and that one on one capacity to do so absolutely. We’re going to talk more about that coming up. But what’s missing are the tons of other income opportunities that you can be doing while also taking one on one clients. Becoming an affiliate for the brands you love is a great option. And probably the easiest way to generate some passive income. I don’t there are very few brands out there these days that don’t have a partnership opportunity or an affiliate system built into their business at this point, because it is so great for both parties. And when you do have this relationship with brands you love, then all you have to do is talk about them on social media, write blog posts featuring their products, or send out an email to your email list, when with a recommendation for their products, why you’re loving them, what you how you’re using them, all that kind of stuff. So things that are very easy, I think for us to do as humans is just to recommend things that we love. And the only thing you’re doing is creating a relationship with the brand. That gives you a little bit of a kickback when you get someone to buy from them. So you’re creating a recommendation and you’re getting a kickback for it. That’s it and it doesn’t cost the person any more money at all. It all comes from the brand, because essentially, you’re doing their marketing and advertising for them. So it’s a very, very great situation for them to and you earn some passive income. I have an example of this. I have. I’ve been affiliates and brand partners with lots of brands over the years. I’m currently kind of only working with few very specific ones that I super love. And by the way, let me recommend that you only partner with brands that you really, really do love you know a lot about and you’ve done your research to know that they’re a good company, that they have good inclusion and diversity practices that just know for sure and really trust that company. So do your research first before you choose to partner with them. So just a side note there but I long ago was probably one of my very first brands I partnered with I was using a brand of colostrum, which if you don’t know what it is, I’m not gonna bother explaining it. It doesn’t really matter, but it’s a supplement that can help with gut health. And I was using colostrum, to help with my auto immune disease recovery. So putting that into remission, and I was actually having some really great success with it. I wrote a blog post about it. This was in 2015, I believe, I wrote a blog post about it. First of all, still, to this day is one of my top blog posts of all time, which is so crazy. And second of all, still, to this day, out of one blog post, I get at least $50 in commission every month from them from that blog post, is that not crazy? I talked about it one time in one blog post six years ago now. And I still I mean, not that $50 is a ton of money or anything. But hey, it pays for like a date night out with my wife once a month, every month for the past six years. And that’s kind of dwindled down. I mean, back in the day, I was making a couple $100 on that when it was a little more popular, have a blog post. But yeah, it’s just so fascinating how. And that really is the prime example of passive income. I wrote one blog post, I probably spent maybe an hour two years ago, and I’m still making money from it, even though I haven’t touched it since. And this is something you can easily put into your business right now, as well. And even if you don’t have a big audience, either, if you are working with clients, and you’re putting them on protocols that include certain supplements, or certain products, or certain books or anything, you can partner with those brands and get a kickback for recommending them. The only thing that is required to make it legal is that somewhere in some of your documentation that you provide to your clients or to the people reading your blog posts or to the people on your email newsletter is just somewhere you disclose that you are a partner with that brand. And you may receive a small commission for using that specific link that you give at no additional cost to them. So that’s it, that’s all you have to do. And if you do want to start working on that, in your business, just Google like affiliate commission statement or something like that, disclosure, maybe and you’ll can get some examples of what people use, but you’ll see them all over the place. So that’s the one thing that you do not need to make sure to do. Other than that you are free to do whatever you want, and to partner with any brands that you love, and just give your honest feedback, say how much you love it and make money doing. So you’re just being someone else’s marketer, which is great. It’s like, I like to think of myself as the Triet. Before they buy it person, like, I’ll try it, I’ll see if I like it or not. And then if I do like it, I recommend it to other people. And I give my honest opinion and feedback. And I tell them how it smells and how it works and how it tastes and all that stuff. And they can go from there. And then I get a little kickback for doing so. The other passive income opportunity we’re going to talk about today are digital products, such as online courses, or ebooks, virtual workshops that are pre recorded, that kind of thing. The premise here is simple. You create something, you put it out somewhere for people to buy, and then people buy it. Easy peasy. However, as I’m sure you can imagine, it requires more work to get to that point than just that. Passive income does not mean no work involved, there’s actually usually quite a bit of work involved in creating a digital product to use as a passive income opportunity. It’s just mostly on the front end. So it’s creating the course, before anyone knows it even exists. And before you’re taking any sort of payment for it. It’s writing the ebook, it’s developing the recipes for the recipe book. It’s doing all of that stuff before you make income on it, and then putting it on your website, then promoting it so people know it’s there. And that’s when it becomes a lot more hands off. And all you have to do is promote, promote, and people buy and it’s more passive, as you can see. However, it absolutely works. And it is absolutely worth that upfront work. As I just mentioned in my last little story about my passive income just from this one product that I affiliated with years ago, I haven’t lifted a finger in six years and I’m still having income come in from that work. So it really does work and is so so worth it. I currently have several passive income streams going on at the moment. I have a few courses. I have an ebook actually, again, something I created back in two One nice 16 I want to say I created an ebook. That is a 28 day workout program for people with chronic illness, autoimmune disease, even adrenal fatigue, anyone that can’t feel like they work can work out to their full capacity. So this is at home workout program that I created as both a trainer and a nutritionist, and someone that was dealing with adrenal fatigue, and autoimmune disease and all that stuff. And it still gets revenue coming in all the time, from people that find it on my website. Again, it’s not something I talk about anymore, and haven’t talked about it in years, I haven’t said anything or done any blog posts or anything like that on it in years, I have talked about it in a past episode of a past podcast years and years ago. So either from there or from a blog post that I did on it years and years ago as well. So that still creates income for me. So that’s just another example. And then, like I said, a few courses I have. And really, in 2020, it was actually interesting, almost exactly half of my business revenue was passive income. And the other half was active income, it was almost exactly cut down the middle, half and half active versus passive. And for me, that’s a really good place to be. And it feels really good because I also do like to connect with people and, and not have everything just happened behind the scenes, but to have more of a connection with those that I work with. So if you want to start adding this to your business, my very first step for you would be to research brand partnership opportunities, start thinking about some of the things that you love that you could start recommending things you use in your life, in your business, for your health things, you eat anything. And if it’s something that you want to start recommending to other people see if they have a brand partnership opportunity. So you can just usually go right to their website, and they’ll have information about their affiliate program if they have one. And then also start thinking if there’s something that you want to create some again, let’s get into our flow state and see what could come up potentially, or has come up that you’ve been ignoring, that you could create, or maybe it’s something you’ve already created that you would like to turn into an e book or a course or a workshop or something like that. Is there anything perhaps that you already have? Or that you’ve been sitting on? This idea keeps coming up? And can you start working on that? And then before you do, I want you also to start considering how you would market these things, say you do have an ebook or a course, or something like that. Or you even just are partnering with a brand and you want to start getting the word out there? Do you have a way to tell people? Do you have an audience? Do you have a way to connect with them and tell them about the opportunities that you have? Do you have a website or a space on the web to host certain things, like start thinking about the network that you have the audience that you have the people you have, that will actually be the people buying what you’re selling what you’re talking about. And if you don’t have that, then you need to get into unstuck entrepreneur in September. And we will work on that together. Because that’s super important. Obviously, you can have the most amazing course ever, or the most beautiful ebook ever. But if you have no one to tell, then you don’t have a business and you don’t have a passive income opportunity. So we’ll work on that together this fall in unstuck entrepreneur. And then the last swap I have for you is to go from one to one work to one to many. So we talked about that one on one work where you’re taking clients. This is specifically for my service based entrepreneurs, you’re taking clients or patients you have this situation where you spend an hour or 90 minutes or 30 minutes or whatever, you spend a certain amount of time with one person helping them on their thing, helping them solve their problem. This is called trading time for dollars. As you can tell, you are spending one time with one person for a specific amount of money, you’re charging XYZ dollars per hour or per session or per three sessions you have a package something like that.

So when you trade time for dollars, it will keep you from ever being able to break through this income ceiling that you have because you only have a certain amount of time you could only take so many clients per day per week per month per year. You will eventually run out of time because time is finite. And so as you’re trading time for dollars, you’re also creating an income cap for yourself. creating passive income streams, like we just talked about is one way around it and definitely start doing that. And then the other way, which we should be doing both, is to go from one on one work, to one to many work. So not just working one on one with people, but working one, which is you with a group of people. Now, before I go any further, let me say what I said before, I think working one on one with people is amazing. And if you enjoy doing it, and it is part of your passion and purpose and mission, keep doing it. But what I’m saying here is don’t make it the only thing you do, if you want to work less, and make more, if you want to improve your income potential, and get past that cap that you’ve created for yourself. So add the passive income and add an opportunity for a one to many situation, you can do them all at the same time, and exponentially grow your business. What we’re doing here in this one to many situation, is turning what you’re doing with your one on one clients, essentially, and making it applicable to a group format. So instead of one hour of your time helping one person, you’re spending one hour of your time, and helping five or 10, or 20, or 100 or 1000 people at one time. Obviously, total fan of this method. And especially for service based entrepreneurs, I think it is just a no brainer situation. For those of you in this kind of work. There’s so many reasons, I have five that I’m going to share with you just quickly. But this list could go on and on. First of all, you are helping more people at one time, which means you’re making a bigger impact in other’s lives and a bigger stamp on the world, you are making your mark in this world in this time for this reason. And you can do that in a much bigger, broader, better way, when you’re helping more people at one time. The second thing is you’re working less because of this group format you created. So instead of having 10 clients in 10 hours of your week, you can have 20 clients in one hour. And then you have those other however many hours to do what you want. Live your life, have some fun, create more passive income opportunities, whatever you want to do.

Third, you’re making way more money. So instead of that one person paying for that one hour, you’re having, say you have a group of 10 people in your group 10 People pay you for one hour. Now and this goes into number four, they’re paying less because they’re in this group format, which means it makes it more affordable and accessible for more people. There are some people that simply cannot afford to work one on one with you. But if you create a group program where they could get the same impact, the same benefit, the same help, they need the same problem solved. But in a small group format, where you charge a slightly lower rate for each person. But then you’re still spending, you’re actually spending less time with them and making more money. So I hope that makes sense. Because really, that’s working for both you and them. So it’s a win win situation. And lastly, it’s you creating something that is unique and signature to you. And this is where things just become so much different for your business because you now have this thing that is proprietary to you and your work that you created and you develop and it’s unique to you. It’s your signature program. And no one can take that away. And then you have something really cool to market to it makes your marketing easier. And your selling easier because you have this thing that is specific to the work that you do. So that’s also something that is super cool. And obviously so many other things I could talk about. But we’ll stop there. Even though I want to tell you how much fun it is to have a signature group program as well. But I’ll save that for another day. Let’s talk about how you do this. First, you have to figure out what that journey is going to be for the group. So the point A where they’re starting now, which is I have this problem. I’ve tried to solve it on my own, and I can’t solve it to their point B which is I want to be here I want to live this life free of this symptom or problem or all this stuff and I don’t know how to get there. So you are the person that knows how to get them there. And you have to figure out what that is. So not only what that journey is, but the steps along the way of that journey, that then becomes your program. And so then you create a framework around those steps around the system that you created, that becomes your signature, your unique formula. And then from there, you write and build your program in a way that is super user friendly, very beautiful, and easy to use an easy to navigate. And it’s very engaging for your clients. And it works. You know, it works because you’ve done it with other people, or you have done it yourself, you have proof that it works. And then you sell the thing, then you get people into your group. And you have I don’t know, however many groups you want per year, and this is a new income opportunity for you, in less time, and it can be the only income opportunity for you, honestly, you can just run this thing four times a year. And that’s all you do. And you get a certain amount of people in the group at a certain price. And that is your revenue, and cool, you’re done. And then the other times of the year, you’re getting ready to run it again. And you’re getting in front of new people, and you’re building your audience more. And so you get new people into your group, all so much fun. Now, I have something for you. If this is something that you want to add to your business model, if you want your very own signature program. Right now, I am asking for beta testers for my new signature program and get this it’s called signature program lab. Yes, that is right, I have created a course that will take you through every single step every single nook and cranny of creating a one to many program in your business, all the way from brainstorm as in like, I don’t even know what I could possibly build a program about. From that stage, two beta launch as in people are paying you to get into your program, we go from A to Z or B to B, we’ll call it and I am currently looking for a small group to test my idea on to test this program I just built on and we’re doing it right now we actually start July 20. So if you’re listening to this, when it airs, there may still be spots available to become a beta tester. And I would love to have you, as of me recording this, which is a few days before it airs, there are seven spots left. So not very many, I offered it up to the current members of unstuck entrepreneur and a lot of them took me up on it. So as of the time you’re listening to this, there may or may not be spots left. But either way, if you’re interested if you want a signature program of your own in your business, so you don’t have to go just straight to one on one clients all the time. But you want to start building this other income stream that gives you more freedom and flexibility. Head to Shawnmynar.com/SPL

stands for signature program lab. So Shawnmynar.com/SPL, if there are still spots available as a beta tester, there will be a checkout page for you to join the course. And it’s a live course actually, this is the only time I will be offering it live. So I will be teaching you in actual live sessions as a group. So I’m really excited for that. So you’ll definitely want to be a part of that if you like being taught as a group in live classes and just want to hang out with me for like, I don’t know, 12 plus hours over the next few months. Or if it’s already filled up, there will be a waitlist page for you to get in when I opened the doors again this fall. So I will be opening the doors again, this fall for the signature program lab. And if you want to get in on that, just get on the waitlist so that you’ll know when it’s open and available and you can sign up this fall. Okay, so either way, Shawnmynar.com/SPL. And that will end this conversation we had today. I knew it was going to be a long one. I didn’t know it was going to be this long. I just love talking about this stuff. Because I want you to start considering these new options for you in your business potentially if you’re not already doing them. And if you are, maybe it’s a case where you do have some brands that you’re working with, but are you even talking about them? Are you even pushing them not pushing them? Because that sounds like weird and gross and we don’t do that stuff. But are you talking about them? Are you sharing about them? Are you openly discussing the things that you love and providing that link so other people can love them too? So yeah, um super passionate about this stuff, and I love talking about it. And if you have any questions, please reach out and let me know I’d love to help you get this figured out in your business, you can head to my Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur and send me a message and just let me know what you think, what you’re working on what you’re having problems with, and I’m happy to help you out. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care if you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionist turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don’t need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

 

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

If you’ve been thinking about adding a passive income stream to your business, then you’ve probably heard the “online business experts” talk about how online courses and signature programs are two of the best ways to increase your income without adding more hours of work for you. But maybe you’re not sure which one is right for your business and, to be honest, you’re not even totally sure what the difference is between them.

These two phrases are thrown around a lot in the online business world and oftentimes used interchangeably, but they’re actually quite different when you get down to the nitty gritty. Let’s break down the difference between online courses and signature programs here so you know what’s right for your business.

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

First, a quick rundown of what each of these paid offerings mean…

What Is An Online Course?

An online course is a virtual class where an instructor teaches a specific concept, usually in the form of “how to” content. The content is created in advance and organized into an online course platform like Kajabi, and the students can go through it on their own time as a self-paced training. Students learn the step-by-step process through pre-recorded video or audio lessons on how to do that specific thing. By the end of the course, the student (hopefully) will learn everything they need to know to achieve their goal in that area.

Examples of online courses would be things like: How To Speak Spanish In 60 Days, How To Take Professional Photos With Your Phone, or How To Start And Grow Your Email List.

What Is A Signature Program?

A signature program is similar in that it likely also will have pre-recorded lessons and content for the participants to go through on their own time. But, that’s really where the similarities end.

A signature program is a group coaching experience where participants are guided by a coach, practitioner, or mentor through a journey from where they are (point A) to where they want to be (point B). This is typically done through pre-recorded lessons and content but also with live group coaching calls, Q&A sessions, a private community forum, a workbook or journal, other downloadable guides and resources, and possibly even opportunities for 1:1 coaching.

It’s a supportive group experience that helps participants overcome a problem or struggle, achieve a goal, and learn long-term strategies while being a part of a community of like-minded people.

Examples of good signature program topics would be something like: Heal Your Gut For Good, Balance Your Hormones Naturally, Master Your Mindset So You Can Manifest Your Wildest Dreams.

Now that we’re clear on what both an online course and signature program are, let’s dive into the differences so you can decide what paid offer to include in your wellness business.

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

The Difference Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

Key Difference #1: Hands-Off vs Support

An online course is typically a hands-off experience between the instructor and student. Since all of the content is created in advance, once the course is organized into the course platform, students can go through it on their own with little to no direct contact to the instructor.

One of the best and most valuable aspects of a signature program is the support that comes along with the journey. Typically, the coach or practitioner is available for questions, coaching, clarity, and guidance as their participants make their way through the program. This support comes in the form of live coaching and Q&A calls, a private community forum, and even the option for 1-on-1 sessions.

The cool thing here is that, even though your clients feel like they’re being fully supported and guided as part of your program, it’s only taking the coach a few hours a week max to provide that support (for example, a 60-minute live call every other week and a few minutes per day in the private community).

Key Difference #2: DIY vs. Community

When someone signs up for an online course, they know they’re signing up to go through it DIY-style. They’ll get access to all of the content and lessons they need to learn what they want to learn, and it’s their responsibility to go through it on their own time (which means there’s a low completion rate of online courses).

Signature programs have a big community aspect to them because of the private community platform (think FB groups or Slack channels) and the live virtual calls that act as meetups for the group. Typically, signature programs are cohort-based so there’s a group of like-minded people going through it together. Not only does being in a group help with that warm, fuzzy feeling of support and camaraderie, but it also acts as an accountability partner, so participants are much more likely to stay engaged and committed!

Key Difference #3: How-To vs. Transformation

Online courses teach someone how to do something. It’s very straightforward with step-by-step instructions that, when followed, will yield the desired results (again, hopefully…totally depends on if the online course is actually a GOOD online course). Going back to my examples from earlier, think about a course on how to take professional photos with your phone. The steps for a course would be something like:

  1. Change the settings on your phone
  2. Find good lighting
  3. Position your subject properly
  4. Edit to get your desired results

(Clearly, I’m NOT a photographer! 😆)

There’s a very clear path of things TO DO to achieve the course’s promise.

A signature program is focused on taking people through a transformation. Your program will guide people on a journey that provides tools, resources, education, experiences, and support to help them reach their goals, eliminate a problem, or experience a change. This transformation is more fluid and nuanced than a step-by-step system and thus requires the additional support, guidance, and community that comes with a signature program.

Key Difference #4: Low Price vs High Value

There are very different price points between online courses and signature programs. Because an online course is hands-off with little to no support and a more DIY-style to learning, the price point is typically lower pretty low, averaging under $500.

The additional support, community, and live coaching/Q&A/meetups bring with them a higher price point. These extras that aren’t a part of an online course make a signature program such a high-value experience that, even with a higher price tag, it’s an irresistible offer to your clients and will be easier to market, sell, and fill your groups!

Win-win!

Is An Online Course Or Signature Program Best For Your Business?

Of course, there is no one right answer as to whether you should add an online course or signature program to your business (maybe you can have both eventually!) but, here’s a great question to help guide your decision:

Are you an instructor teaching someone how to do something OR are you a coach, practitioner, or mentor guiding your clients through a process or transformation?

What I’ve found in working with hundreds of health and wellness business owners is that most wellness businesses do best with a signature program because the work you’re doing with clients simply can’t be totally hands-off. With health and wellness, there are a lot of nuances and the need for a little extra support. People have questions and want to know they will be supported along the journey. It IS their health after all, not something to DIY. Also, your clients will love being part of a group of people going through something similar!

If you’re ready to learn how to add a signature program to your business, be sure to catch my FREE masterclass going on now! ⬇️ 

create your own signature program
It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: An Open Message To Those With Fear, Worry, And Doubt — Ep. 161

Let’s have a serious conversation. Let’s talk about the fear, doubt, and the impostor syndrome, something most new entrepreneurs feel in their business. 

In this episode, I shared excerpts from the book Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae. This will help shift your perspective and look at the other side of what you’re feeling.

When you can build self-esteem instead of looking to the outside environment when you can applaud yourself, when you can choose yourself, you can overcome your fear.

What you’re feeling inside of you, doesn’t have to be negative. The fear, the worry, the doubt, doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Listen to this episode to learn more.

“There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to this ego voices, that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone.” – Shawn Mynar

“We have to start looking at how can we use our emotion and thoughts that actually propel us forward.” – Shawn Mynar

“Self-love is important, is paramount, is critical to having the successful business that you want.” – Shawn Mynar

“It is your choice what you believe inside your head.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae – https://amzn.to/2VEtKcL

UNSTUCK BIZ

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past, and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.

0:28
I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck podcast. Thank you all for joining me for tuning in for subscribing, for downloading for all those things that you do to help this show be what it is, I am so grateful for all of you. Today, we’re going to do things again, a little bit different because I’m still on a little bit of a hiatus from content creation. Actually, when you’re listening to this, when it airs, I’m on my first vacation in two years, because of course, the world’s shut down. So vacations weren’t really a thing for a long time. And so now I’m taking a little bit of a breather away from my computer with my family and just having a really good time. And I actually get to see the ocean, which I haven’t in two years either. So really pumped for that, and still kind of unwinding from the launch a few weeks ago of unstuck entrepreneur, and all of the content creation that if you have done a launch, you know is part of that process. And so I wanted to take a little bit of a break from doing that. But in the process, what I want to do today is actually showcase a piece of content that I think you guys will absolutely love that you absolutely need in your life. And I just want to pull some some information from that and and speak about what comes up when I say those words to you. But first, let me give you a real life story. That is what brought about this podcast episode. I wasn’t planning on recording this kind of episode, even a few days ago. But because of things that happen in my own life, I decided it was the time. So let me tell you, let me set the scene with that story. It was Saturday night, I was flipping through the abundance of cable channels that I have available to me right now. And most of you know and if you don’t only fill you in, we are currently living temporarily with my mother in law in her lower level, she has an entire part of her house that she doesn’t use at all. So we moved in a few months ago, because we sold our condo at the height of the craziness that is the real estate market right now and couldn’t find a place to live. Just crazy low inventory, ridiculous price hikes just not a good situation that we wanted to put ourselves in. So we are waiting out. And things are definitely taking a turn lately and we’re seeing some normalcy in the market. So we’re getting close to being able to find our dream home just maybe a few more months that I think I think I can make it I think I can do it. But anyway, I haven’t had access to cable I haven’t it hasn’t been something that is something I want. For many, many years. My mother in law does have cable, and there’s so many channels available these days. But here I am off track. What I want you to know is I happen to find that the notebook was on one of these cable channels. So I caught the last 45 minutes of the notebook, which back in the day used to be one of my favorite movies. And so I’m watching it, my wife is in and out watching it kind of interested but kind of not not really her thing as much as mine. And if you’re not familiar with a notebook, if you haven’t ever seen it, I’m not going to explain the whole thing because it doesn’t really matter. But the key point that is important to this story is that the man there is a man I don’t want to give away who it is, is reading a story to a woman. And so they’re reading the story in present day and then they go back and kind of play out the story as the movie. That’s all you need to know. So anyway, then my wife and I go to bed and I’m like hey

5:00
Let me read to you, I’m a big reader, she has her moments sometimes is into it sometimes isn’t. Let me, let me read to you, we’ve done it in the past, I actually really like reading out loud. And she likes listening. So it was, it’s a good mix. So I start reading the book that I am currently reading, which is what is going to be the focus of our episode today. And it’s called choose wonder over worry, by Amber Ray, we have had this book on the shelf for over a year, at least probably two or three years, whenever it came out. My wife is a fan of amber ray. So as soon as this book came out, she grabbed it, I don’t know if she actually read the whole thing if I’m being totally honest. But for whatever reason, after looking at this book on the shelf, for years and years, I finally decided to pick it up and start reading it. So when it’s time for me to read to her, I’m on the chapter about envy. And just to give you a little background of this book, it is probably the best book that I have read and I have read a lot, a lot of personal growth, self development types of books, like I love them, I think they’re great. Obviously, they enhance the message that I’m able to share with you here. So it’s almost like helping, it’s almost like studying for what I’m interested in and what I’m doing in my business and in my career. But I love it too. And this book is the best, I just love how it is laid out. I love her personality and how and she infuses that in the book. It’s just it’s so good. It’s casual, but it also is deep at the same time. I highly recommend it, which is why I’m spending a whole podcast episode talking about it. And why I will continue to encourage you to get your hands on this book. This is not sponsored, Amber Ray doesn’t know I’m talking about this, I don’t think she’s gonna mind don’t think I’m doing anything illegal here by talking about her book. She has no idea this is happening. But this is how much I love this book. So anyway, we’re in bed Saturday night, and I start reading the chapter on envy, I get a few pages in and I stopped because you know, after a few pages, it’s like I don’t think I need to keep reading out loud. But this prompts and pretty emotional conversation between me and my wife, which I’m obviously not going to get into the details. That’s personal stuff. But what you need to know is that she is in the process very, very close to like within a matter of weeks, launching a new business and new concept, something she’s never done, just like everything about it is very new, very fresh, very scary. There’s a lot of unknowns, she is starting from this kind of low point where she will have to develop her skills, develop her talent developed her knowledge as she goes. And there are people in this space who have been doing it for 10 plus years that she’s kind of watching and seeing what they do. And of course in the process, comparing herself to those people. So since she is weeks out from launching this thing, and has been working for so long on getting it up to speed and getting everything ready. And all it has already had a ton of hurdles to go through. And she has gotten through them. Her voices in her head are getting louder and louder. And what is coming up the most from her and these voices is imposter syndrome, and fear and worry and all the things that we talked about here so much on unstuck, and the ego voice, that inner critic voice that does make itself known quite often in all of us. And it is so common to just something to just know is going to happen. As you get closer and closer and closer to doing something scary to putting yourself out there to getting out of your comfort zone. They get louder and louder and louder. And so this conversation I had with my wife led me to start thinking, Hey, maybe I should have a similar conversation on the podcast and just have this open dialogue, this open a message to all of you out there that are dealing with fear, myself included. There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to those ego voices that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone to try something new to potentially fail at

10:00
this new thing. So this is a conversation about that. And I want to use this book choose wonder, over worry as a conduit to help along this conversation, because that’s exactly what we did my wife and I, that prompted this really important conversation that we needed to have. And it really gave my wife the space to be able to talk about it to be able to put words to it, and and acknowledge what was really going on within her. So I’m going to take a few paragraphs of the book and read them to you here, and then just kind of pick out some of the key pieces that I really want to make sure to leave you with, and how they can show up and how they can look in your life. Okay, so I’m going to start with the chapter on envy. Like I mentioned, that was what I read to my wife. And this paragraph in particular, I think is really powerful and really got my wife thinking and may also do the same for you.

11:08
All right, what came next was the difficult work of learning to love and applaud and choose myself. It was only through doing this that I finally learned how to cultivate a sense of self esteem. And for me, that came when I showed up at the page, every single day, it came when I focus on the projects that lit me up, rather than where they would lead me. It came when I measured myself, not against them. But instead against where I was last week. It came when I learned to see my envy as inspiration of what’s possible, and their success as a signal that there’s room for us all. And when yet another person accomplished something that was still a seed inside of me, I learned to replace the worry voice that said, You’re behind with just keep going. And eventually why not me became if they can do it. So can I.

12:06
So a few things I want to point out here. First of all, obviously, we’re talking about a situation where she’s comparing her work to others, she’s feeling like she’s behind. She’s feeling like what’s the point, this is very much typical imposter syndrome, that the vast, vast, vast majority of us go through and have those thoughts and emotions around our work, especially when we’re just getting started and seeing and watching people that have been doing it for two 510 2030 years. And it ends up being this comparison trap that is just natural to get into. So please, if you are noticing that and yourself, don’t feel like that is a bad thing, or that is abnormal, or trying to shut it down without actually looking into it. It is normal, it happens to most of us. And it’s something that we have to start looking at in terms of how can we use that emotion and those thoughts to actually propel us forward. And so as Amber says, and this is what I love that most people don’t talk about, especially in the business world, is finding love for yourself. Yes, self love is important is paramount is critical to having the successful business that you want. Because like Amber says, when you can build self esteem, instead of looking to the outside environment, where you can applaud yourself when you can choose yourself.

13:56
And we do that by putting our investment, time, energy, money, whatever it is, by investing in yourself. By doing the work by showing up every day, as Amber said, she’s a writer, her big goal was to write this book that I now have in my hand. And it was something that was causing her to stumble quite a bit. It just was showing up to write every single day, page by page. For me, it is showing up for my business, figuring things out as I go. And that is how I now have gotten where I am in half now almost nine years into my business is just by showing up every day, little by little, not trying to look at the big picture and then looking at everyone else’s big picture that doesn’t look like mine yet and starting to compare starting to envy others it’s by choosing myself

15:00
off, it’s by you choosing yourself, it’s by you cultivating a sense of a love for yourself. For the work you’re doing for the impact, you want to make the income you want to make the life you want to provide for yourself, and whoever else you’re providing for. That is you showing up for yourself, that is you turning the tables and taking your eyes back on your own paper back on your own work back on your own journey and yourself, instead of looking to the outside to determine what it should look like what you should be doing, where you should be at how it should be going. All these shoulds that make up imposter syndrome, turning it back on you. And then another key piece of this paragraph that shows a really good example of things we talk about here a lot, which is the fact that you have the ability, it is your choice, what you believe inside your head, if you believe those voices that tell you you can’t, or if you believe the voices that tell you can which are also inside of you to just usually the voice that says that you can’t is louder, and it’s the one we listened to. But there is the other side, the truthful side as well. So as Amber says she was able to replace those voices that were saying that she’s behind, we’re saying that she can do this, why not me? Why am I not there yet? With the ones that say, just keep going? Just keep showing up.

16:39
And you have the ability, you have the power we all do to be able to do that for yourself. You are in charge here. What do you want to be saying to yourself every day when you show up for your business?

16:56
All right, next little paragraph that I want to share with you comes from the chapter on fear. It’s a little long, so bear with me. But just remember, I’m like Noah, reading to ally in the notebook. We’re doing that here on the unstuck podcast. Okay. It took me a long time to realize that when I’m afraid and when terror is pulsating through my veins, this is not a signal that something is wrong. Fear is not an enemy working against me, or a force that I need to go to war with and try to overcome. Fear has been wired in our systems for millions of years as a mechanism to keep us safe. The aim isn’t to undo our response to fear or try to change it. It’s to welcome it and learn how to have a relationship with it is to see fear as a reminder that we are alive. I just want to stop there real quick. I thought I was gonna read the whole thing. But let me just have a little intermission here. That is super important right here, we have to consider this. We are the ones determining that fear is this awful, scary enemy. But what if instead, fear is not a bad thing. Fear is just another signal. And maybe it could even be a signal that you are on the right path, that you are doing the right thing that something magical is on its way to you. So we have the power also to determine how we connect with fear what the translation is. And it doesn’t have to be a bad thing. And Amer goes on to reinforce that. So now we’ll get back into the paragraph. As a rule of thumb, the louder the voice in your head, the more you’re moving toward something worthwhile. If you felt fully confident and comfortable, you wouldn’t be stretching yourself and growing. You wouldn’t be moving toward creating a life that reflects who you truly are. When I’m stepping outside my comfort zone, it doesn’t feel very magical. At least not at first. It’s messy, uncomfortable, terrifying. The worry voices in my head start going haywire and screaming for safety. It’s when I second guessed myself, overthink everything, feel all the fields and want to run the other way. It’s why after I started my own business, I kept looking for jobs. It’s why a few pieces of harsh feedback caused me to put off pursuing a book for years. It’s why when I made a serious commitment and love, I freaked out. Eventually I realized that my anxiety and very loud and urgent worry voice yelling danger is the very clear signal that I am leaving my comfort zone. The point is not to escape the discomfort silence the fear or make the feelings go away. It’s to learn

20:00
To feel them, see them and move with them. And that is when the magic happens. The magic happens when we embrace and acknowledge all of our emotions, rather than try to push them away. The magic happens when we feel blindfolded and lost in the dark. And were just curious enough to see what lies a few steps farther, and a few steps farther. And a few more. The magic happens when we walk with fear, rather than flee from it, and see every moment of uncertainty and discomfort as an opportunity to explore the unconscious parts within us. As we learn to do this, the worthwhile vision tugging at our hearts will become real tangible, out from inside of us and into the world. And isn’t that the whole point to express who we are, and what we have to give? Oh my gosh, does that not just give you chills? That is such a powerful message, I hope just that what I just read shows you the kind of book that it is and how real the stories are, and how relatable she makes it out to be, please, please go get this book choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. What I really love about what I just shared is, again, this message that what you’re feeling inside of you doesn’t have to be something negative, the fear, the worry, that doubt, it doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Instead, it actually means that you are in the right place that you are about to do something magical. And that you are about to share your gifts with the world in a brand new way in a way that is so powerful, and so needed. You are about to contribute to the world, what you have to offer, your purpose here, your passion, your experience, your expertise, your education, you as a business owner, whether you are just on the verge of starting your business and scared whether you have dipped your toe into building your business, but are still holding on to that safety net of a job you don’t love. Or whether you are fully invested in your business, and are on the brink of taking it to the next level or trying something different or expanding your offerings. All of that comes with fear comes with worry comes with doubt comes with impostor syndrome. And that is normal. And that is expected. And you are exactly where you should be you are experiencing exactly what we expect you to experience. But it’s how you translate that that makes the difference between whether you go after it and take the leap and do something magical. Or you stay stuck. You stay in your comfort zone. You keep telling yourself the stories that keep you from moving forward. And you believe those stories,

23:30
fear worry, impostor syndrome, and V. What if those feelings? What if those emotions? And what if the thoughts that are charged with those emotions aren’t meant to keep you standing still?

23:48
What if they are there to keep you moving forward anyway? What if they are the signs and signals that you are doing something important that you are creating a different life for yourself that you are starting a business that will surely succeed?

24:06
We have the ability to determine what those feelings mean, and what power those thoughts have over us. And all it takes. We talk about it all the time is knowing that that’s what’s going on. And using that power that you have because this is your life. This is your mind. These are your thoughts. You get to decide

24:34
to move forward, instead of standing still to come to your business every day with the intention to move forward. That is all it takes. And you do that over and over and over again. And then you have a business that is thriving and impactful and successful. And yes, you

25:00
don’t have fear almost every day, but you know what it means, you know, the message that it’s really trying to get across to you, which is keep going, which is you are on the verge of creating something magical, where you are on the right path. That is what we can do with the fear that we all feel as entrepreneurs. And this is not even just for business, we feel fear in so many different areas of our lives.

25:30
We can apply this to every scenario, where we are on the verge of doing something great for ourselves. And that voice tries to keep us back. And it only tries to keep us back, because that’s how you’ve interpreted it. So can it instead be something that propels you forward with even more passion, even more vigor?

25:57
I think it can. And this book is going to give you the tools to get you there. So once again, taking a backseat from my own content, and instead, guiding you to something I think would be really beneficial for every single one of you out there. If you are a reader, grab the book, choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. If not, it’s on audio, I’m sure you can get on Audible or something like that. Check that out, too. All right, my friends. With that I will leave you while I head on vacation and have a few days off. But don’t worry, I will still be showing my dance moves over on my social media at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram. Yes, I have gotten to the point where not only am I loving creating reels, but I’m actually learning the trending dances on reels and doing them for public consumption. I don’t know what it’s gotten into me. But it’s super fun. And I really love it. And it gives me a new way to recreate content where you know, some of the stuff that we’re used to doing posting the pictures, posting the quotes, things like that, that we are used to doing on social media. Honestly, it’s, I think it’s gotten a little stale for all of us. And so for me, I just love that reels, give me a new way to share my work with the world in a really fun way. So that’s what I’m doing over there. Please be sure to follow if you’re not already at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram and send me a message while you’re there. slide into my DMs and introduce yourself. Let me know who you are, what you’re up to what kind of business you have or want to have. And we can chat about it. Alright, until next time, take care. If you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But

28:00
how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business. You’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm

28:50
good news, you don’t need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?

29:35
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid

30:00
plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/WBB that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/WBB

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Setting Your Prices + Charging Appropriately For Your Services. — Ep. 160

The work you do is invaluable…you should be paid appropriately for that. Knowing how to price your offerings as a service-based business is one of the most important things to learn right away. 

There’s so much more to it than just deciding on a number based on what everyone else is doing or what you think your clients can “afford.” In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the 3 culprits to not charging appropriately and the tools you need to get clear and confident in your prices. 

“I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. I believe that the work YOU do as a wellness practitioner is so valuable to this world and you should be compensated appropriately for that.” – Shawn Mynar

“Knowing your worth and your value is an inside job. You’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have to change your money story. You have the very real ability to change your mind, to reprogram that subconscious mind and store different programming that then is what plays out in your life.” – Shawn Mynar

“You cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success. You have to do the mindset work and energy work while also figuring out the practical strategy.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

MONEY WORKSHOP

CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Sean here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to unstuck. So grateful to have you here checking out this episode. Hello to all the new listeners if this is your first episode of unstuck special welcome and shout out to you Happy to have you here. Today,

1:13
we’re gonna do things a little differently. I don’t even know if you’ll really notice to be honest, but let me tell you what’s going on behind the scenes. So I did a presentation for the nutritional therapy Association about a month ago. And for those that don’t know, the NTA is the program that I went through to become certified as nutritionist six over six years ago now I believe is when I graduated. And they asked me recently to come back and do a little presentation for the recent graduates and those that were in kind of they have kind of a business offshoot program for new practitioners to get their business up and running, and asked me to come and do a talk specifically about knowing your worth uncovering your money blocks, and most importantly, charging appropriately. Of course, I was thrilled I was excited. Yes, absolutely, I will be there. But as you all probably know by now, I also am adamant about all of us repurposing the content that we create. So that presentation, that talk I gave was very apt for a very specific audience. And so I will now be using that content which I spent, you know, several hours, at least creating to now get it out into the masses with this podcast episode. So this is going to be me repurposing a presentation that I gave to the NTA. And using it to now also be of service to you all here. So I have instead of notes, normally, I have a little Google document of notes for each episode, just to make sure I don’t forget anything. Instead of that I have slides. So I’m going to be going through my slides, no, you cannot see them. I don’t even know if there’s anywhere that I could post them so that you could optionally see them, probably not not worth it. So you will not see the slides. But I will be going through them and giving you the little spiel that I created from each of these slides. And you’ll still get obviously, all everything you need out of it without the slides. Before we get into it, I have a very, very important announcement. I am hosting a special live free workshop just for you all. And it is happening super, super soon, August 30. It’s a Monday, I’m hosting a free workshop to go over the six things that you need to do in your business to start making more money. And this is specifically for wellness entrepreneurs how to actually make money in your wellness business, there are six things I can tell you right now. They are a combination of some mindset tools that you need in your business and to incorporate into your business, energetic tools to incorporate into your business. And real strategy, practical things that you need to be doing in your business, all centered around making the money that you want to make totally up to you how much that is. But if you want to actually make real money in your business, we have to talk. We got to talk I’ve been there. I’ve been on both ends. And I have the lessons that I kind of learned the hard way if I’m going to be honest, I have those lessons in one package for you. So you don’t have to make those same mistakes. You don’t have to have it take as long as it did for me to start making real money in your business and I’m sharing that with you all for free. In a I want to say it’s gonna be one hour, but let’s be honest, it’s probably not it’s probably going to be about 75 minutes So I will stay on and answer any and all questions that you have for as long as you want. So I will actually be live, we will actually be interacting. And it’s a great way to just start getting some free help to get your business started. And to get your business growing in the way that you want it to grow and build and expand. Let’s do it together. August 30, you have two opportunities, one at 10am. Mountain Time. So do the math Google if you need to, to figure out what time that is in your timezone. And then 5pm, Mountain Time, same day, August 30. So 10am 5pm, sign yourself up, get on the list, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, super easy, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, we’ll have that linked in the show notes for easy access. But yeah, I’d say why the heck not you know what it’s free. It’s free coaching for your business. No matter what stage of business you’re in. This is not just for people that already have an established business. This is for all of you. For everyone who has even the slightest dream of having a business, you need to know this stuff. Now, bottom line. So make sure you get registered, even if for some reason you can’t attend live or don’t get to see the whole thing live, you will get a replay if you register. So make sure you’re on the list. And we can talk money, one of my favorite topics that no one wants to talk about. But you know what we’re going to talk about it, which starts today we are talking about charging appropriately. And in the context of that topic, what we’re really talking about is you knowing and recognizing your worth, and you getting out of your own way when it comes to making money, which means money blocks, or having the money blocks talk. So this, again, is a presentation that I created for people that had no idea who I was. So it starts with an introduction and even if you’ve been listening to the podcast from day one, and you know my story, you’ve heard it 1000 times. I’m sorry, let’s just do it one more time. Real quick. I’m just gonna give you a brief intro for all the new listeners here. So I’m Shawn, I’m a functional nutritional therapy practitioner by trade, a certified success coach, a podcaster, blogger and online business boss, I have eight and a half years of experience with my own thriving holistic health business. I’m passionate about helping women live their dreams and reach their fullest potential have been always will be have that passion in me. And I love chocolate. Of course. Now if you have known me for five days, then you know I love chocolate. It’s just everything. I also love oat milk lattes, hiking and lazy mornings. So my business started January 1 of 2013. When I started, it was a personal training business. I started taking one on one clients right away driving to their homes. It was in home personal training business, which I thought was pretty darn cool. Little did I know how much time, energy and effort that would take from me not to mention gas. Something to consider. Anyways, I was working long hours, I was basically just on demand at the ready for my clients on unwilling or unable to say no for the sake of my own sanity, because it meant money out the door possibly. And I wasn’t willing to do that. So long hours, six days a week I had one day off every week. And that was it. And even in doing all of that I was still not making ends meet and eventually accumulated debt about $20,000 worth of debt on my business credit card, my shiny new business credit card. So that happened over the course of a couple years about two years. And now fast forward to 2021. As of the time I’m recording this in August 2021. And now I have helped 1000s through online group programs get healthy and happy 1000s of people which is something I’m so probably the thing I’m most proud of is the amount of lives I’ve been able to touch in a matter of years and how I’ve transitioned my business to be able to do that. I have over 5 million podcast downloads. I’ve been a podcaster since 2014. I want to say it all blends together but I’ve had three podcasts and have had a great time doing that. i Right now work about part time hours and they’re the hours that I want to work so I have tons of flexibility and freedom in my schedule and with my time Just something that has been an always will be, the most important value to me is to have that freedom and flexibility. And I also have financial freedom, which was also something that I never thought possible that I’ve now been able to achieve in my business. I believe that building a thriving, successful wellness business doesn’t have to be hard. I believe it doesn’t have to require struggle, stress, grinding or long hours, I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. And I believe that the work you do as a wellness practitioner, is so incredibly valuable to this world, and you should be compensated appropriately for that. And this is where we kind of get into the why behind why what I teach and why I teach it, because in the past six years since I graduated from the NTA, I’ve seen so many fellow nutritionists, nutritional therapy practitioners, not live out something that I know and they know is their passion is something that they find their mission and purpose to be simply because that business part scares them. And it’s overwhelming. And this is the reason why I am here teaching what I teach, doing what I do, and why I focus on the wellness entrepreneur in particular, because I’ve been in those shoes myself. And I’ve gotten beyond it and created what I wanted to create. But also the amount of you know, my peers, my fellow NTPs, and other health coaches and personal trainers and yoga instructors and energy healers that aren’t doing it. They’re not doing what they’re so passionate about simply because the business side of things is hard and challenging and scary and doesn’t come naturally. Which is like many of us, that’s not something that comes naturally, because we’re helpers. So we want to help people. That’s our natural tendency. And it’s not necessarily to grind and hustle and figure out this whole business side of things. So that’s why I’m sitting where I am today talking about what I talk about, because I believe that you have an deserve this dream of yours to play out, I believe you have a bigger purpose here. And I think that we’re making it a little more challenging than it needs to be a little more complicated than it needs to be. And we don’t have to grind and hustle our way to the top. There is another approach, and I am living proof that it is possible. And I want you to discover that in your life as well. That was a little bit of a rant. But here I am doing it. Let’s just continue success in your business is a combination of three ingredients. And this is what I teach and why I teach it first mindset, because for every external result you’re looking to have there is inner work required. We cannot chase the external drivers only without going inward first and in addition to so like along with so while we’re reaching for this certain number, are there certain number of followers or downloads or money made or whatever you want, what inner work is required along the way first, and also. I also teach energy because how you show up in your business determines what you will attract. I’m a believer in energetic attraction points in a vibrational energy. And in the universal laws that state like attracts like when it comes to energy, and it happens in all areas of our life. And your business is no exception. So how you show up in your business from an energetic emotional perspective, determines what will happen in your business. And then lastly, the third ingredient for success is the strategy because yes, sometimes the how like how to do this thing in my business isn’t always clear. No matter how much mindset work you do, no matter how much energy and work you do, it still is like Yeah, but I just need to know like how to start a podcast or how to build a program that people will buy. So I also love teaching the strategy behind all this stuff, but from a different place. Because when you do that mindset work and you Keep that a focus, and you do the energy work and you keep that a focus in your business. And then you put that you infuse that into the strategy and the practical things you’re doing on a day to day basis in your business. It’s a whole lot different, it feels different. It looks different. It attracts the right people, and it works. So getting into the actual topic, we’re talking about charging appropriately. And the real question to ask yourself and feel for that first initial gut answer is, are you charging enough for your services? What’s that got response? Is it like, Yes, I feel confident and secure in the amount of making and the amount I’m charging, how much my one on one sessions are, how much my group packages, how much my online course is how much I’m charging for this ebook, whatever you have, that is for sale for purchase, are you charging enough for your services. And if you’re not at the point yet, where you have anything that’s for sale, this is something that you are going to come back to, before you put anything out into the world that has a price point, ask yourself the question and feel for the answer. Don’t think through the answer, because you’re going to have tons of back and forth, you’re going to have lots of arguments back and forth, or why it should be this way, or why you’re not worth charging this much. We’ve got a feel for the answer. And if you’re not, then we got to do something about it, we have to make sure that you are getting paid what you are worth,

16:42
here’s what not to do to determine the pricing of your services. And I just want to reiterate this is I think a lot of what I’m saying will apply to product based businesses or other type of businesses. But this is specifically for service based businesses. So service based business, you are not charging by the hour. So you’re not thinking, Okay, well, in my other job before I quit, and started doing after going after my dreams and doing what I actually love and helping people, I was making this much money, that breaks down to being this much per hour. So I’m going to charge like $5 More than that. So I’m making a little bit more than I was at my other job. That’s not how we go about figuring this out how to determine your prices, you are not charging for your time only you are charging for so much more than that, we’re going to go over everything else that you need to factor in to determine how much you are charging for an hour with you. And it’s not just time based, you also are not going to look at what other people are charging. Now, I want to say that I think there’s something to be said for doing a little bit of research, seeing kind of what the market is what’s out there. And then using some of that information, along with all of this other information to decide what’s best for you, and your business and your clients. But say thinking doing this research and then thinking, well, this person charges this much, and they have the same credentials, and they’re in the same market. So I’m gonna charge that much too. That’s not how this works. We are all incredibly unique in so many different areas, all different areas of what we offer to our clients. So that isn’t right. And you know, thinking, well, online courses are about this module, it seems like most courses are like to 97. So I’m just going to charge 297 that has taken into account nothing of what you actually need to be thinking about in terms of pricing. And then the last thing you’re not going to do to determine your prices is to try to figure out what your clients can quote unquote, afford this is what I see happen most often is you try to analyze who is going to be buying your program or becoming a one on one client, or buying your ebook, whatever it is, and then you try to figure out what they can afford, which is completely pointless because afford, what people can afford is relative. So really, we can just when it comes to pricing really like everything. Let’s just get that word out of our vocabulary. Let me give you an example of how a Ford is relative. So say for example, I tell you that you have to spend $1,000 And you’re like well actually no, I’m not doing that. Like that’s a lot of money. I don’t what am I even buying Hang with this $1,000. And I say, an apple, where you’re like, Absolutely not. That’s ridiculous, I can’t afford that that’s not fair, I can go get an apple for $1 at the store No way. Or if I say, a new Ferrari, well, then like, that’s a steal. Absolutely. Here’s my $1,000 Give me the Ferrari. So there is you can see it’s based on the person, of course, for sure, their circumstances, their situation, the whole situation, the whole thing, basically, and also, what they’re getting in return. And that’s what we have to focus on is what they’re getting in return and making that so valuable, that the price point is a no brainer, no matter what that price point is, and it’s all relative. So trying to figure out what your clients can afford is basically a huge waste of time. And I would highly recommend, you just don’t just wipe that whole thought process out. Because really what you’re doing in that process is kind of imposing your money blocks onto someone else. And that’s not for you to decide or determined. So when we have money blocks ourselves, we then assume the same thing of the people that we’re trying to help of our clients or the people we’re selling to. And it’s a whole big disaster. So we’re going to really try to take that out of our business entirely correct? Yes. All right. The three main culprits to not charging enough there are the big three, I’m sure there are lots of others, we’re going over the big three right now. Number one, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your value to that is a mindset, an energy thing. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset, you will never ever make the money you want to make charge that what you should be charging if you have money blocks, and it is something that is a continuous work in progress, I still find new money blocks almost every day. And I’ve been doing this and work consistently for gosh, four years now. And I got rid of a lot of them. And as you get rid, it’s like there’s more and more layers to the onion that you need to peel back, peel back, peel back. And that’s what you continue to do probably for most of your life, because you’re always going to be presented with new opportunities for that growth. And for those blocks to come to the surface so they can be released. And that’s what it is. It’s just a process. And then the third thing is not knowing strategy and best practices for charging appropriately. So as you can see, we’ve got some mindset stuff, we got some energy stuff, and we have the strategy behind it too, we’re gonna go over all of them. Now, first thing, knowing your worth and value is an inside job, we’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business. There is nothing I want more than to take you by the shoulders, look you in the eye, give you a big hug, smile, and tell you how worthy, deserving and incredible you are, how you are doing great things, how many lives you are changing, and how priceless that is. But you have to believe it for yourself for any of that to matter. I, your partner, your friends, your parents, your kids can tell you how worthy and deserving you are of all the good things of all the money that you want to make, and how valuable what you’re doing really is to this world, but you have to believe it, or else it doesn’t matter. So those words just kind of bounce off of you because your subconscious mind does not take them to be true. It doesn’t line up. It doesn’t match up with what you believe and what with what you tell yourself. And so it just goes unnoticed from the mind’s perspective. Now you may be like, oh, yeah, thanks. That’s great. Wow, how amazing compliments but your mind doesn’t take it in, doesn’t absorb it. How do you know if you are having trouble acknowledging your worth and value?

24:44
Do you ever say things to yourself? So think things basically, I am not an expert. I can’t charge that much. I’m not smart, skilled, tech savvy professional at experience, you name it enough for people to pay that. So insert anything there, I’m not smart enough for people to pay that I’m not professional enough for people to pay that I’m not experienced enough for people to pay that. If I price my services too high, no one will buy from me.

25:21
I don’t need to make a lot of money, I just want to help people. I don’t deserve and or am not capable of having a six or seven figure business. Do any of these things go through your mind when you start thinking about what to charge when you start putting a number on the paper that looks a little scary, or could potentially be too much, too much, quote unquote. In your mind, do these things come up? If so, or anything like this, there is some awareness to build, there’s some mindset work to do to get you to a place where you are confident in your abilities, where you understand how valuable the work that you’re doing is and when you feel comfortable enough, getting paid what you’re worth. This all, as you can see, as I’m sure many of you know, if you’ve been listening to unstuck at all, we always talk about the ego here, this all comes from your ego, your ego is that mental chatter that speaks directly to your limiting beliefs directly to the identity you’ve created for yourself, that lives in your subconscious programming. Now, your ego is there to keep you in your comfort zone where you can’t get rejected, because you’ve charged too much where you can’t fail, because no one will buy from you because you charge too much. It’s there as a protection mechanism, which is great, it has a job, and it’s doing its job. And sometimes it’s really helpful for it to do its job. In this case, though, what it’s doing and really in all of business. When you have the ego chatter that is speaking to this identity that you’ve created to where you aren’t good at business, you aren’t valuable enough, you don’t know enough, you might mess up, you might fail. And then what when we have all these stories, which is very common, and almost expected, really, in the business world, as an entrepreneur, it happens to everyone. But it affects your confidence and how you show up and your business and people will pick up on that energy. So we start talking about mindset, but then really see how it expands into the energetic expression that we have for our business and who we will attract or not attract based on those thoughts that we have going on. So we really need to do this ego work to get where we want to go just even from Yes, a mindset perspective, but also from the practical standpoint of business and just taking the right actions and doing the right things strategically in your business, it really does come back to what’s going on in your mind. So the first tool that I have for you that really helps with this kind of thing. And some of you may have done this before, if you’ve been in unstuck entrepreneur, or even some of my other programs in the past, we always start with an ego dump. This is where we actually journal, but from the place of our ego that has these stories and fears and excuses and beliefs that it just keeps telling us that’s really keeping us stuck. We get those out onto paper. Because when you do, it gives it a little less power and control. It’s like you can finally see what you’ve been going on and on and on about in your head you can read it and see that it’s not true or not something you wish to believe anymore, not something that you want to have your identity wrapped around in anymore. And it just that like we break the spell a little bit when we put it onto paper. So it’s one of the first things that I recommend anybody do. So just some ideas to help you get started and how you can do this ego dump. Of course, get a journal a piece of paper, whatever you have, pen and paper always works best. So I highly encourage that. Ask yourself these questions and see what comes up from this like scared ego voice. Why can’t I charge and then pick a number that sounds scary? Like why can’t I charge $200 An hour and then list all the reasons why you can’t. What might happen if I do charge urge $1,000 For this course, pick something that feels a little like you’re pushing it, you would be pushing the price, because we want to get those fears out, we want to get those stories out. So push yourself with this, you know, whatever you choose, it doesn’t have to be $1,000 or $200, pick your number. The next one, why can’t I have a business that makes? And then pick a number that feels like a really awesome amount of money you would love to make? Why can’t I have a business that makes $100,000 a year? Why can’t I have a million dollar business? What is your ego say? And what might happen? If I do make $100,000 this year? How might you be perceived? What might happen?

30:50
So these are the starting points to get your ego dump going and then just write write all the reasons why you are uncomfortable around money, uncomfortable asking for money, charging a higher number for your sessions and your coaching packages, and your programs and your courses and your ebooks and all that stuff. And then the next thing to do is to call yourself out. So this is where we take everything we just wrote from the egos perspective, and find the cracks in your story. So the first thing to ask yourself, you can do it for basically the whole page, if you want you or for each kind of belief that comes up. Is this true? How has this belief been holding me back? What would happen if I didn’t have this belief?

31:49
And how can I prove this belief wrong. So as you can see, if you want to do it for the whole page that absolutely works, and you can kind of go more so for the general mindset that you have around charging appropriately and making what you’re worth. But you can also kind of pick out some of the beliefs that you see coming up some other stories that seem really clear and obvious. There’s a story there, there’s something going on there. Pick those out and answer for each one of these. And that’s a very powerful practice, too. So let me give you an example. Let me say that my belief is that if I price my services, or my programs, or my courses too high, no one will buy from me. Like I will hear crickets, I’m gonna be like, Nope, you’re too expensive. I’m out. Is this true? While I mean, it seems like it would be potentially true, but I don’t know, actually, for sure. I have no evidence to show that no one buys something. That is something that’s priced this price point. Actually, there are several things out there that are this price point that people do buy. So that actually proves that that’s not true. Okay, that’s the first one. How has this belief been holding me back? Well, I’ve been keeping my prices lower than I want them to be for fear that no one will buy if I raise them. So I haven’t raised my prices. Or I’m not, I’m afraid to raise my prices, or I’m starting out really low lower than I want. What would happen if I didn’t have this belief? Well, I would just immediately, like, add an extra 50 bucks to my one on one sessions. Or I would charge more for this course and I’m putting tons of work into or the coaching program that I do, I would charge more for it. And then how can I prove this belief wrong? Well, you change the price. And then you watch people buy it, you see that people don’t immediately say no, and you aren’t hearing crickets just because you raise the price. And now that belief has been proved wrong, which means it is officially weakened in your mind. So you’ve started the reprogramming process of these beliefs that you’re having just from this exercise, but then you actually have to do it like you actually do have to increase your price and prove yourself wrong. Okay. So let’s move on to the second culprit for not charging enough which is having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. Oh, yeah, we get to talk money mindset. One of my favorite topics of all time, your money blocks might sound something like and I know you guys are familiar if you’ve been listening to the unstuck podcast for a while we talk about money mindset several times before, but let’s just go over some of these stories again. I have to work hard to make money. My financial gain is someone else’s loss, I’ll be happy, I’ll feel more secure, I’ll take more risks, I’ll have more investment. In my business, once I make more money, life becomes easier with more money. Success is measured by the amount of money I make. Wanting to make lots of money is selfish and greedy. I’ll turn into a bad person, if I have a bunch of money. I’m not materialistic, I don’t need extra cash. Hey, welcome to Your Money stuff, if any of that remotely rang true, or if you have any other kind of achiness, around money, and around charging and around asking for money, and selling and all that stuff, this goes into the bucket of money blocks, and a scarcity mindset. And this is something that we spend time on in unstuck entrepreneur, because you can do everything else, right in your business, you can have the most amazing sales page, and sales funnel and all this stuff going on and still not make any money because you still have money blocks. So we have to do this work, if you are going to have your own business, you’ve got to do this work, or else you’re going to remain stuck. You had stories about money before you even had any money of your own. Likely before you even really knew what money was before you held your first dollar bill, you were being infused with money blocks, money stuff, money stories, because of your parents, your siblings, your aunts and uncles, your family, friends, anybody that you were around, during this very transformational stage where we are developing our subconscious mind, which is before the age of seven, you created stories and beliefs and blocks about money. And then that money story will become your reality, and will continue playing out in your life until you change the story. So we likely have a story that maybe you don’t even really know you’ve never done this kind of work before. So it’s going on in the background, based on what you were taught what you saw what you heard, as a child before you even had any money of your own. And now you’re taking that into your adult life with the money that you do now have or don’t have, their money you make or aren’t making. And until you change that money story, that’s going to continue to be what plays out for you. So you have to change the story, you have the very real ability to change your mind to reprogram that subconscious mind to have and store a different programming that then is what plays out in your life. And this is what we do as part of unstuck entrepreneur is to really focus on changing that story over and over and over again, and having it be this continuous process in your business journey and really your whole life. So how do we change our story? Here’s a very, I mean, this stuff. I mean, I could just obviously talk about this for all podcast episodes forever. So this is a very brief discussion on this and a very simplified tool to start working on, you are going to write your new money story and answer these questions for me again, with that journal that we know and love. What is your ideal money situation? How much do you want to earn? How much do you want to have saved? What do you want your bank accounts to look like? When you log into your account?

39:03
If you had all the money you could ever dream of in your bank account right now. What about you would change? How would you think? Speak? Act? Hold yourself? How would you feel in that life? Write out a day in the life of your new money reality as if it were already happening. So I want you to go through your day with all of the money you could ever want that bank account looks exactly how you want it to look. You have the amount of money saved that you want to have saved. What is your day look like? Write out the whole day. What do you do? So besides the fact that it’s kind of fun to do this, there also is a scientific reason to do this as well and that is because your subconscious mind does not know the difference between real and imagined and this is why visualization is so powerful, why talk about it all the time. It’s one of my favorite, favorite favorite tools.

40:07
Because the longer and more frequently you spend your time envisioning the life, business money situation, bank account that you desire, the quicker and stronger you will be at reprogramming your subconscious. And then you will start to act accordingly. Because that is now what your subconscious mind takes to be true. So just as when we were young, and we developed our subconscious mind, and the programming that was stored in it, we can do that again. Now, even though we’re older than seven, by way of what we’re thinking, and how we’re acting, and how we’re feeling and behaving. And to do that, it really starts from this place where we have that vision. So you start by envisioning it, you start by getting into Dreamland, and really thinking about what you want and how it would feel and how it would look and what you would do, and then moving from that place. And the more times you can get into this place where we’re visualizing it and really seeing that picture, then the more your subconscious mind is exposed to that, not knowing that it’s not actually happening already. But it’s just going on in your mind, you’re imagining it, and we start to change, we start to shift and we start to act according to that person that has this big bank account that’s completely financially secure. And that is when we make some really awesome moves in our life and our business. Last thing we’re going to talk about today is the third culprit to not charging enough which is not knowing the strategy and best practices for charging enough. So here is my strategy that I recommend for all my clients to setting your prices. The first thing is to get clear on your income goals, your income goals, how much do you want to make. And also considering things like expenses, you will incur in your business tax rates that you have federal and state taxes to consider? Think about all of that. And use that as a guiding system to figure out not only how much you want to charge for your services, but also what services you want to offer. Because with one on ones, we’ve talked about this before, if you’re only charging, or if you’re only doing one on one sessions, then you have a cap income, because you only have so much time to do those one on one sessions. So do you want to add in something else that would make for a better financial situation where you have an uncapped income potential, these are all things to consider. But you’ve got to start with what you want to make. And it is okay. If you want to make a lot of money if you want to be financially secure, and have financial freedom. If you want to have financial freedom, money is not bad money is not evil, you’re not going to become a selfish, greedy, terrible person, when you have a lot of money, you are naturally a good person, you are going to continue to be a good person, no matter what your bank account is. And in fact, having more money in your bank account often allows people to become even better because you have more resources to share that goodness with others. So please don’t feel like you have to cap your income, because otherwise you’ll be a bad person. So how much money do you want to make knowing that you can make any amount you want to make once you figure it out? Once you get past all that stuff we talked about earlier and start really doing the work here. So quick rule of thumb that I have is to plan on about half of your revenue going into your actual bank account. And this is not something a lot of people consider at the beginning and when they’re setting their prices is that you know what, as an entrepreneur, you pay a lot of taxes and a lot of states. So you got to account for the taxes. Yes, you will have expenses, it’s up to you what is or is not something that you want to have as a business expense. So be aware of that. And for me, I think it’s just easiest to think 50% is going to expenses and investment into my business and then 50% is going to be my actual income that I will have to spend personally and that really has always helped me determine my prices fairly. And then the next thing is determine everything That’s required from you for that session. Let’s say that it’s a one on one client session. But same things apply. If it’s a group coaching program, where you are spending a lot of time live, or an online course that you worked really hard for months and months behind the scenes, creating this course, it’s just all things to consider no matter what your paid offer is, what are they paying for? So this is the next question to ask, what are they paying for? So yes, they’re paying for your time, not just the time that you spend with them. But the time it takes to research the time it takes to communicate in other ways. For instance, if you do have one on one clients, are they allowed to email you if so that’s gonna be time that you’re spending, communicating with them in between sessions, writing up recommendations and doing research on those recommendations, writing up protocols, that kind of stuff. So the time you’re spending, putting your energy towards that person or that group, those people think about that. Also, like I said, time spent creating the program, creating the course writing the book, putting together all this stuff, consider that the knowledge so the knowledge that you have the experience that you have the expertise that you have, the education you have. And it’s not just like, Well, I went and got my certification in this thing. Also, think about your own personal experiences and expertise, the things that you’ve done on your own the research that you did, when you were going through something similar, or when someone you knew your friend, or your partner or someone was, was having issues and you started doing research for them. That all is included, in your knowledge, your experience, your expertise, and your education. I think so many of us these days, are finding that some of our greatest lessons and teachers are what we go through ourselves. And that’s then why we come into this space, wanting to be of service to others who have experienced something similar or are going through it, or someone they know is going through it. We have to consider what we’ve done not just in our schooling and in our certifications, and our degrees and all that stuff, but on the outside to the extra stuff. Keep that in mind. So what are they paying for? And then the last thing, most importantly, understand the value of your service to that person? How life changing? Is it? How life changing? Is it? So how big of a problem? Is it for them in their lives right now? How much has it impacted their lives? How much? Are they not living? How they want to live? Because of what they’re currently going through? That you can provide the solution for? How uncomfortable are the symptoms? Or the problems that they’re currently experiencing? How much have they tried on their own to help their situation? DIY style? How long have they been seeking help? Maybe they’ve been to other doctors or other practitioners, and they’re still not getting anywhere? They’re looking? And this was me googling every day constantly trying to find a different answer. How long have they spent doing that? Because, of course, in all of these cases, the bigger the problem, the more it’s impacted them, the more uncomfortable they are right now, the longer they’ve spent trying to do this on their own. And the longer they’ve spent seeking help and not getting any answers. Obviously, the more valuable and life changing, it will be for them to work with you and to be guided to a solution to have someone that can help. So that is what we really need to focus on when we’re deciding how to charge. So these three things, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? So answering those questions in your journal will help kind of start getting your gears turning for the strategy aspect of charging appropriately and figuring out your pricing. Those are the things that we need to consider. As you can see, it’s a lot it’s not just a matter, like I said at the beginning, it’s not just a matter of like what is everyone else charging, okay, fine. That’s what I’ll charge to. Or this is how much I want to make an hour because this is what I’m used to. I’ll just charge that. No, no, no. There’s so much more to it. And I hope you guys can see that now. And we’ll take the time and do your due diligence to go through Will all of this not just the strategy aspect because like I said, and like I will continue to say a bazillion times as we progress in this podcast, you cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success, you have to do the mindset work, you have to do the energy work that is also required and do it along the way, while also figuring out the practical strategy. Alrighty, so let’s just wrap this up really quick, because I know I went through a lot in a short period of time, this topic, let me reiterate, is so massive. So, so massive, and I think you all know that I think there’s so much more to talk about here, when it comes to charging appropriately honoring your worth. And gosh, everything, all of it, there’s so much more this is very much kind of the first step. And then you can kind of the snowball effect starts happening once you start here. So let’s go over the three culprits to not charging enough the stuff we went over, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your values, the first thing to do is that ego dump, and then call yourself out, find the cracks in your story. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. So it really starts with awareness and understanding that you do have some money blocks and money stories and things going on related to money. And then the thing that we talked about today, that tool to start changing that is to create your new money story and get to that place where you’re really in it and feeling it and getting excited about it and getting the visualization going and moving from that space. And then the third thing is not knowing the strategy and best practices, which we just talked about, and those questions that you need to ask yourself, which are, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? Those are the three big questions to answer for yourself to really get a base of how you should be charging for any and all of your paid offers as a service based business owner. And of course, this was directed towards wellness practitioners. But it’s not just for wellness practitioners. As you can see there, there’s just so much value in doing all of this work for everyone who wants to have their own business or already has their own business. We’ve got to start here, my friends, and that is why we talk about it on the unstuck podcast. And also it’s why we actually do it together in unstuck entrepreneur, we got to go through this whole process in order to really truly build the business of your dreams, that doesn’t feel scary and overwhelming. And we don’t have to hustle and grind to get there. We start with this work. All right, that will do it for today. Thank you so much for being here. If you know someone who has a business of their own, or wants to have a business of their own, many of us have our own like little bubble of friends that kind of do something similar to what we do. If you know someone to send them this episode, or any other episode of unstuck that you think they would benefit from, it would mean so much to me, it means so much to this show. When you all as listeners, as people that get value from what we talked about here, share it with other people that you know would also get value from it. It’s really just an act in paying it forward passing goodness on. And I would love to connect with someone you know, that could also use some guidance on their business journey. And lastly, just a reminder, you gotta sign up for the free business workshop. Live.

54:11
It’s live people, you and me, we’re just going to be there chatting it up on August 30 10am Mountain Time or 5pm Mountain Time that day, we will connect live I have six tips for you on how to actually make money in your business. Important important stuff things that I have learned over my eight and a half years now that I want to make sure you know right away so you don’t have to waste a years trying to figure it out like I did. So I will break them all down for you and be there to answer any and all questions you have and we can just hang out it’s going to be great, but you’ve got to sign up in order to get the information Shawnmynar.com Um, slash money workshop, it’ll be linked in the show notes, you can head there, and just put your little name in there. And I’ll make sure to send you the link, and you’ll be registered. And even if you can’t attend live or have to leave early, you’ll get the replay to watch when you can, and I can’t wait to hang out with you all live. All right, that will do it for this episode. And until next time, take care. If you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here. A passionate nutritionist turned business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don’t need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

 

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Turn Procrastination Into Inspired Action — Ep. 159

Let’s be honest, we’ve all procrastinated a time or two in our lives. And, if you’re a business owner or wanting to start your own business, it might be a place you find yourself in on a regular basis, perhaps without you even realizing it. Maybe for you, it looks like perfectionism, busy-ness, or procrasti-learning, but one thing’s for sure…you’re putting off taking real, inspired action…not doing those things you know you REALLY need to do to move the needle in your business. In this episdoe, I’m sharing my tips to turn that procastination into inspired action stay tuned.

“In reality, you know enough. You already know what you need to do and you know you can take action with the knowledge that you currently have.” – Shawn Mynar

“The learning experience comes from doing…really get honest with yourself and see if you already actually know what you need to know.” – Shawn Mynar

“Perfectionism is a huge sign of procrastination. If you’re a perfectionist because you need everything to be perfect, you procrastinate.” – Shawn Mynar

“You will easily notice how much quieter the ego is when you are just focusing on the next step, it is obvious… It’s all about that organization and chunking things up and focusing on one step at a time.” – Shawn Mynar

“A lot of us have integrity with others, in our relationships and things like that. But what about with yourself? Are you staying committed to the dreams that you created?” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram – @shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Let’s be honest, we’ve all procrastinated a time or two in our lives. And if you’re a business owner or wanting to start your own business, it might be a place you find yourself in on a regular basis, perhaps without you even realizing it. Maybe for you, it looks like perfectionism, busyness, or that all too common procrastinate learning. One thing’s for sure, though, you’re putting off taking real inspired action, not doing those things you know, you really need to do to move the needle in your business. In this episode, I’m sharing my tips to turn that procrastination into inspired action. So stay tuned.

0:44
Hey there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:28
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Happy to have you here happy to have you checking out the show. So grateful for all of your support. As always, let’s get into talking a bit about procrastination a hot topic really, for everyone, I think, but especially for us business owners. Quickly before we do that, I want to give you one quick announcement, which is that the next five episodes of unstuck entrepreneur are going to be best of episodes, I’ve done this before. I like to do this once in a while. It’s good for a lot of reasons. First of all, I am taking a break, I’m taking a little bit of a staycation. And then also just taking some time to do some different things in my business. And it’s also great because I’m picking out hand selecting past episodes from the past 160 that are the most popular, the most talked about episodes and given them some additional airtime, bringing them back for another round. And obviously, they may be episodes that you missed that you haven’t listened to. Or maybe you’ve listened to them. And now you can kind of re listen from a new place a new time in your life, a new perspective, things that maybe you didn’t even catch the first time around the first episode. Now you catch those the second time around the second time you listen. So it’s a really great opportunity to do all of that. And so that will be the next five episodes that you listen to of unstuck entrepreneur, and then I will be back after that. With a fresh perspective. I’m feeling fresh, I’m feeling good. I just had a five weeks off. And we’re ready to dive into some new topics and some new episodes. So that will be coming up. Just wanted to make sure that you were aware, procrastination. Let’s chat about it. The definition is the action of delaying or postponing something, in this case that something is your business. And even more specific than that, it is that real inspired action in your business. That action that is like partially scary. But also partially exciting, actually is probably mostly scary, but also has that excitement to it of, oh, this thing is going to move the needle, it’s going to really do something, it’s going to provide some income, it’s going to help more people, it’s going to get my work out in the world, the stuff that really makes a difference. That’s the stuff that we’re talking about. We’re talking about the stuff that gets you out of your comfort zone. We’re talking about the stuff that gets you closer to your dreams. And like I said, that kind of action that really truly moves the needle for you and your business. We’re not talking about the busy work, my friends. We can do busy work all day and feel like we’ve actually done something with our lives. But at the end of the day, that actually is a sign of procrastination because

5:00
There’s really nothing to show for it. There’s nothing that has actually, like I said, move the needle, gotten you to the next step gotten you out of your comfort zone gotten you closer to your dreams, gotten your work out there. And so that’s where we kind of have to have this like criteria for our action steps that we take. And I don’t want to talk about those action steps. There are times and places to do busy work. Yes, it needs to get done. But that time and place is going to be once you already have created momentum in your business. Once you’ve already done the scary things, once you’ve already gotten some stuff out there, gotten some work going made some money, gotten some clients. And then we can take a little breather and maybe have a day or two where you do the busy work yet fumble with your website, you create some things on Canva, you do some stuff just as like a breather. And because you know that stuff’s fun, too. It’s fun to take a break and do that kind of thing. That’s not we’re talking about today, we’re talking about those big inspired action steps, not the stuff that you feel you need to take either not those things that five people told you to do. And so now you feel like you have to do it, the inspired stuff, the things that yes, are scary, but also gives you that tinge of excitement that you know will bring you closer, or get you to where you want to be the right moves for you. So just had to go on a little tangent there to really, really make sure you know what kind of action we are delaying or postponing when we’re talking about procrastination in this episode. We also know I think I think most of you listening, if you have even listened to another unstuck entrepreneur episode prior to this, most of you know about the ego. And that mental chatter voice that goes on in our head, most of the time. It’s the loud, obnoxious voice that is constantly telling you things that you cannot do, that you should not do. It’s warning you against things that are scary, it’s warning you against things that could happen and should or should not happen. It’s that like annoying chatter box in our heads that we all have. Procrastination is one of the telltale signs that your ego is in charge of the show here. And it has made itself in charge, because it wants to stall. Because there is something scary ahead. It is telling you out of fear, fear of failure, fear of success, fear of judgment, fear of being seen, all the fears, and specifically those fears that we face as business owners as people who are doing new things and putting their work out there and putting themselves out there, and being of service and making their own money making their own living creating their own lives. There’s some unknowns there. And those unknowns are scary to the ego, because your ego wants to keep you safe in your comfort zone. So anything that gets you outside of your comfort zone where there is risk of failing, succeeding judgment being seen any of the things that you have created in your mind as a story of things that could go wrong, that is going to keep you in this place of fear and stalling. And procrastination is that way of your ego stalling you.

9:06
And it looks like commonly, I’ve already mentioned one of the biggest ones busy work. And this is where like I said you’re spending hours designing things in Canva you’re spending weeks working on or tinkering with your website. You’re you’re just spending time on things that don’t directly contribute to your bottom line. And yes, those who procrastinate those who love doing busy work could say, Yeah, well I need these Canva designs to post on social media because without that, then you know that is how I get clients is by posting on social media, whether you have or have not actually done that. That’s what your ego will say your ego will say I need a website to get clients and to send people to an order

10:00
or to, for them to learn what I do. And again, that’s an ego move that’s again, keeping you in this place of busyness. And the best part about this, if you are a procrastinator is that it doesn’t feel like it, you can easily convince yourself and this is coming from your ego can convince you that you are, quote, unquote, working, you are quote, unquote, building your business, because you are working on your website, you are designing things in Canva. And so you know, we have that kind of fall back to where it seems like you are doing things for your business. But at the end of the day, what we’re talking about here is real inspired action. And I can tell you with 100% certainty, that you do not need a website to make a lot of money to get clients to fill your group program to host a paid workshop. You don’t need a website to do any of that right now, everything that I’m doing as far as having free workshops, having landing pages, having freebies, getting people on my email, list, everything that you see, when you interact with my business, unless you go directly to Sean miner.com. Anything else that I am sending to you to like Sean miner.com/bundle, Sean miner.com/day, Sean miner.com/masterclass. So anything I’m doing that has a slash is not my website, it’s a landing page. And I create, it has nothing to do with my website. It’s not even connected. I have created a redirect, yes, but they’re not connected. So I don’t need a website. And you don’t need a website. And you don’t need it to be all fancy and flashy either, to start making money to start getting clients to start putting your work out there and to create a paid offer and have people sign up, or even to have people sign up for your freebie and start building your email list. You don’t need it. So that is that can be debunked, that is something that your ego is telling you. And yeah, they’re important. I’m not saying don’t ever have one. But that is definitely something I would recommend you work on once you are already making money, once you already have established a paid offer in your business, and a way to get people into that using a quick landing page. And you know, there’s all different platforms you can use for landing pages, I use Kajabi, you can use ConvertKit, too. I’ve used that before, most platforms that you use to either host your email list or host, your online programs and courses and workshops and things like that. We’ll also have landing pages for you to use and to make that experience really nice for your clients. So yes, all that to say that those are the kinds of things that can be done after you have started to generate revenue in your business. And so anything outside of that, I am going to consider busy work anything that is not time spent on revenue generating activities, like building your program, designing the slides for your paid workshop, creating your schedule to or your packages for your one on one clients. That stuff. Yes, work on that. And then put that out into the world. And once that’s been established, then you can like I said, have those days where you’re just like, I just want to do some busy work and that is what you’re doing. And that is not procrastination at that point. Procrastination can also show up like I mentioned in that intro as procrastinate learning. I first heard this term in the book chill printer by Denise Duffield Thomas and I believe the name of that book has since changed to chill and prosper. It’s a great book at least ShopRunner was I assume it’s the same book and just a different title now, really great. I really loved that. And you might too but when I heard this, I was like, Oh my gosh, yes. This is what so many people are doing. Yes, I was in this place at one point too. I get it. But it’s this thing where you know enough to take action. But you’re continuing to tell yourself that you need to learn more to take action. Like you’re stuck in this cycle where you’re like, oh, but then now there’s this course and this

15:00
person’s hosting this thing. And oh, there’s this book here that I think would really help me. And it’s like you’re just constantly in this cycle of thinking that you need to learn more, when in reality, and this is all coming from your ego. In reality, you know, enough, you already know what you need to do. And you can take action with the knowledge that you currently have. And again, this is tricky, and is really easy to convince yourself that you’re not procrastinating. Because it feels like you’re doing something, it feels like you know, you’re going through the modules of this online course, or you’re reading the book, or you’re watching the recordings of the workshop and taking notes. So it feels like you’re doing something again, just like that busy work. But it is a point where you have to get real with yourself and gauge how much you actually already know. And is it enough to take action? And if you really get honest with yourself, the answer is probably yes. It probably is a case where you already know enough. No, you don’t have to be an expert. No, you don’t have to know everything under the sun before you start taking action. There is this thing. And maybe we can try it and see how it goes. Where you learn as you go. It’s this amazing thing where the learning experience comes from doing which you all know, I’m a fan of. So you can give that a try. If you find yourself in this place of procrastinate learning, really get honest with yourself and see if you already actually know what you need to know. The next way that procrastination can show up is in this place of overthinking common common place to be in. And what is really happening is like this mechanism of again, your ego out of this place of fear and out of this place of unknown, wanting to try to know everything and wanting to try to already determine what could and could not happen and try to get you out of any risk. Try to keep you away from anything that could possibly go wrong. Anything that could possibly have happened, anything that could possibly be scary. And so as you’re trying to figure that out, you overthink, and because you’re thinking constantly and trying to plan it all out and figure out which is the best and then reconsidering it and then reconsidering it again and going back and forth. And doing all of this thinking, that also means you’re not doing. And when you’re not doing well, then that means you’re safe, because you’re not doing. So the ego is working, it’s doing its job, it’s keeping you stuck, and it’s keeping you stalled out in this place of procrastination all because that mind is going a mile a minute trying essentially to keep you safe trying to keep anything bad from happening, trying to keep you from doing anything risky. And it comes across as overthinking. And then it is a byproduct, procrastination comes into play to

18:29
perfectionism is a huge, huge sign of procrastination be in it again, it’s this cycle where if you’re a perfectionist, then because you need everything to be perfect, you procrastinate, because it’s never going to be perfect. So that is a way of stalling. And then also if you are a procrastinator, then you can use that idea that need

18:58
to be perfect to continue on your stream of procrastination. So they work together very much go hand in hand. And it very much is one of those kind of quote unquote excuses that we can use to stay stalled out is because it’s not perfect, when you know, it will never be perfect. And so you can continue staying in that place. And then there’s also you know, I don’t love using the word excuses and I use air quotes when I say that, but you I’m talking about the things like using these stories of you don’t have the money you don’t have the time you don’t have the experience to actually take this real inspired, true honest. move the needle action in your business. And then but like think about it this way, why do you want or have a business? Isn’t it to get you more of all of those things for you to make more money?

20:00
For you to have more time for you to get more experience. And so the only reason why you have those barriers is because you’re procrastinating. So it’s again, this cycle of, I don’t have the money, I don’t have the experience, I don’t have the time to make this all work. So I will use that to feed my procrastination. But then that procrastination will already always keep you from the things that you want. And it is even like, if this is gonna get kind of a little nutty, but stick with me here. You use those excuses, to not build your business, so that you can continue having those excuses.

20:46
Think about it. It’s weird. Our ego does some crazy things. This is not you choosing to do any of this, it is your ego, based on your limiting beliefs based on your stories based on things that have happened in into your past, based on things you want to stay clear of and fears that you have. But you use the excuses of not having money, time, resources, experience, etc. To continue to not have money, time, experience, resources, etc. Mind blowing, just think about it. Okay, let’s move on to talking about more deeply why this happens. So yes, I’ve already brought up the ego that’s really 100% at play when you are in this place of procrastination. And why that is happening. More specifically, is because you’re looking too far ahead. This is like the plain and simple, how basic can we get this to really get to a point where we can get ourselves out of it. And it is because you’re looking too far ahead that this is why you are now here, you’re focused on steps two through 100. Versus just focusing on step one. Because if you focus on that step right ahead of you,

22:09
you’ll first of all, get to step 10 2100. So much faster and without the ego really ever getting involved. And more importantly, you’ll actually do that first step. Because the first step isn’t scary. That first step is doable.

22:30
It’s when the ego gets involved because of all the steps in front of you. It’s like there’s that much more material to feed off of. The more steps, the scarier it all gets. Step one, not so bad step 20. Super scary step 100. Impossible not going to happen. And when you’re looking at it from this big picture as a whole. And you’re really going down the line of all the things you have to do to actually make this thing happen to actually put your work out there to actually create a new paid offer to create a program to start a podcast to put up a YouTube channel when you’re thinking about all of the steps. Scary, impossible, so many things can go wrong, don’t want to go their ego gets involved makes it even scarier. And then you find yourself procrastinating. So if you actually want to turn that procrastination into inspired action, you’ve got to always stay focused on just the next step. So now in order to do that, and to do it in a way where you actually will turn those steps into the the outcome that you want, you do have to know all the steps. And I think this is another reason why we can turn to procrastination too, is because you haven’t really created an organized plan or an organized set of action steps that need to be taken to get where you want to go. So instead, it feels disorganized. It feels like a lot it feels bigger than it actually is. And it just feels like you’re biting off more than you can chew and right there is a reason to stay stalled out. But if we can actually sit down first, know your goal, like that inspired goal, that thing that you really want to do in your business that will directly move the needle for you. Pick one of those things. Create that goal and then sit down and break it up into actionable doable steps. That is your step one that should not hopefully be scary and that

25:00
should not hopefully lead to you procrastinating. Because this is actually giving you more clarity around what you need to do. So sit down and write out all the steps, they don’t have to be an order yet, they don’t have to be, like perfectly figured out, you don’t have to know every single thing. But do some research, maybe ask some people as some friends or your coach, or you can DM me and ask me, ask some people and make sure that you’ve really figured out the entire flow of what you need to do to get to that end goal. Then look at that list, once you have it all figured out. And I want you to take out all of the things that aren’t essential, like, Did you accidentally put in some busy work type things that aren’t directly focused on getting that goal achieved, like some stuff that could be done afterwards, that isn’t of the highest priority that can kind of take a backseat, until you know, goal is already achieved. And you’re going back and refining or adding to or having a busy work session, then make sure that you have taken those tasks out and put them on a separate list, put them somewhere else. So we really want to make sure that this list of steps that you have is essential, inspired real action. Also, it should be doable. So if you have, you know this one step that’s like, create 20 videos for my YouTube channel, that might be overwhelming. Like, let’s chunk that down more. So instead of creating 20, create my first YouTube video, create my second YouTube video, create my third YouTube video, edit my first YouTube video, you know, like really chunk it down and make it doable, actionable reasonable, and directly related to getting that work out there to getting that goal complete.

27:15
Now, you’re going to go back through that list of all of the essential things and figure out the order that you want to take, there will be some things that need to be done first, like you can’t start recording your podcast episodes before you have a mic. You can’t edit episodes before you record them. Okay, so now you have this list of action items that directly correlate and correspond with your one big inspired action goal. And there in order, there’s no fluff, it’s exactly what you need to do. And now you just focus on the one step that you are at, you do step one, cross it off the list, then you focus on step two, cross it off the list. Step three, step four, step five, until it’s done, just focus on that very next step, it can be a big step, it can be a small step, that doesn’t matter. Keeping it actionable, and doable is what really matters. And making sure you don’t start looking at number 10 and number 20 Number 30 down the list. And getting back into that place and getting the ego involved even more, you will notice, you will really easily notice how much quieter the ego is when you’re just focusing on that next step. It is obvious, like how much less chatter you have how much easier it is to get that step done to get the work done, and how much more focused you are and how much more excitement or flow you’re in when you are doing that work. It really does make a difference. It’s all about that organization, and chunking things up and focusing on one step at a time. It is amazing what this as a practical tool will do to help with your procrastination.

29:28
But now, we can’t end this conversation here. Because there’s something really big we still have to talk about. And that is the idea of commitment and integrity. Integrity, I think a lot of you actually would say that integrity is a big value of yours. integrity in your relationships in your friendships. You

30:00
You know, for those that aren’t familiar, what I think of when I think of integrity is doing what you say you’ll do. That is important, right? That’s important in all of your relationships, and it’s important in careers.

30:15
With your family, like that is a big deal. But what about doing what you say you’ll do to yourself, staying in integrity with yourself? A lot of us have integrity with others in our relationships and things like that. But what about with yourself? Are you staying in integrity? Are you doing what you say you’ll do? Are you staying committed to that list? Are you staying committed to the dreams that you created to that business that you really want to the people that you really want to help? If you’ve been here for a while, and if you’ve been in any of my programs, then you created a vision, for your business, for your life, for the life of your family, because of this business that you created, there is a path that you are going down. And as soon as you created that vision, it became a probability for you. And so when we have this procrastination, and the ego starts getting involved, that becomes kind of on the backburner. It’s a little fuzzier, I guess that vision becomes fuzzier, because our ego has gotten involved. But well, what will always bring it back is staying in integrity. And making self integrity, as important as integrity in your relationships, integrity in your family, Integrity with your partner, doing what you say, you’ll do. That’s important friends. And that is when this I like your commitment to what you want to create becomes so strong, that it will happen, that there’s nothing that could keep that from happening. So that’s one thing that yes, you know, started with the practical stuff of things you can do to help with your procrastination, but on another level, working on your integrity, and coming back to that, and making that a focal point in your life for yourself,

32:35
as it is for others in your life. And then the next thing is just remembering to always be building and working on your awareness. Because, as I’ve mentioned, 100 times now, in this episode, the ego is responsible for your procrastination, and we have complete control over that ego, you, your inner you, your inner knowing your inner voice has more power has complete power over that inner chatter, that mental chatter in that ego voice. And so once you have built your awareness around that, then you can be fully aware of that voice that is luring you to that side of procrastination, wanting to hold you back. And you can choose whether you listen or not, you can choose in an instant, whether that is something that you do or don’t do, whether that is something you believe or don’t believe. And you can move from that place. And we’ve talked about this so much about inspired action comes from that inner knowing that inner voice, your intuition, and it’s being cut off by your ego, but it can just as easily be reversed. Like I said, in a flash in one instant. And it just comes from being aware and not just letting your mental chatter run the show without questioning it. You should always be questioning that voice. Because there’s another answer. There’s another way.

34:20
And, you know, lastly, similar to the integrity thing, but also just always be reminding yourself of those goals that you have of those dreams that you want to create of that vision and that plan that you have for what could be what you want to happen, how you want your life to look how you are choosing to spend your time. Again, it’s that awareness thing we get so lost in the day to day that we lose sight of what we’re really trying to do and then that gives the ego that much more space to just take over. But if you stay in touch with

35:00
If what you’re really doing here with those plans that you have for your life, well, it becomes a lot harder to for that voice to come through. Because you’re committed. And when you’re committed, and you’re in touch, and you know what you want, and you’re living in integrity with yourself. And you’re focusing on the awareness of, and just the ability to choose your thoughts and choose what you act on. Procrastination doesn’t stand a chance, does it? Right. So that is what I really wanted to end this conversation with. Guys, I procrastinate. We all do. It’s part of being human, it is okay, it’s going to happen. I’m not saying that you’re never allowed to procrastinate and talk yourself out of doing things. I do it for sure. But this is your reminder, this is your invitation to just continue taking action to stop doubting yourself to stop talking yourself out of what you really want to focus on what feels good and inspiring. And just makes you want to keep moving forward. All right, my friends, that will wrap it up for this episode. And like I mentioned, the next five will be past episodes you may or may not have already heard, but are back by popular demand. So definitely recommend re listening if you have already heard them. And just like I said, you will always pick up something new because you’re at a different moment in your life. And if you are interested in if part of this whole non procrastination that you are getting yourself into means that you are now ready to build your signature program and get your work out into the world and create a new revenue stream for your business. Then the signature program bundle is open right now, we have some extra special bonuses going on now and extra special pricing this week only. So if you want to do and you want the to do list the action steps already laid out for you. And basically everything I just told you to do in terms of like organizing, and focusing on the next step of your business. I do that all for you around your signature program in the bundle and take all the guesswork and really just give you a step by step do exactly this. And you will have a signature program out into the world that is creating income for you and your business. So if that is something you’re interested in, Shawnmynar.com/bundle That is your link to get the special pricing going on this week and the extra special bonuses. And that will be ending soon. So Shawnmynar.com/bundle, and until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Sean miner.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

How To Stand Out From The Crowd In A Saturated Industry — Ep. 158

Do you ever feel like there are SO many people doing what you’re doing or want to be doing that you’ll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in the sea of competitors? Knowing your industry, market, and competition is important as a business owner, but often, that knowledge also means we get worried about our place within that. So on this episode, I’m sharing a list of practical, simple things you can do to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work.

“There’s so many different personality traits… but being able to express that fully is what will get people attracted to you.” – Shawn Mynar

“Get specific, know and speak directly to your niche.” – Shawn Mynar

“When you have a program, no one is going to have anything like it, that is why it is signature because it also involves how you guide people, how you organize it, the journey that you’re taking someone on and most importantly the support and community that you build around it.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have to have a message and you need to bring it to the surface over and over again. It’s something that you really want your dream clients to know, and feel and realize themselves.” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program In A Day FREE, LIVE Workshop – shawnmynar.com/day

Instagram – @shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Do you ever feel like there are so many people doing what you want to be doing that you’ll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in this sea of competitors, knowing your industry market and competition is important as a business owner, but often that knowledge also means we start getting worried about our place within that whole thing. So on this episode, I’m sharing a list of practical, simple things that you can do today to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work. Let’s dive in.

0:41
Hey, there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:25
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. Thank you so much for being here on this episode. And for every one that you check out. Your support means the world. Today we’re approaching a topic that I think is pretty relevant to a lot of you listening out there, and the industries that you might be in and feeling like they are saturated feeling like there’s just a lot of people doing what you want to or are doing, or something similar. And so how can you stand out in the crowd. And that is what we’re going to talk about today. I do want to let you know quickly before we get into it that I am hosting the signature program in a day free live workshop coming up next week, next Tuesday, August 9, if you’re listening to this, around the time when it airs, we have a free live workshop coming up for anyone who thinks they might want to add a signature program to their business. Or if you know you do but you’re still not doing it. This is the place for you to be because we are going to do it together. By the time you are done. With the workshop, you will have the clarity around your signature program, you’ll get a lot of questions answered, you will be able to move on to the next step of actually creating the thing because you’ve gotten all of the pieces of the puzzle in place. That is the goal. That is what we’re doing together. It is free, it is alive. It is interactive. It is one of those things where you come in and you do some work. And you brainstorm and you share and you get some ideas going and you see how it feels. It’s not one of these sit back. And just like watch this webinar where you don’t even actually learn anything or take anything away from it. This is an experience, if you want in head to Shawnmynar.com/day That’s d-a-y Shawnmynar.com/day. Again, it is happening August 9, at 11am. Mountain Time, you can do the math to figure out what that is where ever you are located in the world. If at all possible. It really is one of those opportunities that you want to be at live. If you can, if you can make it work. If you can rearrange your schedule, and fit that time in it is so valuable. watching a replay. Yeah, that’s works. And I will definitely provide a replay if you can’t be there live as long as you register, because that’s how I know that you want a replay. But it’s just one of those things where the energy, the vibe, and what we’re doing together really works best alive because you can do it right then and there. You can actually do the work at that time with everyone doing it together. So it’s really fun. I ran this a couple of months ago, it was such a blast. We had so much fun. And it was such a success, like so many people really really enjoyed it and really got a lot out of it. But I wanted to make sure to do it again relatively soon. So those that couldn’t be there the first time still had that opportunity and

5:00
could really get going with this without having to wait even longer. So Shawnmynar.com/day, save your seat and I will see you there live, it’s going to be so much fun.

5:12
Now, getting into the topic of an industry being saturated. First of all, let’s be clear on this one thing, the industry that you are in, isn’t saturated. Really, any industry and any business in any area only becomes saturated, when everybody who has the problem that your product or service solves has a resolution to that problem, when the problem no longer exists anymore, because everyone already has a product that helps or has gone through the service that helps. And now there is no more problem, which if you think about it, that’s actually very few industries, that is when we actually have a saturation in the market. And then you might need to start worrying about your business and your idea and if it really is viable at that point. So instead of saying saturated, we can say mature for sure which I still I think most of you that are in a service based business, and a lot of you are in a wellness industry, or some type of business where you help others that isn’t even mature, that isn’t even definitely not saturated, and isn’t even mature isn’t even there yet, it’s still a fresh new industry on so many levels. So let’s just say for example, that you are a nutritionist, does everyone have the knowledge and education they need on what they should and should not be eating for their specific health needs? Absolutely not, like 90% of people have no idea and don’t even know where to go to get that information. That is how I knew that kind of industry is the nutrition health coach kind of industry, like this didn’t wasn’t really a big thing in like, 1950, you know, so relatively speaking, very new, very young type of industry. Same thing goes for like a mindset coach, for example, is everyone walking around in like this state of peace, and they have total awareness, and they have no limiting beliefs, they can just glide through life with no problems. Of course not absolutely not, again, a very new young industry, and so much opportunity there for people who need and want your help, both now people that are aware of their needs and desires now, and years from now, as this becomes more and more and more well known as the industry progresses. So when we’re really thinking in terms of like, is the market I’m in saturated? Why are there so many people doing what I want to be doing? Instead of thinking in that regard, I want you to think about the number of people who still need your help the whatever, 7 billion I don’t even know what we’re at anymore people in this world that you could be of service to that your business could help. And when you start thinking of it that way, then it takes on a whole new meaning and a whole new level. And that’s really the beauty of having a service based business, which is what a lot of you out there listening right now have is because I don’t know that it’s really ever going to be possible to be in a completely saturated industry, in your area in what service you provide. Because there’s very few people if any, doing exactly what you do. There are obviously people who have studied what you have studied. There are people who help the people that you help, but no one is doing exactly what you do. And we’ll talk about that coming up in a way for you to stand out from the crowd. So that all being said, I still I know that it feels like there are a lot of people doing what you are doing or want to be doing. I think this is especially the case when you are you know, say you’re on social media or you’re listening to podcasts, you’re consuming content of other people who are doing something similar to what you

10:00
are doing or want to be doing. So you create this environment, this bubble, where there’s lots of people, you’re getting lots of information, you’re seeing lots of content, you’re scrolling, and it’s like, mostly people doing what you want to be doing. And then it does feel saturated. I found myself in that place when I graduated as a nutritional therapy practitioner. And of course, I’m following everyone that was in my class and other people I know who are nutritionists and what they’re doing. And you start following and getting involved in their content in not like in like competitive way or anything, but just because they’re your friends are there people who are kind of in your spot and and have the same interest or passion as you and so you naturally follow those people. But when it is your business and what you want to be doing, then all of a sudden, it seems like your bubble is like the entire world, when really it’s just your bubble. And you take a step out and see what else is out there. And you realize that most people still have no idea what they’re supposed to eat what is considered healthy versus not healthy. And the ingredients to look out for know, most people do not know that most people don’t know anything about how to spot their limiting beliefs and transmute them and shift their energy and all the things that mindset coaches do. Right? So remember that just go back to focusing on the number of people that you can help with your services, with your expertise with your education, how many people out there still need you, if ever, it feels like you’re in this place of so many people are doing what I’m doing. Now, because of this, what I often see is that the saturation idea leads people to overthink things. second guess what they want to do, or what they are doing or if their business can actually work. Or if they can actually stand out from the crowd. And it becomes again, like in every episode that we talk about here on unstuck entrepreneur, it becomes a place for your ego to latch on to. And start telling yourself these stories. And keep keeps you from really doing what you want to do really putting yourself out there really having the business that you want to have. Because your ego has attached to this idea of there’s so many people already doing what I want to do. Is it saturated? Can I really make this work? And there we go with the mental chatter. So this is why we are having this conversation on this episode because I want to share with you some very practical ways that you can stand out from the crowd. Yes, this is an energy conversation. And we will talk about that just a bit. Because y’all know, we got to talk about it in every episode. But since we talked about it in every episode, I don’t think I need to like super expand on it today. But there are also very important, very practical, very easy things that you can be doing in your business to stand out and be known for the work that you do. So we have two kinds of categories here. The first category is you. And you all know this. We talk about this all the time. But even just without hearing any other unstuck entrepreneur episode. You know this, the thing that is going to make you stand out from everyone else who’s doing something similar to you, is you is how you show up by way of yes, your energy, those things that you cannot even put your finger on. But it’s the reason why people are attracted to you. It’s the reason why you are attracted to other people. It’s the vibe. And part of that vibe. And where that comes from, is how you show up as you how you share your story, how you showcase your personality, no matter what that is. You could be shy, you could be sweet, you could be funny, you could be quirky. There’s so many different personality traits. We all obviously have super unique personalities. But being able to express that fully is what will get people attracted to you. Whether it’s because they have a similar personality and so they really vibe with you, or they don’t but they really enjoy and appreciate those who do have those personality traits that you have like, I’m not super funny. So when I see your funny people I’m like Yes. I want to unfollow you

15:00
I like hanging on every word because I love to laugh. And I think you’re hilarious. So that all contributes to the vibe, your relatability, you guys, your relatability is such an attraction point for your audience. And again, if we’re thinking in terms of yes, your personality, and how you kind of share that with the world, but also your story, and how that relates to your people to whoever you want to help, you have a story, we all have a story, we all have hundreds 1000s of stories. And so finding those stories that help you become relatable to the people that you want to help to the people in your audience, or those who you want to be in your audience, those you want to attract. That is also an energetic attraction point. But also a very practical attraction point like, oh, this person gets what I’ve been through, this person understands me, this person has been through something similar, or maybe not similar, but like their story just really resonates, and how they share it and how vulnerable they are, you know, like, that’s another really big piece of this is, can you be relatable? And can you be vulnerable? And, yes, we can have boundaries and should have boundaries, you’ll have to share every single piece of your life with the world and with the people that you want to attract and in your content. But are there pieces of your story that are not only relatable, but vulnerable? And are you willing to share that side of you, while also showcasing your personality? Now, can you see how everything we’re talking about is coming in to become this kind of like, ultimate stew of your energetic attraction point. It’s really how it works. And I’m sharing this because while I know that you know it, I wonder if you can get really honest with yourself, and really, truly agree that you are showing it. Are you actually doing it? And this shows up in Yes. Your social media, yes, your podcast, your blog posts, even just like the copy that you have on your website, when you’re sharing your about page and the story that goes there, even just on your homepage, and when you explain about what you do, is it showcasing your personality is there an actual vibe and the vibe that you want to be giving out in those words in that story on your website. So it’s simple things like that. And it can be in you know, where I really see this lacking if I’m being totally honest, I see this lacking in the captions of social media posts.

18:22
That is such an amazing, amazing, amazing place to showcase your personality, to share your story, to be relatable to be vulnerable. And by way of that, really setting up this attraction point. And also on stories like could not be a better place to showcase your personality. And just share kind of behind the scenes stuff of like who you really are, there is really not a better place. Then, you know, Instagram Stories, for example, or Facebook stories or wherever else how stories, then, to take people really into your world because it’s so unedited. It’s just like whatever and share more about you and that becomes your attraction point that immediately sets you apart from everyone else. So really remember that and really get honest with yourself and see if you are actually there if you are actually doing that. And can you say with certainty that you are fully putting out your energetic attraction point that you’re fully sharing your story, that you’re really being relatable about the things in your life that other people can relate to maybe it’s happened to them or they just know exactly how that would feel whatever it is being relatable. And so this is under the umbrella of you really truly being this

20:00
thing that will set you apart in your industry. And I think we all know that, but are you actually doing it? That is the question. Now the second piece here is in your positioning, and there are a few things to go over under this umbrella. So your positioning, this is a pretty well known marketing term in the business world. It’s just like, it sounds, how you position yourself, in your industry, really how you’re known. So like, for example, technically, Walmart and Target are both big box kind of like department stores, but not, you know, they’re both in the same kind of category. And yet Walmart really has positioned itself as the best prices, great for people on a budget kind of place. Whereas Target has really positioned itself as kind of this trendy, cool stuff has got this cool vibe, still great prices, but maybe not as good as Walmart, but you have this different experience with that brand. Right? So same industry, essentially, but very different positioning, and really different markets to different people that they are attracting, if you are into like trendy cool stuff, then you’re probably going to go to Target over Walmart. But if you’re on a budget, and you really just want to get the best price in town, you’re probably going to go to Walmart, right, so different people that they are attracting, and that is all based on their positioning. That is all very purposeful. So as a service based business, I want you to think about and consider when you’re kind of evaluating your positioning is do people say something like? Or would people say, maybe they don’t actually say it, but would they be able to say, Oh, they’re the one that does that. They’re the one who, and have something very specific after that. That is how you know that you are known for something even within your industry. Because without good positioning, you won’t have that you won’t have that thing that people know you by, you won’t stand out from the crowd. And you won’t be really known as a person that does anything specific. Another way to think about positioning is thinking about if you were in a lineup with others in your industry, I think you can probably if you really tried to get like five to 10 people that you would say are quote unquote, competitors, which I don’t like that word, I don’t think we even need to go there. They’re not competitors at all, which we now know because of this conversation, but people doing something very similar to what you are doing. Think about that. And say you’re all on this stage together lined up. What makes you stand out what makes you shine a little brighter. So like the lights are all on, they’re all on you. But for some reason, there’s a light that’s a little bit brighter on you. And what is it that is making that light shine brighter on you, so people are drawn to you. So probably a lot of you know that I like to dance. And not that I’m not good, or anything like that. But I like to dance. And so I watch Dancing videos on Instagram and Tiktok and that kind of thing. And when I am watching these dance videos, when there’s more than one person, I’m always drawn to watch one person, if there’s like three people dancing, I zoned in on one person for some reason. And it’s not always the person in the front either. For some reason I am naturally drawn to watch one. And it is usually because something about how they’re dancing, the dance moves, they’re doing how they look. It just seems really cool to me. So I’m drawn to that one person. Same thing goes for your clients in your industry and with the other people who are doing something similar to you so you can kind of think about it like that. Now here are three ingredients that we’re going to cover today that will help you with your positioning. The first one, you knew it was coming. It’s your niche, your niche, your dream client as we call it around here. It is knowing what that is

25:00
Is who that specifically is that you work with that you want to help and what you want to do specifically. So knowing it is one thing. And then also speaking to it, sharing it really honing in all of your content towards that. And that is where it’s like a whole nother level, like, we’ll go through the process of figuring out our niche, and then still speak way too broadly, when it actually comes down to it. And you do start creating content, you’re just like all over the place, where you being super broad, and then nobody knows who you actually help, and what you specifically do for people. So knowing and speaking directly to your niche, if you’re in the wellness industry. And you’ve been thinking like, Man, I feel like everyone’s in the wellness industry. There’s so many health coaches and nutritionists and personal trainers, and mindset coaches and all these people. You’re right, the absolutely doesn’t mean it’s saturated. But yes, there are a lot of service based wellness businesses out there. But what happens when you know your niche and you narrow it down even further? So what about the nutrition for people with auto immune disease industry, or the pelvic floor therapy for new moms industry or the yoga poses for people with chronic pain industry, those are way smaller, right. And there’s probably not nearly as many people doing that thing that you want to do or you are doing, once you narrow it down even further, then you have a lot more that that light is shining brighter already on you. Because you’ve gotten much more specific. And because the people who are your dream clients that need what you have to offer, now know who you are and what you do. So now you’ve become, oh, they’re the person who helps people with their nutrition if they have autoimmune disease, or they’re the person who helps new moms get their pelvic floor back after birth. Or they’re the one who helps people with chronic pain into their yoga poses to help relieve it way more specific. And then that light is now on you. Because you are known for something very specific. So please, my friends, get a specific know and speak directly to your niche. If you have been in any of my programs, then you already have yours because it is the first thing that we do in every single thing that I’ve teach. We’ve also talked about it here on the show before there are specific episodes about niching down or not, you can go back and listen to that as well to get going on that. But again, put yourself up against that test of oh, they’re the ones who do. And then whatever you think is your niche, is that specific enough? So obviously, they’re the ones who do meal plans for anyone who asks, not going to really shine the light brighter in your direction, or they’re the one who trains anyone who wants to work out, not going to shine the light brighter in your direction. Do we get it? Cool. So that’s the first thing, the next thing to consider in your positioning that will make you stand out from the crowd is your paid offer. Something we talked about all the time here. So this is how you help people. It’s your unique approach your opportunity for guidance, or coaching, or whatever you do. It’s your unique framework. And this is one of the many, many, many reasons why I love signature programs and why I truly think honestly, like almost every service based business owner would do really well in having one, I really firmly believe that not just because I teach you how to do it. But that’s why I started teaching you how to do it because I see the opportunity for so many of you to really have a thriving business because of your signature program for so many reasons. But this is one of them because having that program will immediately set you apart from everyone else that’s doing something similar because no one has the exact same program or offer around that program as you It’s literally impossible. So yeah, there will be

30:00
To other people who have one on one services like you, there might even be courses that are similar to a course that you want to offer, like how to do a handstand, or how to train for your first marathon, still not going to be exactly the same, but could be similar. And so you still find yourself feeling like you have quote unquote, competition, like how do I get them to buy my how to do a handstand course, versus their how to do a handstand course. So there’s still that idea when it comes to one on one services, courses, things like that. But when you have a program, no one is going to have anything like it. That is why it is signature, because it also involves how you guide people, how you organize it, what you included, the journey that you’re taking someone on, and most importantly, the support and the community that you build around it. All of that is truly unique. And in signature program lab, we build your signature framework and your signature statement that literally no one else will have, it is so unique to you. And that right there makes you stand out from everyone else. So no matter what you will always be the person who has XYZ program, that person who guides people through X, Y, Z framework, you know, you will always have that unique thing that is just yours just for your business. And not only does it automatically help you stand out from the crowd, but it also guides you through content creation that is different than anyone else’s, because it is coming from your own unique program, your own unique perspective that you have now put into this program. And now as you create content, it will automatically be different and unique from anyone else. So cool. So really think about that, not only do you need to have a very clear, defined specific niche, the person that you help, but you also need a clear defined specific paid offer. And what is that going to be for you and your business and doesn’t have to be the only one, but you need at least one unique paid offer.

32:32
And then the last thing under this positioning piece, is your messaging. Again, something we talked about over and over and over again, something we do in every single program that I have, it is incredibly important. And I would say like 5% of people are actually doing it. So your messaging, we can think of it as like the words, phrases, things like that, that you are using to connect with your audience. And let them know they are a match for you and your services and what you have to offer. So the first two things we just talked about your niche and your paid offer those being specific and unique, already help with your messaging a ton. And really, you need those two things in place. First, in order to get your messaging down to a point where people really respond and get it get what you’re trying to say. And it will help you so much to to formulate your messaging when you already have that already in place. But my friends, you have to have a message, think about it. You need a message you need something that you are sharing, you need a stance, you need something you believe in something, you want to share something you really want to back up, and you need to like bring it to the surface over and over and over again. It’s something that you really want your dream clients to know and feel and realize in themselves. Because when you have that, then you have made that connection point. And when you have that connection point, you have a client, a paying client, no less. If you haven’t sat down and spent dedicated time working on your messaging. This is your reminder, your friendly reminder, your gentle nudge, to work on that now to make it a priority. I promise. Once you have that down, you will not be worried about any industry being saturated or how many people are doing what you want to do or how you’re going to stand out from the crowd. You will feel so competent in what you do for your clients, why they need you how you can help them and

35:00
The role that you play in their journey. So all three of these things really do that for you. And what we really want here is competence. Because if you have this question of how am I going to stand out in a saturated industry, how am I going to stand out from the crowd, there’s so many other people doing what I want to do. What’s really behind that is a lack of competence. And these are the practical things that you can do to build confidence in yourself. And I’ve said this before, and I’ll say it over and over over again, it’s something we talked about in the signature program lab coaching call we had this week about how you have to take action, you have to do in order to feel confident, it’s one of those things we have to have backwards, where we’re waiting for that confidence in order to create our program, or post on social media, or write our blog posts or put out our first podcast episode, when in reality, those action steps are the things that will build confidence, it’s the other way around. So you have to do some things before you feel fully confident, knowing that that is what will come. And so to niche down to figure out your paid offer and really build that out so that you’re excited about sharing it. And then getting your messaging down, will build so much confidence in you that you really won’t even think about your industry at all, you’ll be so involved in what you’re doing and who you’re helping and how you’re helping them. And that’s all that really matters. And bonus points, all of these things also make it really, really super easy to sell your services to sell your program to sell your paid offer, it’s pretty much a done deal when you get all of this figured out. Which means you have a business that is making money, and will continue to make money as long as you continue to do these things. Now let’s get you started on your messaging, I’ll give you just some things to think about. If you are a member in any program, holistic business starter, signature program, lab, launch list accelerator, my three programs, you have access to the Magnetic Messaging workbook, do that. Take some time, it will change your life, for sure it will change your business, which also changes your life. So do that. If you are not yet, just know that that is something that is available to you inside any of the coaching that I do. So you will have access to that. But you can always just start by writing down in your clients words, in their verbiage. And what they would say to you, not what you want to say to them as the coach, the practitioner, the leader, where are they at right now? What are they experiencing? Obviously, they have a problem. They don’t want. They have symptoms. They don’t want they have things in their lives that are causing struggle. Where are they at right now? In their words? Like if they were talking to their bestie about their problems, specifically, the one that you solve? What would they say?

38:30
And then where do they want to be? In their words? How do they want to feel? What did they want to experience? How do they want their life to be? So again, you’re writing that down? And then where will they be once they work with you? So once they go through your program? Once they go through your one on one client package, whatever it is that your paid offer is? What will they experience after? So what is the after the effect of working with you? What problems will be resolved? What symptoms will be gone? How will they feel now? How will life look for them now? So those are the three places that you can start and just do as much brainstorming on that as you can. And again in the Magnetic Messaging workbook. I break it down into 29 different questions to really guide you through that process. And once you have that, and you start speaking to that you start creating content around that. Your website talks about it, your sales page talks about your landing pages, your thank you pages, your Instagram posts, your podcast episodes, everything is surrounding your messaging. It will change the game for you and like I said most people aren’t doing this so automatically that means you have something that will make you super unique and really help you stand out because most people simply aren’t doing it and

40:00
And that is how you will really create a unique experience a unique environment, a unique energetic expression, that will attract the people who are meant to be in your space, the people that are meant to be in your audience, the people that are meant to be your paying clients, that is how you can become that attraction point and have that glow around you and your work that others doing something similar, simply don’t have for that person, because you have done these things. And that’s what we’re really trying to do here is just make you feel competent and clear in what you have to offer in the uniqueness that you bring to the work that you do. And creating a business around that. That is the ultimate goal here.

40:51
So before I wrap up, like I said, I very much believe that having your own signature program will be the thing that makes you stand out amongst your peers. Your signature program is packed with uniqueness. It is unique to you and your work. It has its own messaging, it has its own framework, it has its own specificity. So if you are someone who has been considering adding a signature program to your business, or maybe you already know you want one, but you just haven’t done it yet. Cool. That’s great. I’m here to help you with that. Let’s change that. Okay, let’s do that. Next week, I am hosting a free live masterclass for anyone who wants to get clarity around their signature program and actually start creating the thing. Like really, once you’re done with this workshop, you will be able to start creating your signature program because you will have all of the pieces of the puzzle in place. It is so cool. It’s so fun. It’s called signature program in a day. It is action oriented, it is interactive. Together, we are going to do all of this together as a group. We’re going to go through all of those pieces of the puzzle and work through them. And so that you have these ideas, you have these brainstorms, you get this clarity around each piece of that puzzle. So like I said, when you’re done, you can go off and create thing. Like how cool is that there are just so many, I think unknowns when it’s something you’ve never done before. And we’re going to take those unknowns, I’ve done this many time I created my own program many a time. So I know how to work through those unknowns for you, so that you can get that clarity. If you participated in the last one, and you want to go through it again. Totally cool. Please do so make sure you sign up if you signed up for the last one, and you couldn’t make it live. But now hopefully you can. As you know, summer is winding down and things are getting back to normal, then great. Please do that. And if this is your first time hearing about this thing, and it sounds like something you want or you need, then absolutely make sure you put it on your schedule, you can do so Shawnmynar.com/day, Shawnmynar.com/day. Again, if you can at all be there live, it really is one of those workshops that is best alive. This is not a webinar, where you can just kind of do like 800 other things. This is a workshop we are getting work done. This is time spent working on your business, and it is important. So take the time out. Be there live, I will see you there. I’m super excited. Can’t wait to help you create your signature program, Shawnmynar.com/day To save your seat. And until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then

45:00
Let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I’ll see you over there

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

“Do You HAVE To Be On Social Media To Build A Business?” Listener Q&A — Ep. 157

One of the biggest sticking points I see in most of my clients is social media. They don’t want to be on it, but they feel like they have to. So they post, they don’t get engagement, and they get frustrated, blame the algorithm, and give up, sure their business is doomed because of it. In this episode, I’m answering a question that came in from a listener that will resonate with anyone that’s not loving social media right now and not sure if it’s even worth the effort…and that question is…do you have to be on social media to build a business?

“Anything of these negative, low vibes thoughts that you’re having around social media, I would say 99.9% of them are coming from your ego.” – Shawn Mynar

“I will tell you that no, you don’t have to do everything for your business. You just have to do what feels right and best and fun for you and that is what comes from your inner voice, your inner knowing.” – Shawn Mynar

“Social media is the icing on your business building cake… it is not the end all be all to your business. It is certainly not what you should be relying on to make your income.” – Shawn Mynar

“The engagement that you do or don’t get on social media does not say anything about you or your business or your ability to be successful.” – Shawn Mynar

FREE Signature Program Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/masterclass Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: instagram.com/shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
One of the biggest sticking points I see in most of my business coaching clients is social media. They don’t want to be on it, but they feel like they have to. So they post, they don’t get the engagement they want. They get frustrated, blame the algorithm and give up sure their business is doomed because of it. So in this episode, I’m answering a question that came in from a listener that I think will resonate with anyone that’s not loving social media right now. And not sure if it’s even worth the effort. And that question is, do you have to be on social media to build a business? Let’s find out the answer. Hey, there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast, your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here tuning in, checking out the show. And of course, we’re so grateful for your support. This episode, I’m just gonna say right here is probably going to be just a social media tangent on so many levels, who knows where this is gonna go. But I love this question. And just based on what I’m hearing from you all, either as a client of mine, or just the conversations we’re having over on the DMS, of Instagram, social media, in general is like a sticking point. It’s like this thing in a lot of small business owners worlds that they don’t love, especially right now. And I feel like it’s just getting worse and worse, just with the changes that happen in social media and the environment and the algorithms and all that stuff. There’s a lot going on. And so to get this question, I think really summed up what a lot of you all are thinking and wondering and the conversations that I’m having. So I thought I would share it here on this show. And like I said, I will hopefully answer the actual question. But be prepared for this to go in all different directions, I cannot guarantee you what is going to come out of this conversation. Let’s get to the actual question, which is from Tasha. And she says, Hi, Sean, thanks so much for everything you share in the podcast, it has been so helpful for me as I build my coaching business, to keep me in the right headspace and do the right things. One thing I’m struggling with is social media. I just don’t want to do it. It feels time consuming. And which with such little engagement these days, kind of pointless. Do I have to be on social media for my business to grow? That came from Tasha. And just as a side note, this came as a direct message in my Instagram over at Sean miner, if you ever have any business questions at all, but even more importantly, a question that you think others might be having, too, that I can answer on the podcast, please feel free to send me those messages. And I’ll either reply directly to you if it’s just a specific question for you and your business, or I will let you know that it makes a great episode and that I’ll be answering it on the show. So that is always open to you at Shawn Mynar on Instagram. Tasha is not alone. First. Tasha, thank

4:09
you so much for this question. And for I think, really articulating what a lot of people kind of almost like business owner or not what a lot of people are feeling and thinking about social media right now. I think as business owners and as small business owners, solopreneurs, coaches practitioners, it has even more weight to it because we do wonder what will happen to my business? If I do or don’t do social media? Do I need a big following is that the only way that I can have this successful business and make the money that I want to make? What will happen if I just quit doing social media entirely? We have this connection between social media and our success and potentially our income Um, to be even more specific, the money that we’re going to make, we have that tied to what is happening on social media. And rightfully so that is a very known, you know, I say it all the time, too, that social media is an amazing marketing tool for your business. If you have not been living under a rock, and you have been logged into any social media platforms recently, you can see how people are using it, to build their business to make money to make sales, you see that happening. And it is an effective way to do that. It is not the only way, of course, talk about that all the time to hear. And with my clients really important, it shouldn’t be the only way and we’ll get into that a little bit more later. But it is definitely one of those things that can be triggering to you and your possibilities for success and your desires, because of what you’re seeing other people do. And then when it does or does not happen for you getting into some stories there. And that’s really what we’re going to talk about today. First and foremost, just so we’re all on the same page. When I talk about social media, I’m referring to platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Tik Tok, LinkedIn, Twitter, clubhouse may or may not still be a thing. Not sure, I feel like that had a short lived time of popularity. And now I don’t hear about it like at all, so may not be there anymore. But anyway, these are the platforms that I am talking about. And thinking about when I say social media in general, everyone has a different platform that they are or are not using that is or is not good for their business that is or is not where their dream clients are hanging out at. So I don’t want to say just Instagram or just tick tock or just Twitter, this is all of them, we can kind of group them all into one. So for you just figuring out which one or ones that is for you, and kind of thinking about which ones potentially feel better than the others as we have this conversation, which ones maybe you do want to let go of versus which ones you want to keep around and maybe reinvigorate yourself around those ones that are one that is feeling better than the others. to directly answer the question that Tasha has about do you have to be on social media to build your business? Of course, my ultimate, if I only had one word, to answer this question, it would be no, of course not. You don’t have to do anything, especially if you’re feeling this major resistance towards it. We talked about resistance towards things in your business. In the last episode, Episode 156, I believe, please go back and listen to that episode. If you haven’t already, it very much ties in with our conversation that we’re having today. Really good to listen to them both together. And you’ll have a lot of clarity around what you need to be doing in terms of social media. So keeping in mind that you never have to do anything, you just need to do what is best and right for you. And so when we have these questions of do I have to?

8:45
What comes to mind? And really the biggest question that I have here is, Where’s that coming from? That idea, that question of do I have to is that coming from your ego, or your inner voice, your higher self. And just as a review, in case you’re new to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, when I reference that ego, that ego voice, I’m talking about that mental chatter that’s kind of always going on in your mind. It’s the one that’s like, saying things that really to keep you safe is its ultimate goal, but it’s coming from that conscious mind that is warning you of things and making you rethink things, reconsider things making you overthink things. It’s that mental chatter. We all know it as soon as I say that was words, it’s like, oh, yeah, that thing, that voice that is constantly going on in my head, got it. And then we have the intuition that inner voice your higher self and that is that calm, knowing that calm feeling, that calm, potentially voice we all have different ways that we connect to On this side of us, and that has this whole different feel to it, as I mentioned, it’s calm, it’s this knowing. And that is kind of the opposite of your ego voice. We all have both, obviously. And so this conversation is really talking about getting in touch with both of those to figure out what is best for you. And so when I hear the question, do I have to XYZ could be anything after those words, my thought is que that is what the ego is telling you. That is where we are coming from that is that voice, that mental chatter coming through, and is really taking over this whole situation. So then the question becomes, why? Why is this a half two situation? Why don’t you want to use social media? What is becoming heavy about this? Why has your ego gotten involved in this situation? What is making it feel this way? And when the ego gets involved in something like this, really everything basically, it is because it is taking in all of these 3d surroundings, like what you are seeing what you are hearing what everyone’s telling you to do all this outside information. It’s taking in all of that, and making up a story about it. And then that story is how you are now seeing that thing, feeling about that thing and doing about that thing. So you have now made up a story, and are living in that story. And why when I say you, I mean your ego. And that happens in all areas of our lives. And social media is no different. And going back to what I said earlier about how we do log on to any platform these days. And we can see people who are being really successful in their business because of social media and having all this success and posting every day and having all this engagement and growing their following and all this stuff. So then your ego is taking that in creating a story around it, when that’s not happening for you. There’s another story around it. And we have this big huge fake reality that we’re now living in about ourselves, and about our business and about social media, and how it works for us. And so now you have this story, your ego is telling you that it’s hard, it’s pointless, it’s time consuming, that the algorithm is out to get you that no one sees your stuff anyway. So why bother? Anything that you are hearing yourself, say in that regard, any of these kind of negative, low vibe thoughts that you’re having around social media, I would say 99.99% of them are coming from your ego. And coming from that fake story, that fake reality that your ego has made up for you that you are now living in you are fully in that bubble. But then we also have that other piece of ourselves, your inner self, your intuition, your inner voice, your higher self, whatever you want to call it. It’s all the same thing. It’s that inner knowing that inner voice, what does that voice no to be true about you sharing on social media.

13:41
So when you quiet that chatter, when you get out of that fake reality, and you just sit with it, and you just dive into the truth. You don’t listen to that voice that’s on the top, I always see it as like surface level, and then deep inside, so you’re beyond the surface level chatter. And now you’re getting in touch with the deeper side of yourself, what their what is that voice saying or that knowing or that feeling what is there and you may very well have that inner feeling that nudge or that knowing that your place is not on social media, that that’s not the path to grow your business that you do not have to be there. To grow your business. You can use another platform, you can be somewhere else you can do other things. You have that knowledge of your business and yourself already within you. And that may be what comes up as soon as you get past that surface level mental chatter. But you may also have that inner feeling that knowledge or that knowing that sharing your work with the world through social media is a great way to reach and help even one more person That may be what your inner voice tells you, when you can connect with it. I don’t know the answer. Ultimately, I don’t have that answer, only you can know that, I will tell you that no, you don’t have to do anything for your business, you just have to do what feels right and best and fun for you. And that is what comes from your inner voice, your inner knowing. But what I can do since I don’t have the answer, what I can do is help you calm your ego down a little bit, so that you have better access to that own answer for yourself. And we’ll do that today, just by me kind of negating some of the stories that you may be experiencing. But ultimately, what I think is best to get you there, if you can’t tap into that, and you’re stuck in that surface level spot is meditation, deep breathing, journaling, all the things that I talk about all the time, when we’re talking about the mindset and energy work needed for our entire life, including our business, those tools will work to just get that surface level ego talk out of the way so that you can tap into that deeper knowing. But let’s chat about some kind of specific things that you might be or your ego might be telling you about social media. And let me also be clear right now on how I feel about social media. I think a lot of you already know this. I’ve done some episodes about social media, I talked about this a lot in my coaching programs. And this is coming from a straight like logical 3d strategic business perspective. I’ve said it before, I’ll keep saying it over and over again, social media is the icing on your business building cake. It is the cherry on top, it’s not the cake, it’s not the ice cream, it’s not the eggs and the flour and the sugar that go into that cake. It is not the end all be all to your business. It is certainly not what you should be relying on to make your income. And if you are that it’s time to branch out and create another platform that is in your control that you can use to make money in your business. And you should absolutely have your email list be one of those things.

17:43
And the reason I say this is because your following is not yours, you have absolutely zero control over what happens to the content that you put on social media. The second that you hit publish, it immediately becomes not yours, you have about point two seconds of every one that is shown to that the algorithm has decided to show it to you like point two seconds to capture someone’s attention before they scroll by there’s just a lot that is out of your control, literally everything that is out of your control. So leaving your income up to something like that sounds like a terrible idea. I think we can all agree on that. Not a good plan. Right? And I’m not going to get into how to strategically use social media to enhance your business here. But I have already done that on an episode not too long ago, Episode 140. It’s entitled creating your simplified marketing plan. Go back and listen to that I will explain in detail how you can use social media because it is the cherry on top it is the frosting. No one wants to eat a cake without frosting, right? Like you still want to have this as a piece of your business. But it is not everything. Like if you really had to. You could eat that cake plain without frosting, maybe even like plain cake, that’s fine. You would eat that and be fine. You’d still enjoy it still be good. It just wouldn’t be as good as if you had that frosting. That’s how we want to think about social media and I have your whole plan created for you over in Episode 140 not going to get into that here on this episode. I also want you to know that I totally get where you are at right now. If you’re someone that is struggling to show up on social media, I get it I get that they can feel heavy. I get that they can feel pointless. I get that they are changing literally every day that they aren’t what they used to be that engagement is down that it’s harder to get seen and get followers and all that stuff. I get it that is what is going on and that is is what your ego is using to create the story that you now have. I understand. I mean, remember I am also I just started a brand new Instagram account for my business last year. And that was after spending, I think, over nine years, probably building up my former account, having 25,000 engaged followers over there, and then starting this brand new business direction and brand new business account, and having to start from the bottom and work my way up. And I know what it feels like to not get engagement, I know what it feels like to share something on your stories, and I have anyone respond, I know how that feels. So I understand that story that your ego is trying to tell you. Now for me, just get it to get into kind of where I’m at with it, maybe this will help you. I also still intuitively know that social media is somewhere that I will keep showing up for. For my business. I know that that is still a part of my business plan from an inner knowing place, regardless of what my ego is trying to tell me right now, yes, I have those moments I have those days, I have those weeks, where my ego is kind of like having a fit. It’s like in this weird space. And I don’t want to do it. But I still know deep down that I actually do want to be there that I actually do want to be connecting with people in that way. And that it is a good use of my time, even if my ego is telling me exactly the opposite. So why how do I know that? Well, how did I get there? First of all, I know from a very like deep down soul purpose, that I have the mission of helping people. I know that, like every part of every cell in my body knows that.

22:06
And so if that means that’s one person that day, that post that week, great. That’s one person, that’s amazing. So I don’t need to have 1000s of followers for it to be, quote unquote worth it to post on social media, I don’t need to get hundreds of likes for it to be worth it. I don’t need to get all the engagement in the world. To know that I’m doing what my soul what my whole being is here to do, which is to help people, one person 10 people, 1000 people, 100,000 people, whatever it is, my goal is still being accomplished by me posting and getting one like, or getting 10 likes having one person comment or share, that’s still doing what I am here to do. So that is why I know from this very deep down perspective, no matter what my ego wants to tell me that I still need to be on there that I still want to be on there. Because that is me living out my purpose while I am here on this planet. And then the second thing, I found a way of posting to social media that I enjoy, my ego really wants to step in and start creating these stories and start being more, I guess, being louder. When I’m not enjoying something when I’m not doing anything. If it starts feeling heavy or hard that I don’t want to do it. That’s my ego getting involved in the only reason it’s getting involved is because I’ve stopped enjoying it. And I’ve stopped doing what’s fun. And so that is my sign, that’s my signal to go back to doing what I enjoy. As long as I’m enjoying myself, then I can stay in touch with my intuition. I know that feeling that inner knowing what I am connecting to there. It’s strong. It’s there, as long as I am enjoying myself when I’m not Hello mental chatter. And then the third thing is that I am secure in my business with or without social media. I have done the work I have had the consistency I have had the patience to build a business that works with or without social media. So I’m not relying on this one thing for anything other than to enhance what I’m already doing in my business and to create connections with people which is fun. And again, part of my purpose. If I were relying on social media for to get people on my email list or to get people to By for me to get people to sign up for something for my income, it would give it so much weight, so much pressure, it would make it mean something more than it should. And then once again, my ego would turn up it’s volume, start getting involved, and really create a gigantic story around it that I don’t know if I could ever get out of, because that’s just like a ton of pressure and expectation around something that shouldn’t have that. It’s that’s just not how it should be laid out for you and your business. So those are the three things that I do to make sure that I am able to stay connected to doing what’s right for me around the subject of social media. And I share this because I think that this is a good way for you to do your own ego check to see if your ego has potentially gotten in the way on the subject of social media also. So this is a really good journaling exercise, I would definitely get out some paper, get out your journal and spend some time here. First thing, what is your ego saying about social media? You should go to town on this. I want you to get out every single thought feeling experience annoyance grievance, whatever you have about social media, put it out onto paper, get it all out what is your ego saying about social media, you could have like pages, I think if we really get into it, we all probably have like pages of annoyances or grievances or whatever about social media. Next, once you’ve gotten that out, it’s called the ego dump. As I like to say, once you’ve gotten that done, now, why is it saying that? So what would make it freak out right now, knowing that everything you just wrote down all those emotions and those feelings and the reasons why you don’t want to be on social media are coming from your ego and coming from that false story that you’ve created. Why? Why did it go there? Why is it freaking out? I mean, is it saying that because you haven’t found a way to make it enjoyable? Like it’s not fun anymore? Are you saying that because you’re putting too much pressure on what happens there? Is it saying that because you’re making it mean something more than it actually does. Like those things that I just talked about, about why I can actually tap into and stay connected to what I really want to be doing with social media and why I want to be doing it. If you’ve lost that, then figure out why. And then once you figured out why, then you have something to work on, you have a focal point to change, you can change how you are approaching it, how you are thinking what else you’re doing in your business, that it can make it feel like less pressure, ways that you can show up that make it fun. And so really doing that exercise, so you can find out, like what’s getting in the way right now is so helpful, because then you have something to change, instead of just continuing to do something that feels off over and over and over again and expecting something else to come of it. That’s not going to happen. So a few things going back to me trying to potentially calm your ego a little bit. A few things I want to share. First of all, the engagement that you do or don’t get on social media does not say anything about you, or your business or your ability to be successful, or how much money you’re capable of making or anything like that. Your business is not doomed because you’re struggling with social media or you’re not getting the engagement that you want, or you’re not getting the followers that you want. None of that has anything to do with you or what you’re capable of, or what you’re worthy of or anything like that. If I’m being totally honest, and having some real talk, some true tough love, then what that means if you’re not getting engagement on social media, if you’re not gaining followers on social media, if your stuffs not being shown, like if the algorithm isn’t showing it to your people or to people outside of your audience to get them interested. It’s because you’re not creating content. That is interesting. That’s all there is to it. Your audience isn’t interested, potentially, that algorithm thinks your audience won’t be interested in it so it’s not showing it to people I mean, the reality is yes, reels are being prioritized on Instagram, for instance. And the reason is because those are the posts that people are interested in. I mean, we can talk all day about how we don’t like video, we wish it were just going back to a photo app and all this stuff. But at the end of the day, you’re probably watching some videos on Instagram as a consumer, we all are, because that’s what gets us to stop our scroll. And that is what Instagram wants. And so that is what the algorithm is prioritizing. If people didn’t watch the reels, if they weren’t getting that interest, they wouldn’t be prioritizing them, they would go back to prioritizing photos, if photos were capturing people’s attention, but they’re not. So that is not the algorithms fault. It’s not punishing you. Because you’re posting a square photo. It’s just that that is not what people are interested in your followers, or people that would become your followers, your dream clients that are out there not following you right now. They’re not engaging in the posts that you are creating. And so Instagram is not giving them the option to see them because they don’t think they’ll be interested in it. That’s all there is to it, I promise you, the algorithm is not out to get you if you actually work with the algorithm. And if you actually see it as something that could help you get more followers, it will do that it will reward you, the algorithm is way smarter than any of us than any human, it will help you it wants you to be successful. It wants everyone to be successful on social media, I mean, whether you’re on Instagram, or Tiktok, or Facebook, they all have their own algorithms, obviously, it wants you to do well, it wants everyone to do well. But you have to work with it, you have to be willing to change, willing to adapt, willing to grow and evolve along with what people want. And as I said, the algorithm is going to feed people what they are already engaging in. And right now that is video. And if I’m continuing on with some real talk, because this is where I just get really passionate, because I want you to succeed so deeply. That when I look at people who are struggling with social media, and they’re still posting, they’re still making an attempt, I see a couple things. First of all, I see people who are still doing what worked like seven years ago on Instagram, for example. And not adapting, not growing, not changing with what is happening with that social media platform with the environment of social media overall, they’re not adapting. And so that’s not working anymore. This isn’t this is something that is going to evolve over and over and over again, almost like by the day, if you are someone who is doing reels. And if you’re not, but you are willing to try and willing to get started, I’m going to do a whole episode. really soon, just on reels and potentially tick tock to maybe in the same episode, maybe two separate ones, I

33:42
haven’t decided yet. I have so much to say about both. But what you will see is that the trends and what is popular, and what is working, even with reels changes like weekly. It used to be like dancing and then pointing it at words. And then it became doing like lip synching type stuff. And then now it’s just like having almost like this B roll like this background footage with like, words over the top and that was you know, popular on Tik Tok a while ago and then now tick tock is changing. I mean, you just got to be willing to adapt and willing to grow and willing to change. And the cool thing is, that’s what’s fun, like if you’re actually seeing it for what it is and working with it. Instead of trying to do something that worked like five or seven years ago, and working with it and an understanding that when you work with it, it works with you. It’s kind of fun. It can I promise it can be fun. So I see people either doing that doing what worked, and hoping it will still work and it’s just not going to work anymore because that was so long ago. I mean, like five years in social media is like 25 years in regular life. You got to keep up with what’s going on, I see that or I see people who are clearly posting, because they have to, like, there is nothing more obvious to me than a post that is done out of having to, and a post that is done out of wanting to you guys, you know what I’m talking about, if you don’t just now, log on to whatever social media you consume the most log on and start scrolling, and you will be able to pick out the half twos versus the one twos. And the half twos are, there’s far more of them. And you can just tell, they’re like, the energy is not the same. They’re either like boring, or just like if it is someone that is on camera, like their energy isn’t right. It’s not there. It’s not genuine, something about it isn’t right. So I see those two things very, very, very often. And then you know, you do those kinds of things. And then you get frustrated when it’s not working. And you think the algorithm is against you. And you think there’s no point and all these things that your ego is telling you, when in reality, if you just got real with yourself,

36:12
you would see, yeah, it’s because what I’m posting really isn’t that interesting, it’s really not that engaging, people really aren’t going to stop their scroll to consume this, if I’m really being honest with myself. And it might take you that exercise, you might need to do that, in order to make it work start working for you and making it fun. When you stop coming from this place of having to and just going through the motions, and you really think how can I make this a fun part of my business, it is a promise it is it really can be an especially if you don’t have that attachment of, well, if this only gets three likes, then you know, I’m not gonna have fun with it anymore. If you can detach from that, then you really do have the chance of, of making it fun. And that’s my second point that I wanted to say is what would happen for you, if you were able to clear that whole giant fake story that you’ve been telling yourself around social media, and clear it out and move to a place of getting to getting to connect with people all over the world, and share what you love to do. Getting to help one person with the post that you shared that day, getting to market your business to your dream clients for free. Right? Wow, what an opportunity. There’s so many opportunities within that when you get out of that half, two plays, and move into that get two plays. And yeah, you know, all know probably by now that I love reels, I already talked about them in this episode. And I do think they can be really fun, and they are really engaging and people do watch them. Even if we’re all thinking we’re against video, people are watching them. And so they are a really great way to get engagement and to grow your audience when you do them correctly. I want to say like there is no right or wrong. But there are just some simple things that should be happening in your reels to really make them engaging with or without you in them. You don’t even have to be on the video for them to work for you. Again, whole episode coming about that. But you don’t have to do that. Maybe you love sharing inspiring quotes that are relevant to the work you do. Maybe you love showing your beautiful meals or your challenging workouts or your self care routine, or what you do in the mornings to prepare for the day. You don’t have to do these things these like outrageous posts every single time. You just have to show what you love and what you do and what could help someone else. And sharing that stuff is fun. It is helpful for someone else and it can be and should be fun for you. As soon as you get your ego out of the way. As soon as that whole environment that you’ve created. That story that you created is gone, then you can get back to doing what is fun and sharing what you enjoy knowing that it’s going to help someone else and do it in a way that feels good for you. And even if that’s not video, like even if you refuse to do a real to do a video to like show your plate of food in a video versus a photo which really is like the same thing, but works totally different in the social media world. But even if you refuse because you are in that place of get to and Want to and excited to, and you are willing to share what you love what you do and who you help with others out there in the world, it will show up differently, it will work differently. And I promise you, the algorithm will feed into that energy that you just put into that post, which is totally different than the half to the like should place totally different energy and it will work for you. And then my last point is to remember that this is the icing on the cake. Please, please, please remember to build a business that is fine with or without social media have at least one long term platform. Like I said, go back and listen to episode 140 to figure out what those are. But for example, it’d be like a podcast where you are getting in front of a new audience, a YouTube channel where you’re getting in front of a new audience, a blog where you’re using SEO to get in front of a new audience via Google, or Pinterest or something like that, that is a long term platform. Because that content that you’re creating for those platforms will go on to build your business for years and years and years and years to come. When done correctly. Of course, and that is a big caveat there is it’s not enough just to post you know, like a blog post and hope people will eventually find it, their strategy involved, there’s things you have to do, these are all things that we go over in a holistic business starter. If that’s something you’re interested in, you can check that out at Sean miner.com/business. But yeah, these are things that you have to consider. And you have to really put the energy into creating over the long haul for your business as it grows and thinking long term about it. And then social media is your short term platform.

42:02
It’s like, you know, what you share is good for like that day, pretty much if that. And then it goes into this never ending abyss of content on that platform. So that’s more short term that gets people interested in you and what you’re doing right away. So have that long term platform, learn how to do that thing really, really, really well. It takes the pressure off of thinking that you have to be on social media to grow your business, because then you really can see it as that icing on the cake. And when that pressure is gone, when you can see how your business is growing and developing. Even if you don’t post on social media that day or that week or that month, then it’s kind of amazing that shifts that can happen. And it all happens because your ego is quiet, you don’t have that story that you’re replaying in your head over and over again. Because one of those things that is a trigger for your ego is gone. You know, like that trigger of it being so important for your business and being like the thing that will grow your business or, you know, make your business fall apart, when you don’t have that pressure than your ego can take a backseat. And then you can just do what feels best for you and post what feels good and have fun with it and enjoy it. And that is when that inner knowing comes out. And it’s a totally different ballgame. So remember icing on the cake, find that long term platform as well. Lastly, to wrap this all up to go back to the actual question, because like I said, I told you I was going to probably do way more than answer that question. Because there’s just a lot that comes up with that idea of half to like this question could be, do I have to have a website? Do I have to have an email list? Do I have to have a podcast? You know, that could be anything? And the answer really is always the same? Like, go back and listen to this episode. And instead of social media put in any thing else that you’re wondering if you have to do and the answer is still the same? Because at the end of the day, if your intuitive answer is no, to having a social media presence, if you know from that inner knowing that social media isn’t right for you and your business and not needed. That is great. That is excellent. Yes, that’s amazing. If that is the answer that you got, then you can just as easily get the answer of what is right for you. Because you have that knowing now of what isn’t which means you just as easily Have that knowing of what is what is your path? How will you reach the right people? How will you make sales? What will you do? I mean, it could be, you know, just focusing on that long term platform, which works for tons of people. By the way, there are plenty of very successful business owners who do not use social media at all. So keep that in your back pocket for when that ego voice gets really loud. And you really truly know, with every fiber of your being that you are not meant to be on social media. There are other ways, that long term platform, it could be maybe using paid advertising, like Instagram ads, Facebook ads, Google ads, YouTube ads, something like that. It could be just doing more in person events, like conferences, and workshops and things like that, maybe in your area, or maybe virtually and attending those and then doing some networking around that. And that’s how you grow your audience. There are so many options beyond social media, but you just have to get that knowing for yourself one way or the other. All right, my friends. And with that, I will close out this episode about social media. But like I said, this will not be the last I’m in the works now on an episode about reels, and an episode on tic tac, which like I said, may or may not make the same episode, I have to see how much I have to share that those are coming up soon. And other than that, be sure to head over to Instagram, which is my main social media platform of choice and where I have the most fun and where I love to connect with all of you head over there at Shawn Mynar that is now my new instagram handle at Shawn Mynar. And just let me know what you’ve taken from this episode. If there’s any way that I can help. If you have any other questions, happy to do that over on the DMS there. And until next time, take care.

47:03
Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawn Mynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

When It All Just Feels Like A Lot… — Ep. 156


DOWNLOAD EPISODE


Do you ever have times when you’re trying to build your business where it all just feels like a lot? The platforms, the social media, the emails, the website pages, trying to be everywhere and do everything all at once…it’s all just a lot, am I right? If you at all resonate with this, then welcome to the club. You’re not alone, this is normal, and it’s OK. Because guess what? It IS a lot. In this episode, I’ll share with you what you can do when it all just feels like a lot and why feeling this way is actually a good thing and so stay tuned.

“Feeling like everything is a lot is a sign that you have turned course and you have started going upstream again.” – Shawn Mynar

“Things expand and we have more opportunities, but that does not need to mean that it becomes heavy or hard or complicated, they are just opportunities and you don’t have to take every single one especially if it doesn’t feel good to you.” – Shawn Mynar

“If you are in a time where you need a break or where you need to reset, then you’re in a cycle where that is actually going to serve you to get into the next phase of your cycle.” – Shawn Mynar

“Yeah, you do need to do some stuff to grow your business. You do have to show up, you do have to put yourself out there, you do have to share, educate, absolutely. Do you need to do it everywhere? No, of course not.” – Shawn Mynar

FREE Signature Program Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/masterclass Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: @shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Do you ever have these times when you’re trying to build your business where it all just feels like a lot? The platforms, the social media, the emails, the content, the website pages, trying to be everywhere and do everything all at once. It’s all just a lot. Am I right? If you’d all resonate with this than Hey, welcome to The Club. You’re not alone. This is normal. And it’s okay. Because guess what? It is a lot. There’s a lot to do a lot going on more and more so every day. In this episode, I’m going to share with you what you can do, when it all just feels like a lot, and why feeling this way is actually a good thing, especially for your business. So stay tuned. Hey, there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends.

1:32
Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Thank you so much for being here. So much gratitude to all of you for your support of this show, means so much. Today, I’m going to do my best to keep this episode short and sweet. We just came off this four part series all about launching, it was jam packed full of info. And I think all of those episodes were pretty darn long. So you may still be going through those, maybe my voice just needs a break. Who knows. But we’re gonna do our best here to keep the message I have for you. Short, sweet, and hopefully very resonant, hopefully, something that you can really take with you, not just for today or this week, but remind yourself of in the future, when this comes up for you again, could this probably going to today, we are talking about this whole feeling of things just being a lot. And this is a business podcast. So I’m going to gear it specifically towards things that you do in your business or feel like you need to be doing in your business. But you know, it’s also just everything. It’s a lot like life is a lot. The world is a lot, just so much going on. For so many of us. And you know, I think that compounds, and then we try to work on our business. And then all of that feels like a lot and it just is overload. So here’s where this idea to talk about this here originally came up. And I will tell you, it’s because I was in that place not too long ago, because I am part of a Business Mastermind. A few weeks ago, we had this big virtual retreat and the kind of theme for this retreat was expanding your audience. So over the course of two days to a jam packed days, we had presenters around podcasting and growing your podcast, YouTube starting and growing a YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, Facebook ads, Google ads, I’m missing some and like there were so many things. So basically, one person came and talked about, like an expert came and talked about all the different places and platforms that we could be using to expand our audience over the course of two days. Sounds great, right? And it was it was amazing, such a great experience and got a ton of really great ideas. And the whole time, the message was to find a few things that work for you and leave the rest. Like, it’s going to be tempting to feel like you need to do all of this, but don’t and you know, feel free to leave what doesn’t really resonate with you. That was like the theme and the message that our leader quote unquote, kept sharing with us, but still, the whole time. We’re all like, Oh, this is so great. I have so many good ideas. And also, oh gosh, there’s so much to do. And keep in mind that the people in this mastermind group are already people who have platforms and audiences and strategies and businesses and And a lot going on already, and they’re already doing so much. But yet, we all still felt like we barely scratched the surface after this very intense two days of learning and hearing from these experts. And so then we’re meeting a few days later after this retreat and talking about it. And one of the gals says something like, you know, I’m trying to incorporate all of this and trying to do all this and trying to show up on Tik Tok, and do more on Instagram, and do this with my YouTube channel, and show up here and there and change my messaging. And I really want to get this new offer out. But also, it’s summer, and my kids are home, and we’re going camping. And it all just feels like a lot. And I don’t think she meant it this way at all. But it came across in that moment, like camping with her family was adding to her stress, like adding to her to do list adding to that feeling of it all being a lot. And I know this is the case for pretty much all of us. And all of the people in this mastermind is that the point of having our own businesses is so that we can enjoy things like camping with our family, enjoy summer, be totally present when you’re out doing things in your life and not business stuff. And at that point, I think that person was not there, like the business had taken over. And all of the to dues of the business had taken over. And now it felt like the fun things in life, were also becoming a chore will be becoming a thing that has to happen. And that’s kind of the opposite of how we want it to go. Right. And so then myself also was having that moment after that retreat, where I felt like my there was so much on my shoulders. I spent several days after that digging myself out of this, it all feels like a lot hole that I think a lot of us can get into this is definitely not the first time I’ve been there. I think it all kind of ebbs and flows, which we’ll talk about in a second. That’s part of it. But I’ve been here before, I know how to get myself out of it at this point. But when you’re in that space where you’re hearing about and you’re learning about and you’re excited about all of these options for you and these opportunities for you. And especially when you learn that these opportunities will obviously grow your business, grow your audience, help you help more people help you make more sales have reached another income level. Like that’s all exciting, right, and you want to work on that stuff, and you want to integrate it into your business. And that’s when I think the feeling like a lot comes in because you can see what could be happening. If you do all the things. And, you know, the dreams that you have could be realized if you do all these things, or at least that’s what your brain is thinking, as you’re learning these things and, and realizing this, your brain then makes that connection of, okay, if I do all of these things, then I will make the money, help the people have the dream life, buy the dream car, like all these things, you know, that we’re kind of superficially thinking about, which is totally normal and fine and cool and great, and awesome to do. But then you make that connection, the ego, I guess, makes that connection of I gotta do this, to get that. And really, what we’ll all come to find out by the end of this is often the opposite is actually true. But it’s hard to remember that in that moment, or in those moments when you’re just finding out about more and more and more and more things you need to do to get to that level. So then after that retreat, I’m left thinking like, Okay, I gotta get on YouTube. I’ve been trying for like 10 years now, this is the time I’m finally going to do it. I gotta be posting on Tik Tok five times a day, which sounds insane. Like that is insane. But that is honestly, what a lot of people recommend. If you’re trying to make it quote unquote, on tick tock, which is asinine if you ask me, but that’s just me and that is, you know, but then here’s my mind, getting in the way my ego getting in the way and thinking like, Okay, well I’m going to post five times on Tik Tok, then, per day, I’m going to post more on Instagram. I’m going to show up more on stories. I’m going to do all this stuff. So I’m going to doo doo doo doo doo. That’s what happened as I’m leaving this retreat more and more and more things to do. And it didn’t take long for me to realize that that was a completely opposite of the business that I am building and what is important to me and how I want to show up in my business and my life. And so as I’m feeling that all the the to do list grows, and my overwhelm grows, and then on top of everything else going on in the US and the world, and just everything right now, it all just feels like a lot. Now, for me, when I get to that point, because I’ve been there a lot, like I said, and now I know what that means. For me, that is a sign and for you to probably assigned to. And when you feel that way, it is a form of resistance. So guess what happens when you try to push forward. When you’re up against resistance, when you’re now going upstream, it doesn’t go well, it’s a lot harder, there’s a lot more work, there’s a lot more effort, you’re like really, really pushing against the current to try to take make any progress. Whereas if you just turn the boat back around, and start going with the current again, get rid of that resistance, then you can float along flow along easily and effortlessly, and just go with the flow. So feeling like everything is a lot is a sign that you have turned course. And you have started going upstream again. And now that energy, that force is what you’re infusing into your work while you’re in that place. So yeah, you may be doing a lot more because you’re trying to check things off the to do list, you’re trying to be everywhere and everything to everyone all the time. And it’s coming from this place of resistance. So then that is what you are infusing into your work. And when it comes from that place, obviously, that’s like an energetic mismatch, right? It doesn’t feel good, it feels like pressure, it feels like that I have to like that force that grind that hustle, I’m supposed to, you know, we get the shoulds, Quds woods, all that stuff going on. That is your cue, my friend, that you’ve turned course you’re going upstream, that is a form of resistance, you got us to take a step back. And when you are in this place, where it’s like, yeah, I know that this is what’s happening. And also I’m trying to build a business here, I’m trying to make some money here. I can’t step back, I can’t take this time, I gotta keep pushing, because I need this business to work or I need this money, or I need to make it to this next level, I need to get a client. Hey, that is even more upstream. Thoughts, feelings, emotions, right? I promise you, if you take a sack, you can turn that ship around, and we can go downstream we can get back into the flow. So how do we do that? How do we dig ourselves out of this place and take that sign for what it is, and do something good with it. The first thing is that you need to accept it. Except that that is how you’re feeling except that it is bringing you down except that your mind isn’t in a good place about things right now, except that you’re trying to hustle and grind and push your way through something. Except that all of this is just the reality of having an online business these days. Like I said at the very beginning, you are not alone. That is something that we all face at various points throughout our business. I can guarantee you right now, the majority of people, again, we’re talking specifically about business, and we’ll talk even more specifically about online business are feeling this way to some degree, because there are just more and more and more things, places platforms, social media apps to be on. And it’s just going to be that way. I don’t think I can’t imagine it’s going to get any simpler as we progress here. I don’t think we’re going to go back to the times where it was just Facebook and posting ugly pictures on Instagram, I think we’re only going to move forward. Right. And when we do that, then that means there are going to be more and more and more opportunities, which is cool. And they are opportunities, they are not things that we have to do, that we have to get down about ourselves when we’re not doing and that are a must for your success. But how cool that we have these opportunities. And even just 10 years ago, when I started my business, like I said, we were Facebook and ugly pictures on Instagram. That was it weed and blog blogs, basically, podcasting got in real early, like seven and a half years ago now. But I was an early one, it was just like, things expand, and we have more opportunity. But that does not need to mean that it becomes heavy or hard or complicated. They are just opportunities. And you don’t have to take every single one, especially when it doesn’t feel good to you.

16:09
So this whole first step of acceptance, as you will see if you’re in this place now, or when you get to this place in the future, which like I said, will most likely happen, especially as we progress. When you accept it, it immediately softens it like it takes the edges off and just softens. And when you can do that, then you can actually allow it, like you’re allowing it, you’re feeling it, you’re accepting it, you’re not mad, you’re not sad, you’re not frustrated, you’re just accepting it, and letting it be what it is, and letting it be there. And it’s like that the energy shifts, it’s not as potent, it’s not as strong of a resistance. It’s like you have gone now from going upstream to this like on these rapids, to now being at a calmer part of the river where you’re still going upstream, but it’s calm. And so yeah, you don’t have to work as hard to make any progress. You’re just sitting in it. And maybe you’re just not even paddling anymore, you’re just kind of sitting where you’re at. So then after that, you need to remind yourself that this is temporary. It is just like everything else in life, it’s a cycle, you’re just in this moment, it’s not going to last forever, it comes and goes, there are times when you’re on top of the world, and you can do all the things and you feel good about them all and you’re having fun with them all. And it’s everything is just flowing, and it feels great. And then as you know, there are times when it doesn’t feel good, and it feels hard and it feels heavy. And it feels like a challenge. And you’re like you’re pushing against something, this is the case for everything in life and your business. And what you need to do for your business is no exceptions. And that is okay. So if you are at a time where you need a break, where you need to reset, then you’re in that period you are in that cycle, where that is actually going to serve you to get into the next phase of your cycle. Seasons, there are seasons in business, there are seasons in life, there are seasons, in the weather seasons, it’s okay to have different seasons in your business. And the last thing, that third step is really the most important. And this is where like I said at the beginning, this actually becomes a really good thing for you and your business. Because the thing is, within that list of things that feel like a lot, there are most likely things that still feel good that you still want to do. It’s just that the good feeling Got lost when they became part of this bigger to do list of things that you don’t actually want to do that aren’t in alignment with you and what feels good to you and aren’t the opportunity for you. So can you sift those things back out and refocus yourself on what you really love. And this is where now we go from that boat being in the calmer part of the river just kind of floating along kind of staying stagnant to going back down with the current downstream along with the flow you barely even have to paddle or anything like that for you to get to where you want to go because you are going with the flow. This is where it actually becomes a good thing because sometimes we need that resistance we need those times when we start going upstream to remember Are we want to be going the other direction. And the more and more and more things that get put onto your to do list again, specifically when it comes to business, it’s just going to become more and more options for you. But they don’t have to be absolute must do is when you get back to what you really truly want to do and love to do and feels good doing. That is when a lot can change or will change, I guess I should say, for you and your business. So for example, from that place that I was in a few weeks ago, after that retreat, I was able to take it back a few notches recenter myself refocus. And remember what I do love to do for my business. I love recording this podcast, I love shockingly recording short form videos. The thing is, I only love recording short form videos. Once a week, I give you a couple hours per week. And then I’m over it, I’m done. And I need like a break for a little while until the next week. It’s so weird, because if I’m in like the middle of the week, I’m like, Oh, I don’t have anything to post today, I should do a video and I just have so much resistance to it. I just don’t want to do it. But if I’m doing the videos in my allotted time of the week that I do videos, I love it. It’s super fun. And then bonus, I have my social media content done for the week. So I like doing that and it makes posting on Instagram and tick tock easy and fun and not a big deal. Am I posting five times? Absolutely not that is so against everything that I want to build and everything that I see in my future. Why would I do that? Now that makes no sense to me and I have a whole nother brewing episode in my mind right now all about my experience with Tik Tok, I got a lot of interest when I posted over on my social media if you wanted to hear about that. So that will probably be coming in the next few weeks, I’m still kind of gathering my thoughts and organizing them. But I’m excited about that. But no, I’m not posting five times a day on tick tock, if I get a couple posts a week. Cool. That’s great. If if whatever falls in that time that I am feeling good about recording videos. That is how many I do. And that’s that but yes, love, love the podcast and love my time spent here on the mic chatting with you guys. I love connecting with and messaging my clients and my future clients and those of you that I chat with over on the DMS of Instagram, these things all feel light and fun and easy. And good to me right now I can absolutely commit to doing these things without feeling like it’s a lot or without feeling like I’m taking on too much. And because I’m focusing just on what I love like that retreat, and what came out of it, for me was really that re centering and refocusing and putting myself back downstream that I needed. Because since then I’ve really just been focusing on doing what I love and what feels good, and just really, really committing to that only. And of course, my whole energy around these things has changed. And I’m infusing that now into the content that I am creating. And guess what it is showing up now in my business and the audience that I am attracting and the clients that I’m attracting. And so it’s just proof that it’s actually one of those cases where you know, in a way, it’s like, do less, but do it better. But instead it’s like do less, but do it with flow or do it because it’s fun or do it because it feels good. Do that and see what happens to your business, especially when you are in this place of feeling like you should be doing more, you’re not doing enough. You need to be everywhere. And it all just feels like a lot. And don’t be surprised as you focus and get back to those things that you feel good doing that you

24:27
really like to do that maybe you do suddenly get this urge to start a YouTube channel or post a few tic TOCs or whatever it is, because that too much quote unquote energy is gone. You’ve transmuted it, it has turned into a higher vibration. And you are now excited about working on things in your business because you started with that place or from that place of the things you love. And then eventually It expands. And it’s like, wow, I really have been loving posting Instagram reels. Now maybe I’ll like to try some tic TOCs. And it still feels good. You don’t feel like you’re coming at it from this place of I have to do this or this is what I should be doing. And then it’s like, no thanks don’t want to. And I guess to what I want to remind you of is that, yeah, you do need to do some stuff to grow your business. You can’t just, you know, sit on your back porch with a website up and hope that people find you, you do have to show up, you do have to put yourself out there you do have to share and help and educate? Absolutely. Do you need to do it everywhere? No, of course not. And is it helping anything or anyone, when you get overwhelmed, because you feel like you have to be everywhere? No, in fact, it’s harming you and your business and those people that you want to help, because then instead of just showing up in the places that you feel good about you just like cut yourself off entirely. And then those you want to help are still out there looking for Yeah, right. So take it back a notch, do a few things really well. Do a few things and make them fun, make them feel good. Less here is going to be more if it means that your mental and emotional health are in the tank. So start with a few things, and then move forward from there when it feels good. Not because you have to or you should or someone told you to, or everyone else is doing it. And if you’re feeling like everything feels like a lot right now, one more reminder, it is okay. It is normal, you’re not alone. And there are ways to make it feel a little less heavy. Alright, my friends, I will leave it at that for this episode. Just one quick thing I want to let y’all know, I finally changed over my instagram handle for my business account to my actual name, Shawn MYNA. This for a long time, years and years and years was the name of my personal account, which at one time was also my business account. I grew them kind of both together. And then when I started teaching this unstuck work, I started teaching about business and that kind of thing. Wanted to separate myself from that account, which was primarily nutrition and keto people that really didn’t have that much interest in business and mindset and energy work. So I started my new Instagram account not too long ago, maybe a year and a half ago and have since been putting so much of my time and energy into that account that I felt like it was a good idea to make that my name because it is now my primary account. So if you head over there at Shawn Mynar on Instagram, send me a message let me know if this message that I shared with you today resonated with you. If you feel like you can go through those three steps and get back to doing what you love. Let me know it means so much to get some feedback from you all on what your takeaways are from this show because it helps me know what else to include in later episodes of the show. All right, friends with that, until next time, take care.

28:31
Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type a quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

6 Things To Do After A “Failed” Launch — Ep. 155

 

You did the work and launched your paid offer out into the world and well…things didn’t quite go as planned. The numbers you were hoping for didn’t happen and now you’re feeling disappointed and confused and left wondering, what went wrong. And more importantly, does this mean your business is forever doomed? In this episode, I’m going to share with you the 6 things you need to do immediately after a launch gone wrong to turn it into a success so stay tuned.

“What I don’t want you to do is to think that because this launch didn’t go as planned, that means that you shouldn’t do it again.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have the most significant, helpful, important learning opportunity on your hands right now, literally everything you need to know to make your business a success in the long haul is in this launch that you just did.” – Shawn Mynar

“Most of what you have done in this launch, even if it didn’t go as planned, you will keep. You do not need to completely redo your launch, as I talked about, you’re building the momentum.” – Shawn Mynar

“Your product is your product, your service is your service. Your offer is your environment around your product or service that makes it very compelling.” – Shawn Mynar

FREE Signature Program Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/masterclasss Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:01
You did the work and launched your paid offer out into the world. And well, things didn’t quite go as planned. The numbers you were hoping for it didn’t happen. And now you’re feeling a little disappointed, a lot confused, and left wondering what went wrong? And more importantly, does this mean your business is forever doomed? What are you supposed to do now? In this episode, I’m going to share with you the six things you need to do immediately after a launch gone wrong, to turn it into a success. So stay tuned.

0:37
Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Thanks so much for being here for checking out this episode. And every episode that calls to you means so much to me to have you supporting this show. We are rounding out our series all about launching with this episode. And what better way to do that than to talk about when these launches, don’t go as you hoped, when you have a quote, unquote, failed launch, I mean, sure, we can talk about what happens when your launch is a smashing success, and you totally over achieve your goals. But what fun would that be, let’s instead talk about what to do when things go wrong in your launch, to turn it around not only for that launch, but for the launches in the future. And just to give you a little bit of background on where we’ve been in case, you’ve missed some of this series, the past four episodes is the fourth episode in this series have all been about launching. And by launching, I mean putting out your paid offer into the world for people to purchase, which is when you have a business, when someone buys what you’re selling. Before you do that you have a hobby, when you start making money, you have a business. So launching is really important. If you think about any business that is out there in your world, they all have had some sort of launch like there’s, you know, the ribbon cutting, if it’s an actual brick and mortar business where people come out, and they actually legitimately cut a ribbon. And then there’s usually some sort of party, maybe some sort of sale or something like that going on to really like bring attention and excitement to that brick and mortar business being open. Same thing is going to happen with your business, even if it is a service based business. If it is an online business, you still are going to have kind of that ribbon cutting ceremony. Every single time you put out a paid offer, you have an opportunity for someone to work with you. That is the case, if it is a one on one coaching package, or a signature program, or a paid workshop, a membership, an online course, whatever it is, you’re going to launch. And so these this topic, this series of episodes is super important. Go back and listen to them all. So we started with episode 152. I took you behind the scenes of my most recent launch. But the most important part of that episode was breaking down all of the stages of a launch, there are different steps, you go through different periods of time that you’re working on different things for your launch, I break it all down for you. So that will make it a lot clearer on what needs to happen to have a successful launch. Then we went into the mindset and the energetics required for that launch to be a success. Because you can do everything I talked about go through all the motions of a launch that I talked about in episode 152. But if you don’t do what I talked about in episode 153, there’s a good chance things are gonna go awry and might potentially lead you to now needing this episode, which is what to do after a failed launch. So really important to listen to that too. There’s so much more to it than just going through the motions. And it will really help you be able to deal really with having this failed launch, which is what we’re going to talk about today. And then the third episode of this series, which was the last episode 154 was the difference between a live launch and an evergreen launch and which one is better for you to have it all automated or to do it live. What I’ll kind of go through the pros and cons of each so you can decide which is best for you. I give you some advice and what I think is best and it’s probably not what you think so head over there to that Episode also, and here we are wrapping it up with what to do, if things don’t go as planned. Let’s get into it, the very first thing I know, you know, that I am going to say to you is that there is no such thing as a failed launch seriously doesn’t exist. Yet, maybe things didn’t go as you hoped, maybe you set some goals and you didn’t reach them. Maybe the numbers were lower than expected, maybe no one signed up for your paid offer. Maybe the interest wasn’t there, even in the free stuff you were putting out prior to your launch. But none of that equates to failure. The only way that you can fail at a launch is to not do it. So you are already way ahead of the game. And already had such a successful moment. In your business, the moment you started putting your energy, attention and effort towards putting your work out into the world to doing this launch. And I understand like totally normal, totally valid, that you would have these feelings of being disappointed letdown, defeated, frustrated, confused, starting to feel like is this human ever going to happen for me? Is My Business doomed? Should I not be doing this? What am I doing wrong? That is normal. I think you could probably ask most entrepreneurs, most people with their own business trying to make their own money, money, be their own boss do their own thing, if they’ve ever had this experience? And I would say 99.9% of them will answer yes, this is part of it. Welcome to the world of business. And even more. So welcome to the world of online business where your potential clients, the people paying you money are all over the world you’ve never met in person, you don’t know what kind of relationship you have with them necessarily, because you’re on one end, they’re on the other end, it’s all kind of happening throughout, like the system that you have in place. And for some people, it might take a day for some people, it might take five years to get to that point where they’re ready to purchase. And it’s just a little bit different about dynamic when you are in this online business space. So it’s bound to happen. It you have every right to feel that way, it is totally valid, that you would have those feelings, I do want to give you a little bit of a tool that I think really, really, really helps. If you are ever in this space of disappointment, frustration, feeling defeated, feeling let down feeling confused. Business isn’t going as planned, whether you’ve just done a launch or not first, brain dump, emotion dump, I guess get out your journal and just let it all out.

8:15
Be very candid, because no one’s going to see it, no one’s going to read it. You can burn the pages later if you really want to, or rip them up and put them in the shredder or whatever. But it’s really important to get those feelings out onto paper. Like yes, they’re inside of you. You’re feeling these emotions, you’re having the thoughts, of course that are sparking those emotions inside of you. What are those thoughts? Like what is going on? In your mind right now? Get them out onto paper. And then once you feel complete there, ask yourself and write down the answer. What am I making this mean? Because the reason why you have those emotions of reason why you’re feeling like my business is doomed. What am I doing? Am I ever gonna make any money doing this is because you’re making it mean something and you’re feeling confused, and you’re feeling defeated, because you’re making it mean something, when in reality, it’s just something that happened, that event in and of itself doesn’t hold any emotion doesn’t hold any weight. It’s your reaction to that event that caused that, you know, but the event in of itself is like, just the same way you went to the park today, or you took a walk today. It’s just a thing that happened. So what are you making this mean? And then we can go back to Episode 153. When I talk about that mindset that is required for a successful launch. Part of that is that detachment, and I can tell you from experience that working on that detachment piece, it’s going to help a lot when you have maybe some goals that you don’t hit or you know, no one signed up or not as many people signed up as you had hoped and things start feeling like that. It’s never gonna happen, or it’s not what you expected or your business is doomed. That doesn’t happen. That feeling isn’t quite as intense if you started practicing detachment around your launches. So go back and listen to that as well. Okay, so beyond doing that journaling practice, I think that’s really important to do. What am I making this mean? Anytime you’re feeling those negative thoughts come up about your business. But specifically, we’re talking launches, specifically after a launch that didn’t go as you hoped. Now, let’s get into the six things that you need to do immediately following a launch that didn’t go as planned. The very first thing I want you to do, no matter what is to celebrate. And I know it may not feel like you want to celebrate, really, I guess, the first step really is what I just shared, which is to feel the feelings be okay with feeling those emotions and just work through them and kind of do some stuff, let’s call that the pre work, then we’ll move into step one, which is to celebrate, because you did the thing, you did something that honestly 99% of people in this world won’t or don’t do. And if we’re talking specifically, in terms of like business owners, majority of business owners won’t do, or will never get to, and will never actually become business owners because they won’t ever do what you just did. So that takes a lot of work, a lot of energy, and that decision to go for it. That decision to put yourself out there and to take that risk. And all of that deserves a full on celebration, I’m talking champagne, if that’s your thing, I’m talking dinner out, if that’s your thing, I’m talking about vacation, a social media break, whatever it is, that makes you feel like you are celebrating the work that you just did. Regardless of the outcome, the outcome is just what it is. But you still have the opportunity to celebrate you and your work and what you’re putting out into the world. So make sure you do that very first thing. The second thing, take a break, give yourself a much needed well deserved break that may go hand in hand with the celebrating that you’re doing. Give yourself some space around your launch and the content you put out and what you did and didn’t do. See if you can take a mind break from it to just get yourself maybe out into nature. Again, take a vacation, give yourself some space from your screens, and just take that space that you need around it, because it’s going to help a lot when you come back to it, which is the next step. And that is to do it again. Now, we’re not going to do it again,

13:14
immediately. What I mean by this is that you’re just scheduling out your next launch. What I don’t want you to do, please, please, please don’t do this, is to think that because this launch didn’t go as planned, that means that you shouldn’t do it again, or that you need to completely revamp everything and start over from scratch. And it’s going to take months and months and months before you can try this again, don’t think that because what really actually happened during this launch period, is that you build a massive amount of momentum. That is awesome. That is exactly where you want to be. So now you can ride that wave. keep that momentum going with the people that were a part of your special event or got on your email list because of your freebie. You have these eyes. Now on your work. They are interested, they just got a bunch of great information from you. And yeah, maybe they weren’t ready to take the next step and work with you in a paid context. But they’re still there. They’re engaged, they want more. And now is your time to ride that wave and do it again. And the more and more times you go through this process, the more and more people are going to be interested, they will start expecting it they will get the information they need. I mean if this was your first time launching this particular paid offer, then this the first time these people are hearing about it and it might take more than a week for someone to decide it’s what they need. So the more you put it in front of them, the more you continue to Give them valuable content, the more ready they become. And then the more times they get offered to become a part of your paid offer, the more time that is presented to them, the more times the more opportunities, they have to say yes. So we have to continue to go with that flow and build that momentum and gain that energy. And if you stop and start and stop and start and stop and start on and off this entire time, then you never gain that momentum. Because the people that were once interested, well, then they haven’t heard from you, and who knows how long, and you never re talked about that offer again, and they’ve lost interest, they forgot what that even was, they don’t think you’re interested anymore. And so now you’re starting over every single time. So do it. Again, I want you to look at your calendar, you just have celebrated, you’ve taken a little break, maybe it’s like a few weeks off, I’d say up to like a month off, then look at your calendar, and put your next launch on your calendar. Now, I would say ideally, if you especially if you’re again, working on that momentum, and you haven’t quite gotten to that point where people are super engaged, regardless, don’t go longer than three months before your next launch. So minimally once a quarter as you are starting out. So put that on your calendar again. Now step number four, now that you know that you have a launch coming up and maybe a month or two months, it’s time to figure out what you can potentially do differently. And what you will repeat during that next launch so that it can be even better than your last launch. And this is where that whole talk of it not being a failure of this not being a waste of time of this still being something so important for your business, even if no one signed up. Or even if only a few people signed up, and you thought it was going to be a lot of people. And so now you’re wondering what the heck to do, you have the most significant, helpful, important learning opportunity on your hands right now at your fingertips literally everything you need to know, to make your business a success for the long haul is in this launch that you just did. And really every single launch, every time you do one of these things, you learn something so valuable about your business that you can take into the next one. And that is why they keep getting better. That is why you keep getting more interest. That is when you start getting more and more people to sign up.

18:00
I mean, it’s really like to be totally honest, it’s not really that big of a surprise, if you’re just doing this for the first few times that you aren’t reaching these big massive goals because you have so much to learn. Like, if you just immediately had this amazing, successful launch, would you actually ever learn what you need to learn? It’s part of the process. It’s part of growing, it’s part of building a business. And that’s why I just think there’s so fun. Like, I love doing launches for so many reasons. But I really love recapping the launches, like putting in my detective hat. Looking at the numbers, and this is where you get really objective. And just seeing what worked seeing what didn’t work. Like what happened. What was were people interested in? What were people not interested in? What emails were open, what emails were not open, where could I switch some things up? I think it’s super fun. And I think you could too, once you realize like the amount that you can learn from this experience and what it will do for your business down the road because you had this opportunity now. Okay, so you’re gonna put on that detective hat and take a look at what went well and what didn’t go well from this. As I mentioned, objective standpoint, your emotions are set aside like what you think is set aside and you’re just looking at the data. So from this like you can look at how did your freebie do?

19:39
So the way that I teach how to do launches includes having a simple yet valuable freebie before you get into your special event. So this is kind of in the pre pre launch stage. You’re kind of always kind of promoting I guess we’ll say that freebie. How is that freebie doing our people Interested in it? Are people signing up? When you talk about it? Do you get a spike in interest? Does it seem like people are opening that welcome sequence and engaging in those emails? Do people download the workbook or whatever it is? Did they listen to the audio series? Whatever your freebie is? Are they engaging in it? So that’s one thing to look at. The next thing, how were the signups for your special event was their interest in that, what was your attendance rate. So for the amount of people that signed up, how many people engaged in that free event, whether it was a webinar type situation, a challenge, whatever it was, how was the engagement or attendance rate of that special event? Also, looking into your emails, and the open rates and click rates of the emails that you’re sending, this goes for the invitation emails to the special event, it goes for the emails afterwards, talking about your paid offer those sales emails, how was the engagement on those and you may even see, you probably will see that some emails do better than others. So then does that mean, maybe the subject line needs to be changed, or maybe just that wasn’t an interesting enough email for people to open. And maybe that email needs to be rewritten. But you’re looking at all of this. And just what I want to remind you real quick is that most of what you have done in this launch, even if it didn’t go as planned, you will keep you do not need to completely redo your launch, as I talked about, you’re building the momentum. And so keeping a lot of it, the same will actually help. So what you’re doing when you’re being the detective here is just figuring out those little things that you can tweak for next time, that will help and those learning opportunities that will help you really make the next launch even better and more exciting for your audience. And just really seeing those things that you can tweak, without needing to completely reinvent everything. Okay? Keep that in mind. So everything you’re looking at now are just finding those little things that you want to change. So other things to look at what was the engagement like on your social media posts, when you were talking about both the special event and your paid offer, and even your freebie, all of this is going to be so helpful to let you know that your paid offer is something that people are interested in, even if no one or very few people purchase right now. So if you’re getting good engagement, if people are downloading that freebie, that by the way is very specifically related to your paid offer, you know, it’s the same person that would be interested in your paid offer is the person downloading that freebie that shows you that there is interest if people signed up for your special event and were really excited about it, even if they didn’t attend, then that shows they’re still interest. Now, if the attendance rate was low, then that may mean that you need to do a little more work on your reminder emails and getting people excited in between the time they sign up and show up. And also keeping in mind that the like industry average of showing up to sign up is like 30%. So you know, if you have 100 people sign up, then you expect around 30 to actually show up live if you’re doing a workshop type event, just FYI. And another thing to look at as you’re being a detective in your business is the objections that you got. Maybe you did talk to some people that were potentially interested or maybe you got some emails or you just heard through the grapevine some things that people were saying and the objections that they may have had towards your paid offer, what were the reasons they were giving for why they couldn’t sign up? Was it a money issue, a time issue not being ready issue? You know, there’s very similar objections for pretty much every paid offer. And really knowing what specifically comes out for your paid offer will help again for next time, because that will then be infused into your messaging. And speaking of messaging, this is where we have to talk about messaging. Because now that you have done some of this work, you’ve looked at your numbers and gotten an idea of what went well and what needs to be changed or tweaked or improved for next time. We can dive into the specifics around that because there are some things to look at. As you figure out how to improve for next time, which happens to be step number five, prepare for next time, the things to look at. So specifically, if interest for your free stuff prior to your launch seemed lower than you were expecting, like there wasn’t as many people downloading your freebie and signing up for your freebie and getting involved in your special event and all the stuff that you’re putting out in your pre launch and pre pre launch, it’s most likely either a messaging problem, or a mismatch between the audience that you currently have. And the offer that you just put out. This is also assuming that you are talking about and sharing about your free stuff enough, obviously, people can’t sign up for it, if they don’t know that it exists. And if you’re only talking about it every once in a while, not enough to get that momentum going. And this is what we do in launch list accelerator so that you know exactly how often you need to post and exactly what you need to say. So it’s not just like, hey, here’s my free thing, but really getting the right messaging the right wording into it so that people are interested in it. So just as a side note, please make sure you’re actually talking about it enough. So that might be a whole nother reason why no one’s engaging in this free stuff is because they don’t know it exists. So another thing to look at, but let’s just assume that you have, and the interest was low than that, first, I would definitely look at your messaging. And then if there’s interest in your freebie and a special event, but not good conversion into your paid offer are not what you expected, then it is potentially a messaging problem again, and an offer problem. So let’s talk about all of these and what you can really look at. And again, before we do that, also, making sure and being really honest with yourself about if you talked about it enough. And again, if you are in the signature program bundle, and you have access to my entire launch strategy, and you follow it, then you can know for sure that you talked about it enough. So that’s a non issue if you have that. But if you don’t then, you know, quite often I see people, you know, say once or twice on their social media or in their emails, or whatever they have as their platform that they have something available. And it’s just not enough, you know, the rule of seven applies. It’s just like this unknown thing that people need to hear about something seven times before they take action. And so that applies to your launch as well. So it may absolutely be a case of you just not sharing about it enough. And then if if that’s the thing for both your free stuff and your paid stuff, then the real question is, why are you hiding? What are you afraid of? Why is self promotion an issue for you? I mean, that’s the reality. That’s like, the real hard of it is there is something blocking you from promoting what you have to offer. And since it is a service based business, most likely, that is usually yourself. So what is keeping you from promoting your offers promoting yourself promoting your services. But for the sake of this episode, and this conversation, let’s say that you followed the plan to a tee and you’re confident that your audience knew about the paid offer, and knew about the special event and knew about the freebie and have the opportunity multiple multiple opportunities to take action. And they didn’t in some capacity.

29:04
Messaging, the first thing to look at to improve for next time. I love you all. But I can guarantee myself included that you can improve your messaging because we all can I really don’t know, a whole lot of entrepreneurs out there, especially in the online business space, that have perfect messaging, there’s always room for improvement, because a lot of it changes you know, it changes day by day, what we really connect with what’s going on in the world that we can then infuse into our messaging and how we talk to people and what really intrigues us and causes emotion within us. So much of it changes as our world changes and it’s important to always have that stuff top of mind. In your launches in between launches. Anytime you put out any content. As a reminder, messaging in like the smallest little definition I could give, which, in reality is way bigger than this. But simplistically, it’s how you talk about your offer, the words that you use to communicate your offer, what you have for sale. It is how you sell it, how you get people to understand that they need it, that they want it, that it will help them that it will get them from point A to point B, that it will solve a problem that it will get to a solution, all of that stuff. So it is not just like the words you use in terms of like, there’s four modules. And week one, we do this, and we too, we do this, and it cost this much. And here’s this payment plan, that’s not messaging, it goes more into the emotion, the thoughts, the feelings, the vibe of our dream clients, and how we can essentially get them to a point where they know with certainty that we get them. Because the moment that someone really truly feels that deep within like, what you say resonates with them on a whole different level. That is when they are ready to purchase. That is when that connection has been made that is so strong, and they feel comfortable, confident and trust you enough to pay you. And that is why messaging is so important. And again, very rarely do I see that I always look at you know, my clients and my dream clients from this lens of what their clients see their dream clients see? And does it invoke that feeling. And it’s challenging, I mean, I don’t see it that often. It takes a lot of work and a lot of practice. And part of that practice is in doing these launches. Like that is the only way to get better at your messaging is to try some messaging, try some communication systems, try some words and phrases, and see if they resonate. And the best way to know if they resonate, is to try to sell, try to market, go through this process, and then evaluate afterwards, which is what we’re doing now. So go back through your content now your emails, your social media posts, what you said in your podcast episodes or your YouTube videos, what you did it through your out your special event, and really look at it in this lens of did I effectively communicate that I am the one that gets my clients will they know without a doubt through what I just shared in this launch, that I get them that I understand them, and that I can help them. That is what they want to know. They don’t care about how many modules are in your program. They want to know that you can help solve their problem. So did you effectively communicate that on a deep level, because remember, there are lots of other people saying some similar stuff. Let’s just be honest here. We’re not the only ones having an online business, we’re not the only ones selling what something similar to what we do. I mean, I’m not trying to be rude or harsh or mean or anything. But it’s true. There are other people doing what you do. All of us, myself included, there’s tons of other people doing what I do. And so for me to do what I do, and to attract the right people to my work, and for you to do what you do and attract the right people to your work, you have to find a way to communicate on a deeper level on a very unique level to you that no one else can do because no one else is in your brain. communicate that with your dream client. And did you do that? Can you say with certainty that you found a unique and different expression of the work that you do for your dream clients in this launch? And what can you tweak to try to reach them even more deeply? Like instead of using the word stress, can you find another word that is even more indicative of what they’re really going through even more of that connection point because everyone’s stressed everyone talks about stress. Every practitioner can deal with stress. They need someone who knows more deeply what it looks like and feels like in their lives. And that’s just an example. One example of many. So can you take it to the next level with your messaging With the words and phrases you use,

35:03
the second thing is the offer. So your offer. And this is where it can kind of get confusing because a lot of people think that their paid thing, whenever they have this product or this service is their offer. And that’s not true. Your product is your product, your service is your service. Your offer is that environment, around your product or service. That makes it very compelling. It’s just like creating this really awesome environment around it that essentially what you’re doing is you’re trying to make it a no brainer decision. You are with your offer, really showcasing your services your product in a way, that’s like, yes, sign me up, I don’t even know how much it costs. But I am in, I want this, I need this, this is for me. And your messaging is part of your offer, how you describe how you get people interested, and even getting to that offer point. It’s all part of that system. But when it comes to your actual offer two things that are important to consider.

36:22
Have you showcased the value of what they are getting? How can you increase that perceived value? Potentially? And can you lower the risk? Because those are really the two things that people consider like subconsciously, even you don’t even know you’re doing this, but we do it every time we buy anything like is the value there for this price point? And what kind of risk is involved? And especially like, we really have to consider that when you have an online business and you’re selling an online service because people potentially have never met you before. They don’t know a whole lot about you. You know, there is that risk of like when I pay this, what if I don’t get anything? What if this is a scam? What if this person isn’t real, you know, like there’s a lot involved there. So to lower the risk for someone is really important in the work that you’re doing. So there’s a few ways you can do this. The first is to add in some bonuses, some other special things that are a part of your service or your product. And when I say product, I don’t necessarily mean like physical product, it could be a digital product, like a course of program, a workshop, something like that. You can think about some bonuses, you can also do some pricing options, like payment plans or something like that, that again, it lowers the risk, it increases the value because it makes it more accessible to people. You can also do special pricing in terms of, you know, a special discount a special coupon code or something like that, that again, increases the value decreases the risk. Also adding in things like a refund policy, a guarantee, something like that, where, you know, refunds aren’t necessarily all that easy to do for a service based business, especially if it’s an online product where it gets immediately delivered, and they have access to the entire thing. But a guarantee is really helpful. So if someone does the work, and they don’t see improvement, it doesn’t work for them, then maybe they can get some of their money back all of their money backs. It just totally depends. And there are lots of options. And I’ll walk through all of this with you in the offer module of signature program lab, but lots of stuff involved in an offer. Beyond just the actual thing you’re selling, the more intriguing your offer is, the more sales you will get, obviously, I mean, there’s so many of us again without even consciously realizing it, but you buy something because you get a free something else. Like I do this with my skin products I’m using right now called Bioscience. I don’t know if anyone else uses this stuff. I love it. But pretty much every day they have some sort of bonus or sale or special and I’ve always sucked into it. So they will like the last time I ordered from them. I just wanted the face cream. But then they were doing this special where you got five other products like the sample size of five other products. And I was sold. I was like yes, I want to try these other products. It’s amazing. This is perfect. I’m excited. So I probably wouldn’t have purchased they didn’t quite need it yet, except that there was This special thing going on. So again, that is the offer, it’s not just that, that face cream, it’s the whole environment that was created around that face cream around the purchase of that face cream. And yes, they also have a guarantee. Like, if you don’t like it, if it doesn’t work for you, you just send it back. And that helps too, because then I’m out nothing if this face cream makes me break out or something. So this applies to your online business as well. Because no matter what people are buying, we’re all consumers. At the end of the day, we all have this consumer mentality. And you need to think about that in your business as well. And then the last thing in terms of how you can improve for next time, which this kind of goes into step six, is thinking about your audience. Because what I see happen a lot, and this is totally normal. And I went through this multiple times in my business too is as our business evolves, our work evolves, what we’re interested in evolves,

41:07
our audience kind of changes, like who we are talking to changes. And so you may be at that point where your old audience, the people that were following you on Instagram, or were on your email list or whatever, it’s not a good fit anymore, there’s just, there’s not a good match. And so the next thing to look at beyond messaging offer is really understanding more about your audience, are they still the right fit for what you are now working towards, for the launch that you just did? I mean, there, if that’s kind of the, what you’re seeing in your recap, is that there’s just not that much interest from your audience, then there’s the possibility that it’s just not the right audience anymore. Maybe you had them as an audience for years and years and years. And it’s just gone a little stale. And that happens. And so this is where we get into step six, the final thing to do right after your launch, which is to keep building your list, so you just took a break. And then you put the next launch on your calendar for a few months max out. So no, remember, we’re keeping the momentum going. So no more than a few months out. And in between that time, because now you’ve already done a lot of the work for your next launch, you know, your special event, yes, you may tweak some things, maybe you’ll even just like change the title to see if you get more interest, maybe you’ll add or subtract some slides to your webinar, it’s that kind of thing. Maybe you’ll turn it from a challenge into a webinar or a webinar or into a challenge. But unless you just like totally hated that special event, and you don’t want to do it ever again, then you can probably reuse it. And the same goes with a lot of the other content you created for this last launch, you can reuse it. And so this means that a lot of that energy that was going into that for the launch, you just completed. Now that energy can go into building your audience. And if you remember from Episode 152, when I talked about the different stages of launching, there’s that pre pre launch stage, which you’re kind of like almost always in like, there may be a little bit of a break here and there, which is normal. If you’re like, I don’t want to do this 365 days a year. That’s okay, you can take a break. But a lot of time is spent in that pre pre launch stage, especially if you’re really, really needing to build your audience to get more eyes on your work. This is kind of that point where the freebie is the main focus, and you’re getting people interested and involved in that freebie. Again, you may not need to change anything about your actual freebie, but instead of working on the messaging around that freebie, perhaps getting a new platform started that will get you in front of new people. So maybe now’s a good time to start a podcast. Because you know, that’s one of my favorite platforms, obviously, but something like that where you can then get into a new audience and reach new people and get them involved in your freebie. But the main thing that you should be focusing on in between launches, is getting people on your email list that are a good fit for that offer that you have going on during your launch. So this is super important because otherwise you’re going to stay stuck in this place where you don’t get a lot of attention. You don’t get a lot of engagement when you talk specifically about the things that you want to do. Fill in your paid offer, because it’s just not the right audience. And so having that freebie that is a perfect match is important. And again, that’s part of the launch list accelerator getting that all set up for you. Because a lot of it’s going on behind the scenes, you know, it’s not like this is something you have to focus on, all day, every day. But it is something that is always happening behind the scenes. And then you spend maybe a few days a week, where you do promote it, you do talk about it on social media, but you still have this automated system going on all the time. And of course, the more people that you have on your email list, every launch you do, the more conversions you will have, in each launch, it’s just a numbers game. It’s an attraction game, really working on getting the right people to know about you to see what you do to be interested in what you do. And those people being the right people for your paid offer. So that is number six, those are the six things that you need to do right after your launch. And really this you should be doing this, whether you had this complete smashing success of a launch or this what you perceive as failure of a launch doesn’t matter. Do this do this every time. Because again, there’s always going to be things that you can learn and improve and grow. It’s part of the process. It’s the fun part.

46:29
Honestly, I think what, how cool is it that we have so many learning experiences to be had at every stage of the game, I think it’s really cool, at least. And as a reminder, everything I talked about in all of these episodes around launching, and specifically today, too. If you would like help and guidance and a little more done for you type launch experience, then that is available for you inside the signature program bundle. Module Five, I’ll walk you through the entire process of creating that irresistible offer. All of the things included besides just like, hey, I have this program come by it, we will create that offer that makes it so compelling, and irresistible. And then in module six, literally everything I could possibly think of to make launching your program as easy as possible. As time saving as possible, to take out all the questions that you might have to take out all of the guesswork, and to make sure it is as successful as possible for you too. I give you the emails, I give you the templates, I give you the webinar templates, I tell you exactly what to do on what day and when I mean, like I really tried to make it as simple as possible. That’s all available for you inside the signature program bundle. And really, if you’re someone who knows that you want a signature program and your business or if you even think you might someday potentially be interested in having your own signature program as your paid offer. The best place to start is to go to my free masterclass. And I will walk you through the entire process I will show you what’s involved, how to do it, what steps to take, I will lay it all out for you so that you have the system that you need to make this possible for you and your business and it’s all free. So you can go to shawmynar.com/masterclass To schedule your session for when it works best for you. That’s shawnmynar.com/masterclass. That’s a really really good free place to start. All right, my friends. Thanks so much for checking this episode out. If you have any questions about launching or signature programs, or email lists or anything in your business, be sure to reach out on social media. I’m over at Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, you can DM me over there and I’ll get back to you. Or if you just want to come hang out and watch some weird videos. I’m over on Tik Tok to now at unstuck entrepreneur over there. And until next time, take care

 

Live Launch vs. Evergreen: Which One Is Better? — Ep. 154

Live Launch vs. Evergreen: Which One Is Better? — Ep. 154

create your own signature program

You’ve heard about this idea of making money while you sleep and it sounds pretty magical. So now you’re thinking, why both with a whole big live launch when you can just make your paid offer always available for people to purchase any time they want…including while you’re sleeping? It’s a question I get asked a lot as my clients get ready to put out their first or next paid offer. With everything that goes into a successful launch, it can seem like it would just be wayyyy easier to skip it all and go evergreen. So how about we create a pros and cons list for both options so you can decide which one would be best for you? As someone who has had many evergreen courses, ebooks, and workshops AND also done A LOT of live launches, I’ve got a lot to say about it, so let’s dive in!

“What it seems like and what I think a lot of people in the online space are making it appear to be, isn’t the reality for all people.” – Shawn Mynar

“Because of the environment, you will make more sales during a live launch than just by having it be evergreen and always available.” – Shawn Mynar

“If you want a live launch that is a success, planning ahead is going to be key.” – Shawn Mynar

“Do a live launch to create excitement and awareness.” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPTS BELOW:

0:01
You’ve heard about this idea of making money while you sleep. And it sounds pretty great. So now you’re thinking, why bother with a whole big live launch? When you can just make your paid offer always available for people to purchase anytime they want, including while you’re sleeping? It’s a question I get asked a lot as my clients get ready to put out their first or next paid offer. With everything that goes into a successful launch, it can seem like it would just be way easier to skip it all and go evergreen. So how about we create a pros and cons list together for both options, so you can make the best decision for you and your business. As someone who has had many evergreen courses, ebooks and workshops, and also done a lot of live launches, I’ve got a lot to say about it all. So let’s dive in. Hey, hey there, friends.

0:59
Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the Show checking out this episode. It’s a it’s a big episode. It’s a loaded episode and a topic that I get asked about a lot. And I have a lot to say about this. I’ve been wanting to do this episode for a really, really long time. And it just didn’t ever seem like the right time, because we had a lot to discuss before we got to this point. And that’s why I did this whole series that we’re currently in the middle of all about launches, so that we could get to this point where I could talk about the difference between a live launch and an evergreen situation in your business and what the pros and cons are of each and how to decide which one is best for you. We had a lot to get to up until this point. So if you haven’t tuned in to the other episodes about launching prior to this, so it would be the two episodes before this one. This, it’s really important to kind of bring you up to speed to the point where you will understand everything that we’re going to talk about today. So this is episode three of this series all about launching in your business. Go back, listen to episode 152, I believe 153. And now this is 154. And you will be fully involved in this whole series we’re doing so super excited for today’s episode, because as I’ve mentioned several times already, we are going to talk all about the difference between doing this live launch versus having your paid offers be always available, kind of in this evergreen mode. So you can decide which one is best for you. I will also be sharing some examples of how all of this works in my business, both the Evergreen aspect, and doing these live launches and kind of how I decide what is going to happen when and what I really want to come out of this for you is for you to be able to make the best decision for you and your business, not based on emotion or thought or ego. But from this more strategic business perspective. And it’s not very often that I say that. But I think what is happening here for a lot of people is this. I honestly think a lot of of the decision that comes between evergreen and live launching is based around an ego type thought and emotion, maybe a fear, or an overthinking type situation or just something where I think the decision is being made in the ego capacity versus really thinking about what’s right for you and your business and your life and all that stuff. So that’s what I want you to understand by the time we get done with this episode is what really is right for you where your business is at right now what your goals are, what your needs are, and what you really think you can make happen. That is the goal. All right. So let’s get started here. First, an explanation of each. I’ll make this quick. We talked about the live launch a lot Two episodes ago, Episode 152, I believe where I shared behind the scenes of my most recent launch. It was a live launch, but a part of that was really showing all of the ingredients involved. and the processes and the flow involved, have a live launch. So go back and listen to that. But essentially what I am referring to when I say live launch is a specific launch period where there is an enrollment that is open and then enrollment closes. It’s usually kicked off by a special free event like a webinar, a workshop, a masterclass a challenge, a video series, an audio series, something like that, where that’s this extra special, usually free, doesn’t have to be but usually free event. There are also usually some special bonuses involved or special special pricing during that time, something again, where it’s building this excitement around the enrollment period that is opened on a specific day and closes on a specific day. So yes, exciting. It’s also a great time that builds a lot of awareness and a lot of momentum around your paid offer. Because you’re talking about it a lot. You’re promoting it, there’s just lots of energy behind it during that period of time. So a live launch is typically used for like your signature program where a group of people are going through a process together, it can be used for a course a membership, a live or pre recorded workshop, and even getting one on one clients, which I really truly do not think enough people are using a live launch strategy to fill up their calendars with one on one clients. And if that’s what you want to do, if that’s where you see your business, going, or being at right now, taking these one on one clients. I personally if I were to go back to that time, in my business, when I was trying to get clients, if I had to do it all over again, I would definitely go the live launch route and bring in a handful of clients all at one time. That’s personally what I would do, you can use this strategy for your one on one client work. And so go back again, if you didn’t listen to episode 152. I hope this is the right number because I keep saying it, it might not be that but the episode that is titled behind the scenes of my most recent launch, go back and listen to that and then listen to it with the idea of one on one client work in mind. And you will see how that can work for that too. Now evergreen, when you hear that something is evergreen, it means that that paid offer is always available, people can sign up at any time, like they can go on your website, they can click the link in bio or whatever it is, and purchase and get started with whatever that thing is. This is great for obviously DIY courses, pre recorded workshops. Like obviously, you can’t do this for live workshops, because you’re not going to be live 24/7. So they can’t, you know, buy it whenever they want and be live with you for self paced memberships. So if it’s just a membership thing where they can get access at any time and just pick up and do their own thing within that membership. Cool. And also possibly your signature program could be evergreen, when we’ll talk about that. Coming up. Having a paid offer. Be evergreen is a big, big, big talk in the online business space. kind of always has been. But I feel like it’s gotten even more and more. So lately. Everyone wants an evergreen product. Because you are told that you can make money while you sleep. You can have a completely hands off business and be traveling around the world and doing all these other things and just checking your bank account your bank account is growing without you really having to do anything. And to some degree that is true. That does come with having an evergreen situation, having something that is always available for purchase. You can make money while you sleep. It has happened to me a lot over the past 10 years. I guess I’ve had an evergreen product for probably eight years. And it really truly is great. You do make money while you sleep. But I think the way that this is presented in the online business space that makes it sound like it’s super easy. There’s very little time involved like non time consuming at all. And basically like your business runs without you. And all you have to do is create this thing Sit back, relax, go about your life and watch it blow up and sell like crazy. And all of a sudden you’re making a million dollars. And that is not how it works, my friends. So let’s clear that up right away. Now, like I said, there is some truth to the like making money while you sleep, maybe it is less time consuming. Maybe it is a little more hands off in some regards. But thing that isn’t really talked about a lot when people are trying to kind of, quote unquote, sell you on this evergreen situation in your business, is that you still have to sell the thing, whatever it is that you have available, 24/7 365 You still have to sell it. And because that excitement and awareness and like that whole thing, the whole vibe that happens during a live launch isn’t really there. It actually requires a whole different kind of strategy, something special, like this different energy to go into making that sale. And we’re gonna talk more about this too in a second. But I just wanted to put that out there now, for all of you that are going into this thinking, why would I ever do this alive launch thing that she talked about and sounds like so much work. And it sounds so hard when I could just sit back and make money every day. I just want to put it out there. Now again, we’ll talk about it. I have more to say on this topic. I just want to put it out there now that what it seems like and what I think a lot of people in the online business space are making it appear to be isn’t the reality for most people. Now, yes, there are those outliers, probably those people that you’re looking at that it’s so easy for them to make sales while they’re doing all these things and seems like they’re barely working. But they’re probably not showing you what they’re really doing or what their team is doing behind the scenes. And they’re probably not showing you what it looks like the first few years in their business, this is probably not what they started out being able to do with their evergreen product. Okay. Now let’s get into the pros and cons list. For each, I tried to be as thorough as possible. But like, every episode, I’m probably missing some things. But let’s go through what I was able to come up with as a start. So first, starting with the pros of a live launch. So having that doors open to doors closed enrollment period, where you are really putting in some energy, some time, some work, all the things into that, doors, open doors closed period. First pro, you have the ability to make a large chunk of income in like a week or two, whatever your live launch period is you will get a quick cash injection during that time. So that’s really great, especially if you are in a situation where you need some money. What better way than to do a live launch and have it all come in? In a week or two, even a couple of days. If you have a shorter launch period, whatever that is. So you have that ability. Of course yes, it depends on how you set everything up. It depends on your marketing strategy, your sales strategy, what you’re doing in that period of time to get to that point where you can make the income that you desire. But that is a strategic thing. That is something that you will learn over time and over launches. And of course I’m here to help you set all of that up which is what we do in the signature program bundle. Next, when you are providing value and connection during that special event which is what kicks off your live launch typically, you also have this excitement and hype during that launch because you’re spending extra energy and time really promoting what you have to offer. You have these extra special bonuses or pricing. You will have this limited time offer like they can sign up during this week. And then after that it’s gone. It makes it an easy sell. So if you are someone who has a hard time maybe has those blocks that we were talking about in the last episode around selling this all makes it easier having that special event having that specific time period period that entered Do you the excitement, the bonuses, the special pricing, whatever it is, all of that sets you up to not really have to do that much in terms of selling, besides just making it available, showing up having that excitement, that enthusiasm, that confidence about your offer, and just being available. So it is a really easy sell, when you have created that foundation, and that environment around your live launch period. And because of that environment, and excitement and energy and all that stuff, you will make more sales, you will make more sales during a live launch than just by having it be evergreen and always available, you will make more sales. Let me really drive that home. Because that’s important, you will make more sales, and everybody that does evergreen versus live knows that it’s a very common thing to know. And it makes a ton of sense, when we just talked about everything that all the hype involved in a live launch that isn’t really there, when it’s always available.

16:09
And all of your sales and marketing energy is concentrated into a few weeks. So yes, maybe there is, as you might see it, it may look like there is more quote unquote, work involved, but it’s all concentrated into a few weeks, and then you get a break. So if you have the like lifestyle that needs breaks, or the personality that needs a break, then a live launch situation is really great for that like if you need or want to take summers off to be there with your kids, or to go travel if you need and or want to take the holidays off to again be with your family travel, just take some time off to regroup. During the holidays, you have that ability when you are doing these specific periods of time where you are live launching, and then there’s a break live launching, and then there’s a break. So it may seem like potentially, there is more work. But it’s just concentrate it just focus work break folks who work break. So that may or may not be something that works for you. And then lastly, once you create the content for that while live launch, like maybe you do a workshop where you do a challenge or something like that, once you create that, and all the kind of marketing tools that go along with that, it’s done, you can reuse it for future launches. So the work load gets less and less and less. Every time you launch. Yes, you will make tweaks maybe there was an email that didn’t get opened. And so you change a few things about that email, or maybe you want to add or take away some slides for your workshop or something like that. But the vast majority of the work is done. Once you do one launch, you just keep repeating that launch and getting better and better and better at that, which is really great. So so much of the work is on the front end. And then you can kind of coast and just have those periods where yes, there is more excitement, more energy, you’re showing up more for your paid offer and your special event. And then you get a break. Really nice. Alright, let’s talk about the cons now of doing a live launch. I think that the biggest one that I personally don’t see as a con but from what I get from my clients is that you’re live, it’s not something that you can pre record and you know, add it and then put out and have the same vibe have the same energy have the same excitement around. Typically for a live launch, you’re gonna have to be live in some capacity. Even if you’re doing a challenge. And it’s a, like a five day challenge with five emails that go out one a day, you’re still probably going to have to show up live somewhere in like a Facebook group or on Instagram or something like that. Because that’s part of building that excitement, creating that energy and showing up during that period of time for your business in a different capacity than you do every other time of the year. So

19:50
yeah, you have to be live. You have to show your face you have to be okay with stumbling over your words, making mistakes and just being You and that is what will be the driver of your sales, the energy that you put into showing up live for people. And just being yourself, people don’t want to buy something or get the help they need from a robot, they want to see you, they want to know that you guys have a connection that you’re good working together, and not everyone will be, that’s okay. So being able and willing and excited to show up live is part of having a live launch. And that’s just honestly a mindset thing that you’ll have to work through. Again, do it, just commit to doing it, even though it’s uncomfortable, and scary, and all the things and after you get one, you’ll realize it’s actually quite fun. And and then you can do it again and again and again. And it just gets easier and easier every time. Another con i would say is that you can feel a little pressure to get everything done in time, like time pressure, because you’ve got to set a date for your live launch and let people know. So they have time to learn about it and to register and enroll and get excited for that special event and all that stuff. So you have to set a date in advance and you have to stick with that date. Now, I again think this is not a con. Because a lot of times we need that date, we need to share it, we need to talk about it well in advance, put it in our calendar and set it in stone and get other people to know about it for us to actually do the thing because it’s real easy, as we all know, to keep pushing things back and back and back. And back. When you don’t have that like set in stone, this thing is happening, I just told someone else kind of motivation. So again, it is something to consider, you may feel like and that’s why I shared the episode I did about behind the scenes of my launch. You may feel like there’s a lot to do in a short period of time. But if you take what I shared with you, and really plan it out in the way that I showed you, then you will have plenty of time and you don’t have to worry about that time crunch. When it comes close, you will have you know everything set your schedule set, you will know what you’re working on week by week. And it won’t feel like so much pressure, but it still is possible that it will come down to the wire. And you’ll be you know, writing emails and creating sales pages and slides and all that stuff towards the end, that’s okay. It just means you’re working on your business, you’re doing the thing, you’re stepping outside of your comfort zone. Cool, love it, but be prepared for that. So that goes into my last clamp con, which is that you need to plan ahead. If you want to have a live launch, that is a success, planning ahead is going to be key. Knowing your date, I would say at minimum a month out is going to be very, very helpful. So last minute stuff is going to be a challenge. So at least a month out. Preferably, I would say even up to three months out maybe even a year out depending on how you like to plan things you know when your launches will be. So just to wrap up the live launch info I want to share when it would be best to use a live launch. First of all, they are great, I would say essential for a group program type situation where the group is going through the material together. So they all start on a specific day or in a specific week they go through the weeks or the modules or the steps together. There’s this forum or community where they’re kind of sharing what they’re up to, and challenges and stuff. And doing all that together. There are calls with you coaching calls where you’re maybe adding something to the modules or what they’re going through that week, or you’re even just asked answering questions from that week or that module, whatever it is, but obviously if it’s cohort based, then you want to do a live launch for that you can’t have people just signing up at random if you want everyone to start and go through the process together. So that is where most signature programs are going to need a live launch.

24:40
And this will also work for like a membership or a course or anything like that where you do kind of want to build that excitement and have people start in a group together. Also, like I mentioned earlier, it’s great for getting several new one on one clients at once. especially if you have like a three month package or a six month package to offer your clients. And it’s just a really good way to again, build that hype, build that awareness, let people know they need to work with you, what will go into that process and all that stuff, it’s kind of nice to do that in a concentrated format, instead of just always being like, Hey, new, I’m taking new clients, hey, I’m taking new clients, it really helps to do that all at once. So that’s an option too, for these live launches. And again, if you prefer periods of work, with periods of arrest and downtime in your business, live launches are great. And then I would say lastly, anytime you have a brand new paid offer, like you’ve never talked about it before, people don’t know about this, you’re just now putting it out into the world, do a live launch to create excitement and awareness, it is very hard to launch something brand new out into the world, just by saying hey, this thing’s available go get it. That’s like super challenging to create the excitement and awareness that you need around that when most people don’t see your post. A lot people don’t potentially don’t read your emails or not every email. So doing it in this concentrated format, where you’re kicking it off with this special event. It’s just a big deal. I mean, think about it, anytime someone opens a restaurant, or there’s an new movie or something, there’s a premiere, right? Like there isn’t a big event, there’s a red carpet thing. That is what we need to do. For every single thing we launch in our business too. There’s a reason why all new things that come out into this world have a launch around it, excitement and awareness. So very hard to put out a paid offer that is brand new, and get the hype around it that you need by going straight to Evergreen. Speaking of evergreen, let’s chat about that. The pros of having something a paid offer something for sale, all the time, is that you have the potential to make money 24/7 365, which is obviously super cool, very enticing, very intriguing. We all want that. And along with that comes the potential to also have steady revenue coming in. Especially if you get down the road and you start being able to predict how many people buy this thing per week, per month per year, then you have more predictability in your business. And just as a note, in both of those cases, I say the potential to make money 24/7 365 and potential for steady revenue. Does this mean that it’s 100% proven? Your this is definitely going to happen. The second you put something out evergreen, absolutely not. It takes time, work attention, energy, all the things.

28:04
Next up, when you are evergreen, you will likely if you if it’s for a course or a membership or a program, it still will likely have a special event attached to it. It’s just that that also is automated and always available always going which means it is pre recorded. And for a lot of people that sounds very again, enticing, intriguing, amazing, I can do this thing, I don’t have to be live, I don’t have to be in front of an audience. I can edit it all to be exactly what I want, and then put it out and have people consume it. So that is a pro. And there’s also tons of other automations going on with in an evergreen situation to have someone go from, you know, being aware of this special event all the way to purchasing all of it’s basically automated. Which means yes, it is more hands off the actual process can be hands off. Now even at a live launch. Most things are also automated. So again, it is also hands off but more concentrated in the energy for that specific time. Now the cons of having something be evergreen. And this is something I don’t think a lot of people truly understand and really get almost until you do it. But let me save you doing this by telling you how it really is. You are constantly in marketing mode. You have to be either selling your offer or at least selling getting people interested in In your special event, if that is something you have, basically every day, like, you do not have a break, you do not have time off. I mean, yeah, sure you can take it, but then your chances of selling anything are zero. So you are constantly having that, in the back of your mind. Like, did I promote something promoted enough today? Did I do? Well, how many people signed up from my special event? Why didn’t anyone buy today? Why didn’t anyone sign up for my special event today? It is, it can get to be real madness in your brain. And then also kind of affects your energy around that as well like your vibration around that as well. So there is that constant pressure almost to sell, it’s always going on, it’s always in the back of your mind. And you’re always kind of looking at the analytics and the stats and trying to figure it out and wondering how else you can say it. And that means you have to post on social media that much more. And, you know, make sure you’re always talking about it in your emails and on your other platforms, all that stuff, like it’s always running in the back of your mind. And so this comes back to what I was talking about before where it can look like, it does look like in a lot of cases where people have these very evergreen hands off businesses, that they’re not doing anything, and they’re making sales every day without doing much. But again, what are they? Are they promoting their stuff every single day? Probably? Or is their team doing something behind the scenes every day to promote? Or, you know, like, what is their content creation schedule? Like? Is that something that you can do and are willing to do every day? And or are they spending a bunch of money on ads, maybe that’s the other way around it which is great. But again, it’s time or it’s money, which one are you going to put in every day, versus doing that in a concentrated period of time, and then being able to take a break, and rest and get ready for the next round. So that is I think, for me, the biggest con and again, it’s not something that you truly understand until you go through it. And you’re like, geez, I gotta post again about this thing. And again, and again and again. And it can feel a little daunting. Another big, big con, is that you’re going to get fewer conversions, you’re going to get fewer conversions, because going back to that live launch, that excitement, that whole like environment isn’t being created when it’s always available. And it’s all automated, someone watching your pre recorded webinar or workshop, they’re not going to have the same,

32:59
it’s just not going to be the same experience, as if you were live. And you were there right there with them answering their call their questions, chatting with them just being present in that same space, it’s not going to be the same. So no matter what the conversion rate is different. As an example, I have been running a pre recorded workshop and an evergreen situation for the signature program bundle for the past three months. I also just did a live launch for the same offer. I made the same number of sales in three days with a live launch that I made in three months with a an evergreen launch. And in both of those cases, my conversion rates were way higher than average for an online business. And that still is what the results were so do you want to make the sales in three months? Or do you want to make them in three days and obviously this flows right into my next con, which that is going to take longer to reach your income goals. Which is again something for you to consider when it comes to what is best for you and your business and your life and your financial situation.

34:30
Is it okay for it to take a you know 310 20 times longer to reach your income goals. So something to really look at in your business, when to use an evergreen flow. If you have a low ticket offer, like an ebook or a recorded workshop. When I say low ticket, I would say Uh, anything under like 100 bucks, that would be something that could be evergreen and could potentially do well for you. It’s obviously if it’s something that’s under $100 is probably not going to be the primary driver of your income in your business. So it’s kind of almost like this extra cherry on top type situation that is just kind of always available and as a next step, or probably actually a first step to someone getting involved financially with your business, after they have consumed some of your free content. And if it’s something like an ebook or recorded workshop, then that is also probably not going to have that free special event type situation. Again, it’s like they have consumed your free content, they’ve gotten your emails, through your freebies, they listen to your podcast, all that stuff. And then the next step is to buy this low ticket offer from you to get extra help in whatever area and from there, then they will be a part of your next live launch. And they will get more and more and more involved with you as you go. So it’s a really good starting point for people. The next time when you could potentially use an evergreen situation for your business is if you have a big, highly engaged audience, and or lots of evergreen content that gets high engagement. Again, if we go back to those people who really pushed the idea of having your business be on evergreen and your paid offers be on evergreen, if you go back and look at those people, if you’ve been no any, maybe you don’t, that’s cool, too. But from what I have seen over the past few years, when this has really started to become bigger and bigger. Guess what, those people all have gigantic audiences. And they are on all the platforms that Instagram but tick tock the YouTube the podcast that this that that like whatever it is there have really big, highly engaged audiences. And their only thing that they do is create content like content, content, content content, all day, every day. And part of that content all day, every day is promoting their evergreen situation, as I talked about, like something that’s always going on in your business every day. And so if that is something that you want to do, first of all, and have that beasts something going on, and you also have the audience for it, if you know that if you talk about it every day, someone new is going to see it, it’s never seen it before, then that is a situation where it could work and could work really well for you. But again, highly engaged large audience, or lots of evergreen content that gets high engagement. So that would mean something like if you do have a podcast that is you know, a really has a really great solid audience or a blog, that gets a lot of readers like Google, Pinterest, whatever, it’s getting traffic to your blog posts, that is an option, too. I’ll share how this works for me and my business in a second. But having that evergreen content works well, because you may get a podcast listener that listens to an episode two years down the road. And as long as you are talking about something related to that evergreen offer, they may be interested, same thing goes with a YouTube video or a blog post, having that evergreen content is really super helpful if you have also the offer to go with it. Also, if you don’t need to make money right away, and can play that long game, then sure, go ahead with the Evergreen situation, get that set up. And then really, really, really focus on creating the evergreen content that goes along with it that drives people into that situation in your business. So again, this is I’m talking years, if you have that if you don’t need the income coming in right away, and you want to just set that up over the long game for your business, then that’s an option as well. But again, I plan on it taking a few years to get that really set up. And lastly, if you’re willing to pay a decent chunk of change for Facebook ads, then this is also something that could work for you in an evergreen capacity. Again, we’ve got to decide do you want to spend the time and effort creating content all the time and talking about all the time or are you willing to spend them money to get the content and the traffic and get people in that way. And typically, with an evergreen type situation, you know, it depends on the price point of the offer. And whether or not you have a special event connected to that offer, it is a higher cost per lead, typically, to run a Facebook ads to like an evergreen webinar that’s free, that then goes into the paid offer, that is typically going to cost more. So you have to again be willing to put in the financial investment, knowing you will get a return on that investment, but being willing, and able to do that.

40:44
Alright, so that’s the pros and cons list that I was able to come up with. Now I want to share a little bit about my experience. And then I’m going to give you what I think is your best option. I have had, as I mentioned earlier, at least one evergreen offer going on in my business, since I created my very first ebook back, I believe in 2015. And it was called the 28 day real food jumpstart, it was $28. It was an ebook that I put together before Canva even existed, so it is very ugly. And what is so fascinating about that is I literally kicked off my evergreen passive income situation by making money in my sleep, the first sale I ever made of that $28 ebook was overnight while I was sleeping. And, you know, looking at my bank account the next day and seeing that it had increased, not decreased was like absolutely fascinating to me. Obviously, the first time that happens, you’re hooked. You don’t it only takes one time for that passive income to come in before you are hooked forever. And so obviously since then, I have had a workout program. That is an ebook as well. I’ve had pre recorded workshops, I’ve had DIY courses, all as evergreen opportunities. In fact, I think most of those, if not all of them are still available to this day, and I make sales on them to this day. In fact, just this past couple weeks, I

42:39
sold that workout program, which at this point, I think that was created in 2016. So obviously, a long, long time ago still holds up, I still think that it is an amazing program. It’s specifically for people with autoimmune disease or other illnesses that compromise their energy levels at times. So it’s a really niche workout program, which is great, and I love it. But I made a sale on that in the past couple of weeks at this point. It’s like $19 I think so you know, a little again, cherry on top kind of situation for my business. But I made that sale, because I have one blog post that is specifically related to that ebook. And I talk about the ebook in that blog post. And then people buy it. The people that buy it come from either Pinterest, I do have a few pins on that blog post, or Google. And then they get onto my website, they get on to that blog post, they read it if it’s something they think they need, they buy it. So that is how I think evergreen offers work really well, especially those lower priced options. And I regularly make sales on a past DIY course that I have, because I have content that points directly to that course. And this is content that I have created over years in my business that gets traffic through Google through Pinterest, people looking for and finding my past podcast episodes. Like for the DIY version of the fat burning female project, which is my past signature program that’s now on evergreen and as DIY. I have an entire podcast 130 episodes of an entire podcast dedicated just to that program. And I talk about that program in a lot of those episodes like directly talk about it, and reference it because it’s so closely tied with that content. And so people find my podcast, listen to these episodes. And I haven’t recorded a new episode of that show since 2019. It went from 27 teen I think to 2019. So it’s obviously been years since there’s been any new content on there. But people still find those podcast episodes, listen to it, hear about the fat burning female project, go to my website, go to the sales page and purchase it. So that is how I really think we can leverage the use of content, I guess evergreen content that rolls into evergreen offers, I think that is such an amazing thing to have going on in your business. Now, I obviously also do live launches for the programs that I’m currently running and supporting and, you know, have my attention and my energy and my business, I usually do one live launch per quarter, so four times a year. I love doing them. I love planning them, I love having them. I think they’re great. They are amazing. And I have done live launches for years, probably five, six years ever since I created the fat burning female project. For the first time. I’ve been doing live launches, and I really love them. But I also have the signature program bundle setup on evergreen as well, like I mentioned. And I decided to do this because it really is a program that doesn’t need to be done in groups. It’s more of a DIY course, that also includes support. But people can start at any time and still come in to those live calls, I host and be a part of the community, no matter what stage they’re in, it’s not something that everyone needs to go through, together.

47:08
And that kind of shows the ability for you to have a signature program that is on an evergreen situation, if there is that case where people don’t have to start together, and can still be a part of your support system, and be a part of the community and it won’t throw anybody off and it won’t take away from that experience, then that’s a situation where you could have your signature program be evergreen, but still have the support of a signature program instead of it being just a DIY course. And this all leads me to answering the question, which one of these is better?

47:52
My answer is the combo, I think you should do both. I am loving the combo. I think it really hits all the buckets when it comes to your business both wanting that cash injection of your live launch, but also wanting a steady stream of income coming in throughout the year. It also is really great to have the hype and the energy and the excitement of a live launch. It helps people get to know what you’re about and what you offer, and gets people involved to a greater degree when you have a live launch. But then also having this situation where there is still help available for people who want to start on a smaller scale or start when they’re ready, or something like that. So you can do this in a few different ways. You can create a few different paid offers. One that is specifically something that can be put on evergreen, and then one that is cohort based or would be better with a live launch. And more specifically, there’s going to be that one that’s on evergreen, that is a lower price point. It is a starting point for people it is something where you know people can come to a blog post or listen to a podcast episode and get interested and get started on that whenever they’re ready. So again, an ebook a mini course or workshop series or something like that where it’s in that you know under $100. And then you have that other thing that next step that is a higher price point has more connection with you isn’t DIY, maybe there is a group situation or it is working one on one with you or it’s part of your membership or something like that. So you can do that. Have those two offers and potentially more and more as you get further along in your business, we can start there with that, you know those two different ones. Or you can have that same offer, and have it be always available and do a live launch with it too, which is what I’m doing with the signature program bundle. So someone who wants that help right away and wants to get started right away and hears about it and knows, it’s what they need, and is ready and committed, can buy it whenever and get started. And to still have that community support and be a part of my live calls. But then also, having that live launch to help people make the decision to get more excitement and awareness built, and just have that environment around it too, is really great. And they really help feed into each other, which is also awesome. And you still have that ability to take a break. Because you know that live launches coming up, you know that that cash injection is coming up. And so if you want to take a week or two weeks or a month or three months off of talking about it and just have it be kind of running in the background for people that do find your long term content, your evergreen content that directs them to that program that’s still running in the background, but you don’t feel like you need to be on top of it every day, you can take a break if you need to. Now keep in mind that this can only be done with a program or course or membership, that doesn’t need to be done in a group format. If it’s really important to you and make sense for what you’re doing in your program, to have people go through it as a group. And this is the case for a lot of signature programs, especially in the wellness and health space. Because it just works so much better to have people go through it together as a group with you as their guidance support during that time, then obviously, having it always available isn’t going to work, you want to do that live launch to get people in and started at a specific time together. But then that would be the case where you could create like a mini version, or maybe a workshop that ties into what you do in that signature program. That then is your evergreen piece, your evergreen offer always available that really gets people primed and ready for that signature program,

52:43
the next time the doors open, but also is an opportunity for you to have a little bit of passive income and revenue coming in, in between launches. So I hope that makes sense. If you want to have a cohort based program, or course or membership, then your best bet is to create a different offer that is evergreen, a smaller offer a baby offer. All right, I think I will stop there for this episode. As you can see, there’s a lot to think about. It’s not just all about what kind of sounds the best and maybe the least out of your comfort zone for you. But what really makes sense for you and your business and your bank account and what you need your business to do for you. Think more about that and create the best system for you. As a reminder, if you want your live launch, to be basically all laid out and done for you, then that is available to you inside the signature program bundle. And spoiler alert, I’m currently working on a new module inside of that program, that’s going to be all about setting up that evergreen funnel so that you can be doing both of those things for your program that is potentially not cohort based. And I mean just to be totally honest, that does mean that the price of the bundle is going to increase when that is available because the value of that program is going to be astronomically higher when I add that information and how you can set all of that up and just making it so so so simple for you to do that. So if you are already inside the bundle, you are going to have access to that new module already that is going to be part of your lifetime access. Which means if you want to get in before that and before the price increase you can do so now and get in on that when it becomes available next month. And you can learn all about that at Shawn mynar.com/bundle All right, friends, I hope that gave you something to consider. I hope that really explained things from a very different perspective than you may have previously thought about live launches and evergreen launches. And I would love to know what you are planning to do and what your takeaway is from this episode. So head over to Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, find me over there, send me a DM, let’s chat about it. And I’m happy to help you in any way I can with your next or first launch. All right, friends, until next time, take care

Live Launch vs. Evergreen: Which One Is Better? — Ep. 154

The Mindset Shifts Required For A Successful Launch — Ep. 153

Launching is an important part of every online business, and knowing what to do to make your launches a success is key to, well, having a successful online business. BUT, it’s not just enough to know the strategies, plans, and goals of a launch, it’s even more important to know the mindset required and energetic vibration needed to attract the launch results you desire. Today, we’re going to talk about the biggest mindset and energetic blocks I see online business owners make during launches and how you can shift your approach for your next launch.

“The best way to prove your limiting beliefs wrong is to just DO the thing.” – Shawn Mynar

“When you are too scared or overwhelmed with the selling aspect of being in business, you’re doing a disservice to the people who need your help, who want to work with you.” – Shawn Mynar

“Selling is actually the easy part and it’s fun… Just get out there and just do it.” – Shawn Mynar

“Set a big, amazing, fun, exciting goal. Yes, challenge those industry averages and the online business averages. Set it, make it big, and see it as a game to try and get there.” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur/

FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:02
launching is an important part of every online business. And knowing what to do to make your launches a success is key to Well having a successful online business. But it’s not just enough to know the strategies, plans and goals of a launch, it’s actually even more important to know the mindset required an energetic vibration needed to attract the launch results you desire. Today, we’re going to talk about the biggest mindset and energetic blocks I see online business owners make during their launches, and how you can shift your approach for your next launch. Stay tuned. Hey, hey there, friends.

0:42
Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so happy to have you here. So grateful to have you checking out the show. And a reminder to you, we are in the middle of a whole podcast series, a whole four part, at least maybe even five part podcast series, all about the idea of launching in an online business, and how we use that to really get the word out about our paid offers. So we started in the last episode, Episode 152, by taking a peek behind the scenes of my most recent launch. And I really wanted that episode to show everything that’s involved. from a strategy perspective, when it comes time to launch, I shared all of the ingredients, we’ll call them the ingredients needed in a launch and the different phases of the launch process. You know, we have the launch, we have the pre launch, we have the pre pre launch, there’s a lot to it. And I also wanted to use that episode to show how I personally organize my launch strategy, how I approach it in a way that is not stressful and is actually really fun and doesn’t feel like that much work either. Because I think that’s one of the biggest blocks a lot of people have to launching as they feel like it’s stressful. It’s a lot of work. And it kind of turns people off. So I wanted to share how I approach it that makes it actually really fun, and one of the least stressful weeks of my business really. And so if you haven’t listened to that episode, go back, you can do it after this episode. But make sure you go back to 152. And check that out too. Because it will really put everything together from what we’re going to talk about today. And in that episode into one big, nice launch package. Okay, and speaking of which, today, we’re talking all about the mindset required for a successful launch, and the vibration needed for a successful launch. Because I can tell you with 100% Certainty Been there done that you can do every single possible strategy and tactic and tip and trick and tool and follow every single business owners advice to a tee on how to launch in your business, and still not get the results you want from your launch. Simply because of your mindset and your vibration. So you can take everything that I just shared with you in Episode 150, to put it into practice in your business, and still not see any results. And it works the opposite way to if your head heart and energy are in the right place and stay in the right place it during your launch, you can make a ton of mistakes, you can do everything wrong, you can go totally off script, you can not follow really any strategy and still have a super successful launch again, been there done that both situations work. So in reality, what we’re going to talk about today is the most important and is the most powerful thing that you can do for your launch and for your business and for yourself. Now that all being said and coming back full circle really here. It’s going to be pretty hard to stay in the mindset and vibration that you want. If you are coming into your launch, being unprepared or feeling stress, flustered, not really wanting to do it or already believing it will be a failure all of these things that we can do subconsciously and we’ll talk about that today. It’s going would be really hard to maintain the vibe and the mindset, if you don’t kind of take what we talked about last episode, and put that into practice as well. Because how can you stay in this really great vibe and this really great place, when you’re doing everything last minute, and you’re deciding on all this stuff and things are going wrong because you haven’t planned in advance. So for me, and from what I have seen, both in my business and in my clients, it’s the combination of pre planning, working things out, getting into your calendar, really having this nice organization and flow with the strategy part with the actual ingredients of your launch, along with the mindset and energy requirements that we’re going to talk about today. And they really go hand in hand one kind of feeds into the other. All right, let’s dive into mindset stuff first, and then we’ll take a look at vibration and energy. After that. This mindset piece, man, I feel like I could and maybe I will do multiple episodes on this. But I really just wanted to focus on the big players here when it comes to mindset during a launch. So I think I really have two big pieces we’re going to talk about today. And I really think this makes up like the 90% of it. And then there’s, of course some other things floating around that I think are important to talk about. And maybe we’ll do that in the future. First is the mindset around selling. Probably the biggest one, I don’t know, the next one might be the biggest one. They’re both huge. But so many of you are coming into your launch. And just as a reminder, in case you haven’t listened to Episode 152, yet, your launch period is like your sales period, your enrollment period where you’re really showing up and showcasing what you have to offer in the paid perspective in your business. But you’re coming into that already having a fear of selling, you already have this subconscious programming that says that selling is sleazy, scammy pushy, annoying, you think back to this one time you went to buy a car and you felt like really weird about it, because they were really pushy towards you. And now you feel like you’re being that to the people that you want in your program. And it just really starts getting out of hand, you feel like maybe you’re bothering people by asking for money, which is not what you’re doing. And I asking for money, you are in a reciprocal relationship, where someone is giving you a form of energy in the way of money in order to receive something from you that is of equal value in the way of time, experience, expertise, education, whatever it is. So we have a reciprocal relationship going on. But you think of selling as asking for money as bothering people, you fear that you will look bad or that you’ll make people mad that you’ll be judged for selling. There’s a ton of stories of beliefs around selling and money that then we bring into our business and more specifically our launch. And it immediately blocks your success. Your flame is already dulled, you are already holding back, you’re already having fear. You’re not fully showing up and being proud and confident in what you have created and who you help and how you help them. And it’s all because you have these beliefs around selling these stories around money. And you’re actually putting your money stories on to now your future clients. And you’re taking how you feel about money and thinking they feel the same way about money. And it’s just this whole big cycle. And it will forever keep you blocking the income that you desire, the income that you could be making, because you’re not dealing with your money stuff. And you’re not dealing with your selling stuff. And yes, it takes more than listening to a few podcast episodes or reading a few books or blog posts or following some people on Instagram that do money mindset work or whatever it takes more than that. It takes your intentional commitment to really Doing that digging. And I actually feel like doing these launches in your business is one of the best ways to squash them, if you can just like put it on the back burner for just this week, or these couple of weeks that you’re launching, and just really commit to showing up and playing full out in this launch and really serving the people that you’re here to serve, then I think that’s one of the best ways to squash it. It’s you know, I am always saying this everywhere, but particularly on this show that the best way to prove your limiting beliefs wrong, is to just do the thing. Because the second that you do it, it’s like that fear dissipates, because it doesn’t come true. Nothing that you are afraid of, is actually the reality. So like, if you have this fear of selling, because you feel like people will judge you or think you’re annoying, or you’ll lose followers or whatever it is, then you start selling authentically and with passion and purpose, which is how I teach you to do so then you will see that people are actually really interested people are opening your emails and they’re checking out your sales page. Maybe they aren’t, it’s not the right time for them to buy yet, but they are interested and no one is thinking that you’re annoying. And sure, you may get a few on subscribers, who cares, they’re just not a good fit, that’s fine. But most people are really truly interested in what you have to offer. And that is really empowering and immediately squashes or starts to dissolve those beliefs that you have around selling and money and all that good stuff. And here is where I remind you that selling isn’t what you’re making it out to be in your head. It’s a service, it is simply you showing up for the people that want and need your help, and letting them know how they can get help. That’s all you’re doing. And when you don’t do that, when you are too scared or overwhelmed with the selling aspect of being in business, than what you’re doing is actually a disservice. That is a disservice to the people who need your help who want to work with you who are waiting for you to say you have something for sale, so that they can buy it and start getting the help they need. There are people out there waiting for you to make an offer to them. And so not selling is a disservice to that person. People need and want what you have to offer. They are looking for it, they’re waiting for it. And they want to know how they can get it and that’s all you’re doing when you are selling and you’re doing so in a way that is authentic to you and what you are offering and feels good to everyone involved. It feels good to you. It feels good to them. And there’s no slime Enos, there’s no sleaziness. There’s no really weird marketing tactics or anything like that. There yes may be some sales psychology within that just some buyer behaviors to be aware of that just makes it easier for people to make a decision for themselves. It’s not conning anyone into anything, or making false stories or anything like that. But it’s giving people the tools they need to make the best decision for them, which is all you’re ever doing when you sell. And now here’s the really, really cool thing about all of this. If you have approached your launch correctly and done everything we talked about in the last episode and everything I show you step by step how to do in signature program lab, you know the special event and the pre launch phase and even before the special event having a freebie which we do in launch list accelerator, again all part of the bundle. Selling is actually the easy part. It is like the super duper easy, no brainer part. And it’s fun because you’ve spent so much time serving and doing some extra special serving with that special event. And really showcasing who you are and what you do and how you help people and showcasing your personality and all these things within that whole launch event. And everything leading up to it and the pre launch and pre pre launch that people are ready to buy before you even offer them anything. It is a very natural easy step to the process when it comes time for you to let them know how to continue working with you. It’s so easy. And this is why really paying attention to the entire launch process. And really doing a special event that is unique and beneficial and valuable to your people is so important. Especially if you don’t like the idea of selling or if you have some stories about selling and money and all that stuff, make it super duper easy on yourself and do a special event, it is so helpful. And just get out there and just do it, do it, there’s nothing that will break those stories quicker than just doing the thing. Alright, let’s move on to the next a mindset shift, like I said, I think probably as important and prevalent, if not more, is that of detachment versus attachment. Oh, man, so many of you are putting so much pressure and weight on your launches, you have created this major attachment to the results to the outcome of that launch. And you’re making it mean something more than just hey, I did a launch. And this is what happened. You’re making it potentially mean that you’re not good enough that you’re not special enough that no one wants your help, that your business is doomed, that maybe you’re not cut out for business at all, that you’ll never be successful. Basically, a launch is like the perfect feeder for your ego for all of those limiting beliefs that you have stored in your subconscious mind right now. Your launch, if you let it by becoming attached to it will prove all of those right? Even if you have amazing result, and you totally blow your goals out of the water and everything’s incredible and you do a great job and everything, you will still find something to attach to that proves your ego, right? If you let it. And here’s how it usually plays out, you start by creating these goals that are like impossible to achieve or highly unlikely at best simply based on the math. And yes, there are just some pretty standard

17:45
calculations for you to figure out how many people based on the number of people you get into your launch, how many people will then buy. And it’s just kind of like a standard calculation that I think most people in the industry of online business, I guess, US and a lot of people blow it out of the water. So it’s just kind of a baseline, I would say, but helpful to have. And I’m actually creating a kind of a calculator that does it all for you to put inside the signature program bundles. So that will be available probably by the time you’re listening to this, if you’re in it. So you can calculate so you know around what you can expect. And or work backwards and say, Okay, if I want this many people in my program or to sign up for whatever paid offer I have during this launch, that I need this many people to sign up for my special event and so on. But without that, then you’re left to the devices of just basically making up some random goals, which is fine. And I have nothing against making goals. I’ll explain how I set my goals in a minute. But what I see is just kind of this random making of goals where it doesn’t make sense. And it’s probably not going to happen just simply based on math and percentages and buyer behavior and just what we can expect there is a baseline there. And then you immediately attach an energy or emotion to hitting that goal or not hitting that goal. And all of this is happening subconsciously you don’t even realize you’re doing it. You may not even realize that you’re setting these goals. You may think okay, well, I have 10 people who signed up for my special event so then surely eight of them will buy and that’s not how it works. Right? So you’re doing all of this kind of subconsciously without giving it more thought. And yet you then attach that emotion to it which means it’s automatically He carrying a lot of weight for you. Even again, if you don’t realize it, and then you probably don’t hit those crazy goals. And as soon as you do whatever that emotion or that energetic expression that you attach to not hitting that goal comes up. And it is like you’re a failure, you get upset, you feel defeated, you want to give up, you want to call it quits, you start figuring out what job you can take, or what else you’re going to do other business, you’re gonna start to create, because you’re sure this one is doomed, you go into the depths of despair. As soon as you realize that you didn’t hit your crazy goal that actually, if you were to do a little more research and a little more thought and some again, strategy there, you would realize that that wasn’t a solid goal in the first place. So my biggest piece of advice, if you take anything away from this episode, let it be this when it comes to launching and really, most of your business, practice, detachment, how can you stay neutral about the outcome of your launch? And not make it mean anything more than what it actually means, which is just, that’s the result? What happened is what happened? That is it, but how you perceive it and feel about it is entirely up to you. And you have the power to decide, am I going to make this mean something about me or my business? Am I going to get my emotions involved? Or am I going to simply see it for what it is, which is, you know, an experience a learning experience, which we’re going to talk about in a second. And an opportunity for growth, an opportunity to get you out of your comfort zone, an opportunity to help someone else an opportunity to connect with someone new, there are so many amazing things happening in this lunch, beyond just those numbers, those results that you have decided to attach to when there’s so much else going on, that have so has so much more meaning than that actual result. So you can create goals, for sure. But if you do, then at least keep them within the realm of possibility. Based on your industry averages based on online business averages set a big, amazing, fun, exciting goal. Yes, challenge those industry averages and the online business averages, absolutely. Set it, make it big, and then see it as a game to try to get there. If you do great, if you don’t, great. It’s like I see so much of launching, and even all of online business kind of like video games. Basically, think of every launch as another level of the game. You have an idea what to expect in that level. But of course, there’s always new things to discover unexpected surprises, stuff, you got to learn stuff you got to get through that you just don’t know until you’re there.

23:36
And getting through that level makes you better at the game overall,

23:41
you just keep getting better and better and better at the game, the more levels you master, but like if you don’t make it through that new level on your first try. You don’t make it mean anything. Sure you might be like, upset for a second, but you don’t immediately quit the game forever. Call yourself a failure. You just try again the next day, you and it’s fun to keep trying. That’s why video games are so addictive is because it’s fun to keep trying keep mastering it to keep getting further along in the game to the next level and then the next level and the next level and to keep getting better and better. And the same goes for your business and launching. You don’t need to make it mean anything about you or your business or your success or your failure every time you launch because it doesn’t so here’s how I approached this with my launches. And it’s gonna be really hard to explain this in words, but I’ll do my best. So I create goals. Yes, absolutely. I have a goal like it would be cool to have this many yeses to have this many people join my program to have this many people in on the Special Event, I just use again, those calculators to create a pretty big goal, an achievable, but scary goal. So then once I know these numbers, and this is where it’s gonna get hard to explain, I kind of keep them off in the distance, like they’re there. But I’m not thinking about them or referencing them every day, all day all the time. I’m not worried about them. I don’t attach really anything to them, except that they are numbers. And I’ve just created those goals, almost like they’re guideposts. They are a reference point. For me, it helps me keep my expectations in check, it helps me know what to expect, it helps me know where we’re going. It helps me know if I need to adjust things here or there. They’re guideposts for my entire launch. And then I just go about setting up my launch and doing what I need to do to get people excited about my special event, provide a really great experience, let them know about the offer I have for them, I’m just going about what I already plan to do, regardless of what the numbers are saying. So if I’m not like giving up if it’s something’s not working, or I’m not seeing the numbers come in, like I thought they would, or I’m not trying harder or pushing more, because I want more, I’m also not getting scared or worked up or freaked out because I have more than I thought or really even excited because even that is attaching an emotion to an outcome. So yes, you are okay and allowed to be excited about your event. But you can be excited whether it’s crushing it, or you can be excited, even when it’s smaller than expected. It’s keeping that same emotion, energy, vibration, regardless, and we’re talking about that coming up. So that’s really where I stay, I stay with the emotion that I want to bring into my launch, regardless of those numbers. And that’s why I keep them kind of at a distance, they are more high level, they’re there. But I’m not being provoked by them emotionally in any way, I guess is the best way to say it. And then I just let whatever happens happen. I know the people that are meant to be in my program will join. I know the ones that need more time will take more time. I know the ones that aren’t interested at all, probably won’t ignore me that entire week. Totally fine. And that’s it, that’s all. And then guess what it becomes the world’s best learning experience, I now have so much that I can take from that launch experience, and tweak or change or add or subtract for next time. That’s the only thing that a launch means. It doesn’t mean anything about me or my success, or my abilities is just another learning experience. I’m just learning that level of the game, so that I can go up to the next level as soon as I master it. And it’s so fun. It’s so much fun to see how everything that you created this machine essentially that you’re creating, what worked and what didn’t, what needs tweaked, and what can be improved. What do you just want to keep as is because it worked really well. There’s so much to take out of this. And every single time you get better and better and better and better. And then you just keep mastering the game one level at a time, the whole game of online business, you’re mastering it one launch at a time. And this is really where you can see the growth mindset at work in your business versus the fixed mindset, which if you haven’t read the book Mindset by Carol Dweck, highly recommend great book on the growth versus fixed mindset. But this is how we can apply it into our business and see this as simply an opportunity for growth. You have the opportunity to learn to change to morph both you and your business based on this one experience. And every single time you do it, even if technically you’re not getting the results or the success by way of numbers by way of reaching your goals that you were hoping for. You still have this amazing opportunity at your fingertips, and you can really take that, and your next launch will be 1000 times better and 1000 times better and 1000 times better every single time you do it. And it will only lead to more and more and more results from you. But you cannot take that one experience that didn’t go as you thought or didn’t go as you planned. And you had all these emotions wrapped up in the results of this launch. You can’t take that, and then just stop, just take it to mean that you’re doing something wrong, or you’re never going to get this or you’re not right for this, you’re not cut out for it, your business is a doomed. That’s a fixed mindset. And that is not what we need here. So what can you do to shift that perspective and start seeing all of the opportunity there and take from it and try again, do it again, do it over and over and over again, you will get better every time and the results will show that. Okay, enough talk about mindset. Even though I said like there’s so much more I could talk about here. There’s a lot more to talk about just in the mindset that you have around you and your abilities and all of that stuff that I do want to get into. But maybe we’ll do another episode, before we wrap up this series because there’s more. So again, if you have any questions, or anything you want me to go over, as I’m going through these episodes, make sure to reach out to me on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, and send me a message with your question. And I will do a whole q&a episode at the end of this series. Okay, so anyway, back to this idea of the energetic expression that you can bring into your launch. First, I’m going to start this conversation. Really, that’s all I even need to do. And you’ll see why we’re gonna go over the possible options when it comes to your vibration or your emotion that you could bring in to your launch. And I want you to get honest with yourself here about where you have been potentially in past launches. Or if you have not launched anything yet, where you could see yourself potentially getting to in a launch, especially if you haven’t done the mindset work we just talked about. And really going back to that quickly. If you really look at what we just talked about when it comes to mindset. If you work on that stuff, then your vibration is naturally going to be sky high. When it comes time for your launch, because you are detached. You’ve released the beliefs and thoughts and emotions around everything, including selling and, and launching and money and all that stuff. Everything we just talked about is just going to automatically raise that frequency for you when it comes time to launch. And then I’ll give you some other tips as well. But first, let’s go over these options, I am going to read off the emotional vibration chart, the emotional frequency scale is what I call it, I’m going to start at the top with the highest frequency of vibration that you can have coming from an emotion. And I want as I’m reading these for you to consider how this would look when it comes time to launch something in your business. So now we’re really looking at these emotions as it relates to your launch when you’re actually in that place where you’re having the free special event where you’re getting people interested in that and then you’re selling and you’re getting people into your program or your workshop or whatever it is you’re selling right now. How can these approaches differ? So we’re up at the top with joy, love, freedom, and gratitude, then abundance and generosity. And just think about all of those instead of wishing and hoping and wondering if you could possibly get, you know, 100 people to sign up for your free event. Instead, can you show gratitude

34:15
for the five that have? Can you feel abundant? Knowing that five people want to join you want to learn from you. So it’s all a perspective shift that comes from our thoughts and how we’re thinking about everything that’s happening as we’re going through this process. So just imagine what would happen and how things would change if instead of focusing on those numbers and those goals that you have, instead you focus on feeling grateful for everyone who is signing up as they sign up. And you obviously are working from this place of generosity you are about to really share A lot of free valuable information to these people. So you’re already in that vibration as well. So staying there and really feeling that. And then the next rung down, we have empowerment, and fun, and happiness and enthusiasm again, what would it look like to just make this fun? What if your whole business could just be fine? What would change for you? And how could you still approach the things that you need to do the strategy that you need to have a business, but from this place of it being fun, and being happy about it and feeling empowered about what you’re doing? So different. And then the next one is competence. Okay, friends, friends, friends, friends, I’m just going to be honest here, a lot of you based on what I see, are lacking confidence, when you have every reason to be outstandingly competent. And there is nothing more attractive to the people that you want to help, then being confident about how you can help them. Right, you even when you want help from somebody, you want to find that person that is confident in what they are teaching and why they are teaching and how it’s going to help you. You want to find someone with confidence to help you the same thing goes for the people that you want to help. That’s why confidence is way up there. In vibration, it is a very attractive emotion and attractive frequency. And just imagine how things would go for you. If you showed up for your launch. With so much confidence in everything that you’re doing, and everything that you are teaching and how you want to help people. You don’t have to be confident in like your webinar slides, or that your emails are perfect, or you’re showing up perfectly on social media, who cares, but you’re confident in what really matters. And that then oozes out to show up as being confident in the webinar, as you’re presenting even though your slides are imperfect, or in the actual message that’s being portrayed and conveyed in your emails, even though maybe you have a typo or two. Right? So what can you do to show up confidently because you are confident in what you are doing and who you’re helping and how you’re helping them. All right, the next few will go down optimistic trust, strong, hope, dedicated, motivated. And this is where we’re really we’re getting down the ladder a little bit. So these vibrations are slightly lower in their frequency still great. So would be awesome to show up in this way. Especially like if we talk about being dedicated and motivated. Can you put dedication and motivation into your launch? Can you show up in that way? Okay, now I’m going to jump down the ladder a little bit and get into some of these lower vibration places. And see if again, get real with yourself. Have you showed up for really any part of your business, but let’s continue on the topic of launches. Have you showed up in this way? Impatient, frustrate frustrated, irritated, overwhelmed. anxiety, doubt, worry. Now we’re getting even lower, discouraged. Difficult. Last lack jealousy

38:59
and some of the lowest here insecure, depressed, stuck. Fear, powerlessness, unworthiness, shame, and those are the lowest. So I picked out some words that specifically I think relate to the emotions that we can have around a business. And first of all, I do not want you to think that you can’t or shouldn’t have these emotions as it relates to your business or when it comes down to your business or even your launch. That’s not the point here. You can and should experience every emotion fully that you are experiencing. And if those emotions are coming up, then experience then be compassionate with yourself. Let them flow through you. Let them be a part of your experience in that moment. And then what you’ll find if you will How it is that it can dissolve itself, it can resolve itself. And then you do have the option in that moment, once you’ve fully compassionately felt what you need to feel, to then perhaps choose a different emotion, because of the ability that you have to choose a different thought in that moment. So yes, experience those emotions. When you feel like it has been completed. What can you do from a thought perspective, to shift what you’re feeling and experiencing? When it comes to your launch? Again, this is like about all life, essentially. But talking specifically about launches, how are you showing up energetically? What emotion are you bringing forward as you prepare for your launch as you are in the launch, and as you are even reviewing your launch results? Where are you energetically and keeping in mind that the energy you bring into your launch will determine the outcome of that launch, simply because of what you’re attracting by Universal Law. What you are calling in it is going to your vibration is going to be your attraction point. And obviously, those emotions that felt even just saying them, they feel lighter, they feel higher. They feel like a really great energetic attraction point like to have this fun launch to have an exciting launch to feeling grateful for everything in your launch, feeling that freedom that this aspect of your business is bringing for you. Feeling all of that and really allowing that to be what holds you during your launch, regardless of what is happening, what is going on with the numbers and the signups and all the strategy and stuff and things happening or going wrong last minute and all that stuff, still finding yourself in this overall vibration of all of that goodness. What will you attract in versus being stressed, feeling anxious, being scared, feeling overwhelmed, being annoyed that no one’s are frustrated that no one’s signing up? Or things aren’t going as planned? Or all these last minute changes are happening? What are you going to attract. And this is precisely why during my launch weeks, I’m like outside taking hikes every day, I’m taking myself on solo coffee dates without my computer, I’m getting lunch with friends, I’m hanging out with my dogs, I’m relaxing, I’m taking naps. I’m doing all of the things that keep me in a high vibration. I am also which I don’t ever really show. But I do have a little gratitude practice that I do for everyone who signs up for my special event. And then everyone who signs up for my pay to offer. I’m having these gratitude rituals I have done that forever, will continue to do to do that. I’m really getting out all my crystals and doing that kind of thing. I’m meditating.

43:29
I’m journaling. I’m visualizing how the launch is going to go. I’m excited for all of the connections I’m making and the people that I get to help. And most importantly, I’m just trying to stay present. I’m not thinking about well, what happens if this happens? Or what will I do if this happens? I’m not trying to plan out a future that I don’t know. Like that is really easy to do when you’re in a launch phase is to kind of plan for the worst. But what if you just stayed present during that launch and focused on how you’re feeling about it and what you can do to feel better and better and better. Again, remembering a lot of that comes from your thoughts. And again, I’ll go back to this. The only reason that I’m really able to do all of that during my lunch is because I’ve planned and prepared and done things ahead of time, which again I talked about in the last episode, so go check that out if you haven’t already. One other thing to consider when it comes to your launch and your vibration or your energy during your launch is remember how you want your business to look and feel in the future. How do you want launchers to feel in the future? It is important that you Do that. Now. You need to approach your business the way you want it to be in the future. Now, so if you don’t want your future business or your future launches to be frantic, and messy and half assed and unprofessional, and just kind of like thrown together, then don’t do that. Now. If you want your business, if you see your future business, your future launches being smooth and fun and exciting and simplified, and enjoyable and relaxed. Well then do that now. Because otherwise, if you start building a business, on the vibrational back of what you don’t want, it’s just going to continue creating more of what you don’t want a business that you don’t want a launch plans that you don’t want or don’t like. So it’s important that you approach it the way that you see it going in the future, or you’re wanting to go in the future, or approach it that way. Now. All right, we are going to wrap it up with that, again, gosh, there’s so much that I could say on this topic. But we’ll leave it here for now. And I can always add on another episode in the future. Let me leave you with this. The last thing that I want to say is that it’s not going to be comfortable. It’s going to bring up all of your stories and beliefs and fears to do your first or third or fifth or 10th or a 100th launch. But my friend, do it anyway. Sure, yeah, you can spend another few months or years or whatever you need, going to therapy, working with a coach to try to get rid of those beliefs before you launch so that it does feel comfortable. But it’s probably not going to happen. And yes, still do. Go to therapy, work with your coach, do what you need to do. But also build your business and work on your business. Don’t wait until it feels comfortable for you to do this launch full out. Because it’s never going to happen no matter how many therapy sessions you have. So just commit to doing it once. That’s all I want you to do commit to the one full out launch, and just see what happens. Use it as a learning experience, which is all it really is. And what I think you will find is that it actually is the thing that quiet your ego that allows you to see what’s really possible, that takes all of those things that you were scared of, and all of that discomfort, and quiets it a little bit makes it a little less scary, a little less uncomfortable. And makes you realize that you really are powerful, that you really can create a business, that you really can do this, that that freedom and flexibility that you want is right there. But you just got to do it. You just got to do it once again,

48:14
I know it’s scary, I know it’s going to be uncomfortable, you’re probably going to be nervous, and all the things. But it won’t be the best way to move forward with your business and so many levels energetically mentally, emotionally. But also like even in the amount of audience members you have in the amount of money you’re making just so much rides on doing these launches. And so I want you to commit just to one right now. One full out everything planned out. real true special event launch. And like I said and I will continue to say if you need help with any of this, if any of really any the mindset work part of it or the strategy part of it. Then I am happy to help you. I lay it all out for you inside signature program bundle, which you can go check out and get involved at shawnmynar.com/bundle. And the last thing be proud of yourself regardless of what happens, be proud of yourself. You’re doing it you’re going after you got it done. You have so much to learn. You have so much growth going on. And that is something to be proud of. All right, my friends until next time, take care

Live Launch vs. Evergreen: Which One Is Better? — Ep. 154

Behind The Scenes Of My Most Recent Launch — Ep. 152

One of the biggest hurdles I see new and wannabe online business owners face is the fear of launching. Actually doing a proper, live, promotional period for their paid offer. As I’m recording this episode, I’m right in the middle of a live launch for my paid offer, the Signature Program Bundle, and I thought it would be fun and hopefully helpful to take you behind the scenes of this launch to show you how I plan, prepare, and execute a successful launch. Let’s dive in!

“You have the power to decide how your launch feels for you and goes for you.” – Shawn Mynar

“You need to entice people further to put their name and email address and commit to that event. It does take a little more than throwing something up.” – Shawn Mynar

“I know the right people will come into my paid offer when it’s the right time for them.” – Shawn Mynar

‘As you can see there’s a lot to it and not in a bad way or in a way that makes it stressful or scary or anything but there’s just stuff you gotta do, there’s stuff you need to plan out, there are things you need to know and it really does help to have that support and guidance along the way.” – Shawn Mynar

Episode 145 – How I Plan My Week So Everything Gets Done – shawnmynar.com/episode145

Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur 

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW (please note, transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling

0:01
One of the biggest hurdles I see most new and wannabe online business owners face is that fear of launching the big L word in the online business space, actually doing a proper live promotional period for your paid offer. And as I’m recording this episode, I’m right in the middle of a live launch myself for my paid offer the signature program bundle. And I thought it’d be fun, and hopefully helpful to take you behind the scenes of this launch to show you how I plan prepare and execute a successful launch. Let’s dive in.

0:40
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so grateful for all of you. And the support you bring to the show means the world to me. So happy to have you here, especially today, because this is really going to kick off an entire series that we are doing on the podcast all about launching, there’s so much to talk about when it comes to doing a real proper launch, for your business and for your paid offers, that we cannot put it all into one episode, I would definitely lose my voice by then. And it just it’s going to be fun to do a little bit of a series and kind of chunk, everything we need to talk about up into specific topics. So just so you’re prepared. Here’s what you can expect today. This episode is going to be all about the mechanics, kind of the actual physical, what needs to be done to launch in your business. And I will show you how I plan everything out for my launches so that they go off smoothly. And also they’re not stressful, they’re actually really fun and something I look forward to doing in my business. So that is what is in store for this episode. And then next episode, we’re going to talk about the mindset and energy requirements have a launch, which is just as if not more important than what we’re going to talk about in this episode, because you cannot do one without the other. So that is one episode that you cannot miss. I have so much to say with that. And it is so incredibly important to how you feel during a launch, but also the success or not of it, it really does matter. So that’s coming up in the next episode. And then we’re going to do a mistakes episode, I also want to talk about the pros and cons between doing a live launch and an evergreen launch. And I’ll share the differences between the two. And also which one’s better, and which ones worse and pros and cons and all that stuff. And then a q&a episode. So if in going through this series, these podcast episodes coming up, you have a question about launching, make sure you let me know send me a direct message over on Instagram. I am at unstuck entrepreneur over there very easy to the same as the title of this podcast, head over there and just send me a message and let me know your question. And I can compile them all. And we’ll do a whole episode just on Q and A of doing a launch. Okay, so let’s get into what we’re talking about today, which is all about the mechanics of a live launch. And by the end of this episode, you’ll have a really good idea what that means a live launch, if you don’t already. And then like I said, I will be talking about an evergreen type situation coming up in a future episode, probably about two episodes away from this one. Okay, so now if you’re really fresh in the online business space, then you may not even really know what a launch is. I mean, I think it’s pretty obvious but it is such a loaded word in the online business phase. A lot of people equate it to like this big stressful situation, a lot of work, a lot of prep so much stuff going into it so much going on sleepless nights, all this stuff. And

4:27
it just always feels like when someone’s talking about launching in the online business space. It’s like this really big deal. And it is because that’s essentially how you are making income in your business and getting new people into your paid offer. So obviously yeah, it’s a big deal. It’s important to your business. But there’s just a lot of this emotion a lot of the energy behind it feels very like frenetic or stressful and it doesn’t have to be and for me, it’s not at all it’s actually something I look forward to in my business. I

5:00
I have a lot of fun with them. It’s a really good time. And so I enjoy launching. And yes, of course, it helps my business income. So why wouldn’t that be something that is fun and enjoyable, right? So it all is based on how you approach it. And I want to make sure that you have the option, you know, you have the option to decide how it goes for you and how you feel around the idea of launching. And I think another reason why it has a little extra weight for some people is because of the idea that it involves selling, like you actually have to market and sell something, you have to really put on that cap of yours and become the marketer. We’ve had lots of discussions on the podcast recently about becoming the marketer for your business, if you want to have a successful business. And so go back and listen to that episode, I’ll make sure it’s linked in the show notes, because I don’t remember the number of it right offhand. But that’s really important to

6:01
feel good about that situation and your business and be excited about it and have fun with it, instead of dreading it or thinking it’s this weird, awful, scary thing, or something that’s going to annoy people. And this is all getting into the mindset aspect of the launch, which we’re saving for next week. So I’m going to stop myself here and not get into it any more. But I do want to, again, remind you that you have the power to decide how this feels for you. And if you are going to be in this space, where so many people are in the online business world, where it’s like this super loaded word to say I’m launching or I have a launch coming up, or I’m working on my launch. Or if it’s just this really fun, light, exciting time for you and your business too. So you get to decide, okay, first, let’s get into the structure of a launch. So we have the actual launch period, which is the period of time from when enrollment is open, and enrollment is closed. So that period of time where people can sign up for your paid offer, whether this is your signature program, your workshop, your one on one offer, whatever it is, if you have a situation where doors open doors close, that is your launch period. And then if we work backwards, we have the pre launch. So this is the period of time where you are promoting and getting people signed up for your special event. So not for your paid offer for your special event. So the pre launch is totally dedicated to the special event where the launch is dedicated to your paid offer. And typically, that special event is what kicks off. It’s like the party that kicks off your launch or your enrollment period. So up until your special event it is in pre launch mode, you have your special special event that kicks off your launch. And then from there, it’s your launch period until doors close. And we’ll talk more about the special event in a moment. But then let’s move forward even sooner than that and talk about the pre pre launch. Now this is kind of what we are doing all the time when we’re in between launches. So not going to get into this a lot today because we talk about it. Really every time we’re talking about building your email list, building your audience, getting on to some platforms and making a nice environment for you to attract the right people into your world. That’s essentially what happens in the pre pre launch. It’s just probably for the few weeks two, I’d say a month prior to your pre launch, when you start talking about your special event in particular, prior to that you’re maybe spending a little more time specifically talking about your freebie that is related to your paid offer. Because then that is going to get more people on your list who are a really good fit for that paid offer. So once it comes time to promote your special event first which happens in the pre launch, you know they’ll be interested because they were already interested in the freebie that is all related. So everything is all related to each other from the freebie to the special event to your paid offer. And then you know the right people are coming onto your list and then getting involved in that special event and then getting interested in your paid offer. Cool, right so we’re really big

10:00
building this whole system, this really nice flow that works for everyone. So that pre pre launch is kind of basically what you’re already doing or should be doing in your business to build your audience and get people onto your email list. It’s maybe just a little more concentrated, like I said, two weeks to a month out from your pre launch. So those are the three segments of a launch the three different timetables of your launch. Now let’s put the ingredients into each of these segments. So for me, and what works for my launches, and how I teach you how to launch, the ingredients include, first for your pre pre launch, which again, we’re not going to get into the details of this here, because we talk about it a bunch on other episodes. And it’s what we do inside launch list accelerator, you are creating a freebie specific to your paid offer. That’s really what you need to include in your pre pre launch. And that’s as much as we’ll get into today here because we have a lot more to talk about when it comes to your pre launch, which is first a special event.

11:22
People want to try so hard to get around the special event. And it just doesn’t work. It is so important to the success of your launch. To have a special event this can be a webinar, a workshop, a masterclass a challenge, a live Instagram series, a recorded video series, a recorded audio series, something anything that is different than what you are already doing different than what they have seen come from you, it’s a little more involved, it’s a it’s special, it’s a special event, it’s something that you are putting on just for them just for those people who really want to take the next step with you. And yes, it is almost always free. Although you can especially if you have a really warm audience, you can do a very low ticket special event like under I’d say $100. For sure, I’d say probably even under $50 If you wanted to do that for your special event, and then lead into your launch from there. So that is an option. But most of the time, it’s a free special event. Key word special. And so I don’t know why people don’t want to do this and they try to get around it. I don’t know if it’s like the amount of work they think it’s going to take, or you know, I think a lot of people may have a block to doing a live kind of webinar type thing, or workshop type thing that could be something but it is worth the work, the energy, the time the effort, whatever it is that you think it’s going to take from you, it’s worth it because it is going to reap the rewards in new clients. It is the thing that will get you and your business and your paid offer to grow to make money.

13:24
I will say that for your beta launch, if you are in signature program lab and you are doing a beta launch of your program, you might already have a warm enough audience or a big enough audience that you don’t need a special event for your beta launch that very first launch when you are capping the number of participants anyway, you’re keeping it small because it is your test group. You may not need it for that. But you might if you don’t have a big audience, if you don’t have any audience, if you don’t have a group of people that already want into your work, then absolutely do a free special event for your beta group as well. There are a few really good things to remember about your special event that again, makes it worth any amount of time, effort, energy, or whatever you think it’s going to take to create it. First of all, when it’s done, it’s done. And you can keep repeating the same special event over and over and over again, every time you launch. Now, eventually it might get old or stale or whatever, you want to talk about something different, and you can switch it up. But you don’t have to redo a new special event every single time. In fact, I would encourage that you that you don’t instead just refine what you already have if you want to make some tweaks or whatever, and just do it again. Otherwise, I think that’s a big waste of time. So just do it again for your second, third, fourth, fifth 10th launch. The other really important thing to consider is that when someone

15:00
and sign up for that special event, they become a really, really warm if not hot lead. And while they may not purchase right away, those people who attend to that special event will attend again, and or will be ready automatically to sign up in the future, they are warm. And so not only does it help you build your list, because a lot of these people will come in from, you know, your social media or your podcasts or whatever you have as your platform. And we’ll get on your list because of that special event. So it’s an amazing list builder. But also those people even if they don’t sign up right then in there after that special event, that doesn’t mean that they’re not never going to it is not a no, it’s just a gnat right now. And so you will see that as you continue doing these launches, over and over, you will see people that have been coming to your special events, potentially for years, and then finally sign up. So it’s a momentum builder as well. And that’s really important to remember. Okay, so that’s enough about special events for now. Although now I’m realizing I could do a whole episode on special events, apparently. But let’s move on. Because now in order to get people interested and enrolled in that special free event, you needed to invite them. So you need to create an invite email sequence for that special event that you will send out to people already on your email list. So that is probably anywhere from two to four emails, inviting people into your special event. And then when you invite them to your event, you’re sending them to a landing page, where they can put in their name and email address and be registered for that event. So you need a landing page. And a thank you page, which will be the page that pops up as soon as they put in the name and email address with more information with getting them excited getting them prepared. So you need a landing page and a thank you page, your landing page needs to be a sales page for your free event. So it cannot just be a little blurbs and here sign up for this. You need to entice people further to put their name and email address and commit to that event. So it does take a little more than just throwing something up. Okay, so that’s another couple things you need. You then also need a reminder email sequence. So once someone has signed up for your special event, you then want to spend send them a couple reminders as it gets closer, reminding them that is coming up getting them excited, letting them know why they signed up in the first place, making sure that they show up. Because what can happen a lot of times especially without reminder emails, someone signs up, a week out, and then life happens or whatever. And they forget or they’re not as excited about it as they were and they don’t show up. So these reminder emails can really be the ticket that gets more people to show up for your event. And then you just need promo materials for that event, which would be potentially social media stuff, if you use social media to promote your business. Or if you have podcast episodes coming out or YouTube videos coming out, whatever it is, that is your platform for your business, making sure you have the promo materials for that pre launch time to get people into your special event. So those are the things you need. If you want to write this down. Go ahead, I will do a little quick thing here. So a special event number one, an invite email sequence for that special event. A landing page, a thank you page for the special event.

19:04
A reminder, email sequence and promo materials. I know it sounds like a lot but it’s it’s not I’m going to show you how I chunk everything up in a second.

19:15
But also think about if you ever are like unsure if you’re forgetting something which I just write this down and you’ll have it but just in case just think about like go through the process in your mind of like okay, what, what needs to happen next, okay, tell people to sign up for this event. And then what happens while they can’t just, they need something to sign up to so they need a landing page. You know, like you can really think about it you can go through the steps in your head and know exactly what to work on.

19:45
Now for the launch. The ingredients are in enrollment, email sequence,

19:54
a sales page, a checkout page, and then promo materials

20:00
For your paid offer, that’s it. So someone attends your special event, that’s what kicks off your launch. Now what needs to happen? Well, they need to be able to go somewhere, if they want to sign up. So they need that sales page, which gives them all the details, reminds them why they want to be in what they can experience, how it’ll be, and get them all excited. So it really take time with your sales page. Again, it’s not just something to throw up. Then once they click Yes, I wanted, they need to go to a checkout page where they can put in their credit card information or Pay Pal or whatever. And then if someone is interested, but doesn’t sign up right away, then you want to remind them more about the offer more about what they can expect, why they need it, who it’s for. And you know, the transformation that will happen as part of that paid offer. And you can do that through your email sequence, your enrollment email sequence. So those emails go out throughout the duration of your launch period, which could be anywhere from one day to two weeks, it totally depends on you and your offer and what you feel comfortable doing lots of different options there. So but you will be sending out emails throughout that period to people that have registered for that special event, because they are now warm, very warm, if not hot leads for this paid offer, and letting them know and giving them the option to join. And then yeah, you’re going to promote your paid offer, again on your platform. So you just need to have the promo materials ready for that, whether it’s social media, podcast, all the above. Okay.

21:46
Those are the ingredients. That is how a launch works as the timeline. That is what it looks like if it helps you to draw out like I have this all visually in signature program lab because it helps so much to have it a visual of what happens at every step from pre pre launch, pre launch to launch. But if you want to kind of sketch it out, that may help you too. All right now, let me take you behind the scenes of the launch that I am currently in, we are still going on. Right now doors have not closed. But I want to really use this episode to show you how I plan all of it out in a way that feels very light and fun. Because it has been a really fun week, I just posted on social media that I have spent more time outside this week than I have at my desk. And yes, it is still a launch week. But it’s because I have planned ahead. I’m not saving anything for the last minute and I’m not complicating it. I’m not making it any more complicated than it needs to be. I’m not adding any more steps or stuff that may or may not work like Yeah, could I do more? And maybe what I get sales? Maybe? Maybe not. And so instead, for me, it is always most important for my business to be fun and feel good. Because as soon as things get stressful and start not feeling good, and I start getting like wound up and I just I don’t want that for myself. That’s not the business that I want to create. So why would I even bring that energy into a launch? Even if it does mean there’s one more sale? I really want my business to be what it is right now. And that’s most important. And I know that the right people will come into my paid offer, when it’s the right time for them. Maybe it is this launch? Maybe it’s not. And that’s okay. And again, we’ll talk more about that in the next episode about the mindset and energy behind a launch. But we’re strictly trying to talk strategy, which as you can see, it’s very hard for me to do because it’s about so much more than this. Anyway, let’s go back to behind the scenes of what I’ve done to prepare for this launch. One other thing right now, yes, I am currently doing all of this myself. I am looking for an assistant to help me with some of this to make it even more light and fun. For me. It’s been like I haven’t had an assistant in like over a year now. And it’s been a long time and I do really miss that support but also waiting for the right person and the right time and not rushing that either. But anyway, I did want to share that with you so that you can see that you absolutely can do this. Even if it’s just you. You do not need a team of people behind you to launch. That’s great if you do use that to your advantage, but it is not required. So don’t let that stop you from or don’t let that

25:00
be like your story for why you can’t do a full out launch because it’s not true. Now, what I will say is that if you have not done a full out launch before and the way that I have described it in this episode, then there is probably a really, really, really good chance that you do need training and support for that launch situation. There are a lot of moving pieces, there’s a lot of stuff you’ve never done before, there are some things that can get overlooked. And there’s a lot of nuances, just things that would happen. Like if this happens, then this happens kind of thing that you really don’t know until you’ve been through it, or you have learned from someone who has. And that is why I took everything that I know about launching everything I’ve done with launching everything I’m talking to you about today, and put it inside the signature program bundle. I literally, well, not literally, but as literally as you can get without being literally take you by the hand and walk you through every single step of this process. And I take out all of the guesswork for you to the point that basically I just give you the emails to send like every email that I’m going to share with you that I wrote, I gave them to you so you can use them in your business as well. I give you the webinar template to use if you do want to have a live workshop or masterclass or webinar, as your special event, I give you the sales page designed to follow, I could not possibly make the launch situation any easier for you. And I did that on purpose. I like scoured my launch process, and made sure that every single step that I go through that I broke it down as simply as possible and gave you all the tools and resources you need to do it in your own business. That is how I built signature program lab. It is all included. So if you were going through this conversation right now, and you’re feeling like either this is a lot, this seems overwhelming, I don’t quite know how to do this, I could use some post support, well just know that it’s there for you, I am here for you, I take all of the weight off of the launch process for you inside the signature program bundle, let me tell you that one module in and of itself is worth probably double what you will pay to get into the signature program bundle, I just want you to know that I wanted to make it accessible for you. Because I know this can be a challenge. And I don’t want it to be I want it to be light and fun for you too. Alright, Shawn mynar.com/bundle, if you want in if you want the hand holding the nonliteral hand holding, and the support. So I decided I wanted to do this launch and special event about one month prior to me actually doing it, I usually have them a little bit more planned out. I know you’ll listen and hear from some entrepreneurs who have them planned out for years in advance. I always have an idea of what I want to do broken down into quarters. And I knew I wanted to do something for the signature program bundle. But I wasn’t sure what. And it was a complete intuitive nudge to do the signature program in a day workshop. I just got like immediately excited about the idea it popped up into my head, I loved it. And I decided to give myself a month to make it happen. So again, I want you to see that yes, you can plan it out your entire year, and all your launches. But also, if you feel like doing a launch and you feel like maybe your business needs a cash injection, then do a launch and you don’t need a ton of time. Now, yes, you need a paid offer. So you need to figure that out. First, if you want it to be a signature program, you need to at least have the structure in place you do not need to have all of the the content created. You can do that along the way once people are in and going through your program, but you need to at least know what it is and what’s included and your modules and that kind of stuff. Again, all stuff we do inside the signature program bundle. If your paid offer is a one on one type thing, then just get your package information ready like know all the details of the package that you’re going to be offering for one on one clients and then follow the same exact launch strategy that we’re talking about. You can absolutely

30:00
We really should do this full launch process. To get one on one clients, you really should, it will fill your calendar very quickly and you won’t have to worry about it, instead of just always kind of talking about how you’re taking clients. That’s exhausting. This is way better. Okay. And then, of course, if it’s like a paid workshop or whatever, you just just know that you have to have your paid offer, at least hashed out, does it need to be complete? No, but you need to know the details. So I officially started putting together this launch for signature program bundle in the middle of May, for a mid June launch. First step, I picked a date, I picked the date of my special event. And I put it into my personal calendar on my phone, and also in my Asana. And I will tell you a stop right here and tell you that the only reason that any of this gets done that I’m going to talk about next is because I use Asana, I put these tasks into my weeks as it approaches the launch. And then I know what to do each day and I don’t miss anything. And I can schedule it all out. So if you’re not already using Asana, I highly recommend it a s a n a.com, I have a free account, it works great for me as a free account, I don’t know that you would need much more than what I have in my account. So probably can keep it free for you, too.

31:35
So once I knew my date, then I kind of just started breaking up the things that I needed to do prior to the special event, and I had four weeks. So I chunked it up into four groups of things that I was going to focus on each week. And for me, that’s how it works best for me. And my schedule is to know what I need to do in a week. So by Friday, this needs to get done. And then I can be a little more fluid and flowy with it based on what’s going on in my personal life. What else I have going on in my business, how I feel energetically do I feel like writing emails or do I feel like designing a sales page, you know, like, it’s definitely a different headspace to be in. So I like to give myself the week like just get this done at some point this week. And that works for me, you based on your schedule, and how you work and what else you have going on, you may need to actually chunk it up into like days, like these hours, I’m working on this. And then these hours, I’m working on this totally up to you. So that first week, I did a really solid brainstorm. On my special event. Like I said, it popped in my head that I wanted to do a signature programming day thing as my special event. So then I just had to get really down and dirty with what I wanted it to look like what I wanted it to include how I wanted it to go. Because that is going to obviously determine how I talk about it everywhere else. So when you’re doing your brainstorm, not only is it so that you can actually create this special event, but also so that you can create your marketing. And that’s actually what it’s most important for at this stage. Because the other thing I had to do that week was to build my landing page. And thank you page for that special event. So I needed to have the details, I needed to know what it was going to include, so that I could do those two things. Now I didn’t have the actual special event and have all the slides planned out or anything like that. But I knew the outline really well. And that is how I could create the landing page and thank you page. And I went there first because I like to work on my launches in the order of how it will happen. Because obviously someone could go to the landing page two weeks before the actual special event and sign up. So that’s the really the very first thing that needs to be in place because people can be signing up well before I even have the special event created like the slides designed or created or anything like that. So that’s how I like to think about it is what needs to happen first in the flow for my future clients. And that is what I will work on first. So the landing page and thank you page probably took a day and a half ish to work on. And then I took one day that week also to write the three invitation emails, the three invite emails that will go out to my email list for that special event. So that first week I did a brainstorm that probably took a couple hours maybe. Then I took a day and a half ish to create the

35:00
Landing Page and thank you page. And then I took one day writing three invite emails. And if we go back to a few episodes of get go when I shared how I get everything done, when I say days, I don’t mean full like nine to five days because I have other stuff still going on, I’m still recording the podcast episode, I’m still writing other newsletters, I’m still showing up on Instagram and Tiktok. So these are really kind of like half days at most, because I also have a life and I spend time outside, especially now in the summer. So just so you know, these are like blocks of time. They’re not full days, but they’re really concentrated blocks of work time. Okay, so now let’s move on to week two, which is three weeks out from the special event that week is when I started working on the slides for the special event. And I wrote the three reminder emails. So once someone’s already signs up for the special event, those emails, they get the remind them to show up. But the majority of the time was definitely spent creating the special event. So working on those slides for the special event, which if you follow me on social media, I was complaining about it because designing slides is probably one of my least favorite things of my business and something I really would love to hire out. But I’ve had one bad experience. And now I’m scared to hire out again, look at all these limiting beliefs I have around slides. Can’t believe it. So working on that. But anyway, that really was the bulk of week number two. Now we’re in week three, which is two weeks out from the event and the launch, I’m still working on and tweaking this special event, those darn slides. But also, I’m now into writing the sales email sequence. And that definitely takes some time. So usually at least a couple blocks of time worth to write those sales emails, which in my case, were six emails going out over four days. So writing those and I did already have an outline of those because I they’re similar to ones I’ve sent out in the past. So didn’t have to start from total scratch, but was able to get those done in that week. And an important note here is that while all of this is going on, so during all of the these weeks, essentially the moment I realized that I was planning out this launch for a month out, I started heavily promoting a freebie that I had related to this free event. And then this paid offer. So I started talking about that freebie, a lot more than I do just on a regular day. And that really is the pre pre launch, I already had that freebie created. I already had the landing page and all that stuff created for the freebie, it’s just a matter of talking about it more. Now if you don’t have that freebie created, no worries, we do that in launch list accelerator, which is part of the signature program bundle, doesn’t have to take a lot of your time can be done really quickly. But is important to this whole situation to the whole launching situation because then there’s that many more people who are warming up to what you do and your teachings and how you help people that will then be interested in this special event.

38:43
Okay, now we are at the week before the special event, which means that invite emails are going out. And at this point, I’m just working on the promo materials. So for me, that’s Instagram posts and Instagram Stories, making sure I’m talking about it on the podcast here. And then other than that, I’m going over the slides for the events still tweaking them a little bit, spending more time on social media sharing about the special events. So for me, when it comes to social media and it comes to promo, I am much more heavily promoting the special event than I will with the paid offer during the actual launch. When I’m promoting during the launch. It’s pretty much just to remind the people that showed up for the special event that this is going on just in case they’re not getting the emails or not reading them or whatever. But if you can get people into your special event, you have a really good chance of a successful launch. It is so important to really really focus and really, really push that special event and it’s free and it’s going to be

40:00
Super helpful and super fun, it’s special people want to be involved in it. But often they just don’t know. Or they don’t sign up right away. So you have to talk about it a lot like every day leading up to the special event. And a lot of you aren’t doing that you’re talking about it once or twice, and then assuming nobody wants to be a part of it. And that’s not true, you got to keep going. And then we’re in launch week. So one last invitation, email goes out, I host the special event. But emails for the week are already scheduled and ready to go out for everyone that was part of the special event. So the only thing really I have left to do is to show up on social media. With the promo materials, I already created, maybe some extra promo materials as it goes. And just kind of seeing where launch week takes me and where I feel I need more energy.

40:57
But most of the time, it’s like social media, and then just taking care of my own energy and being there and available for anyone who needs help or has questions for the new people coming into the program, being there for them. And just making sure it’s a really great experience. And it’s fun. And then it’s done. And then I can wait however long I want to wait and do it all over again. But with pretty much all the same things, a few tweaks to emails, a few tweaks to maybe some sales page stuff or some something, you know, a slide or two in the special event, there will be some tweaking, but you don’t need to redo this entire thing. Every time you launch this paid offer. Now, if the different paid offer, then yes, you need a different everything. So it’s very wise to stick with one paid offer for a solid chunk of time. And just repeat this process over and over and over again. And your business will grow. I promise you, it will actually a few things. Now that I just said sales page, I realized and I want to make sure that you know, I already had a sales page laid out for this paid offer. I’ve run it before, I already had a checkout page, I already had all that stuff set up for this offer. If I didn’t, I would probably need to add another week to this schedule to do that stuff. And then I also decided not to run Facebook ads for this event I usually do. But I decided not to. It’s the first time I’ve ever done an event anywhere near like this, it was a very, very special event. And so I wanted to do it with a warmer audience first. So that took less time to again, if I were going to be doing some Facebook ad stuff, then I would add potentially another week to this as well. So it maybe would have been more like six weeks if I was starting totally over. But I did have some stuff already set up. And inside signature program lab, I do lay out this entire calendar for you. So if you want it to be eight weeks, if you want to be 12 weeks, 16 weeks, and that includes the actual building of your program as well. So you have a calendar for launching and you have a calendar for building. But it really can all be done. If you have the right organization, the right strategy, if you don’t try to make it more complicated than it needs to be. And you know what to do, like you have the actual resources to do it. And if you’ve never done it before, it you might not have that. And it’s again, it’s one of those things I say this all the time. Now it’s one of those things where people try to DIY something that shouldn’t be DIY, launching your paid offer, having this whole strategy laid out is really not something to DIY, because as you can see, there’s a lot to it and not in a bad way or in a way that makes it stressful or scary or anything. But there’s just stuff you got to do their stuff you need to plan out, there’s things you need to know. And it really, really does help to have that support and guidance along the way. And so here we are at the end, the launch is still going on as I record this. So I don’t have any official numbers or anything like that to report yet. But I will say that I had a blast this week. I absolutely loved the signature program in a day as my special event. I got a ton of great feedback and I’m excited to do it again. I also can say that I am seeing a much higher conversion rate than the industry average and a much higher earnings per lead than the industry average from that event. So excited for that and just to know that I was able to provide something that was so valuable

45:00
To all of you and made a lot of you realize that this is the next step for you and your business. And you want the help and support along the way. So really excited and and that’s all I can share with you as of now, because like I said, it’s still going on. But I really hope and really my goal in doing this episode was to break all of this down into doable actionable steps that you can take. So it doesn’t seem overwhelming. So it seems possible for you, and you can start taking action on launching your first or next paid offer. It doesn’t matter where you’re starting at right now, everyone needs to go through this process, this whole launch system, this whole launch process, and it will lead to something great, even if zero people actually sign up, you will get leads you will get leads that become warm leads, you will get warm leads that become hot leads, you will learn a bazillion things and you will make your next launch that much better. But you have to start here, you have to do this process, you have to go through every single step, you cannot cut corners. This is what we have to do. And I hope just showing you my schedule and how I really just chunked it up into different things that needed to happen and followed kind of the flow that people would go through. It makes it a lot easier and a lot more doable. And then when it comes time for the actual launch, everything is done. So you’re like cool. I’ll just go hang out my dogs while people sign up, which is really fun, too. All right, next week, we are going to talk about mindset and energy of your launch, which is what will really make this entire thing a success. You can go through the steps of this whole process but if your mind’s not right, and your energy’s not right, good luck. And that is what we’re gonna get into next week. So be sure to tune in then and until next time, take care